2017 08 en PG Fa Small

Factory Automation
Learning systems and services for basic and further training

Content
Media.................................................................................................................8
MecLab...........................................................................................................68
Control technology PLC, operating and networking.......................................82
CNC technology..............................................................................................126
MPS The modular production system........................................................140
MPS Transfer system....................................................................................148
MPS Stations................................................................................................158
MPS 200 Complete systems.........................................................................210
ProLog Factory ...............................................................................................218
Robotics.........................................................................................................222
Learning systems for Industry 4.0..................................................................252
Services.........................................................................................................274
1
Mechatronics and factory automation > Learning solutions
Mechatronics and factory automation learning solutions ...
Dynamic, multidisciplinary fields High quality, flexible solutions

of science and technology The Modular Production System
MPS is the origin of and basis for
Todays advanced manufacturing in- almost all mechatronic training sys-
dustry relies heavily on mechatronics tems by Festo Didactic. Our learn-
and automation technologies, making solutions also encompass a wide
ing these technologies fast-growing range of topics directly related to
career fields. mechatronics and factory automa-
tion, such as robotics, CAD/CAM,
Mechatronics is the synergistic com- and PLC.
bination of mechanical engineering,
electrical engineering, electronics, Instructors can also easily expand
information technology, and systems learning by selecting other products
thinking utilized in the design of and services in a wide range of tech-
products and automation processes. nologies.
As industrial automation deals
primarily with the automation of All systems are 100% modular,
manufacturing, quality control, and allowing for expansion and flexibili-
material handling processes, it is ty, making investments future-proof
easy to understand the importance with no dead-ends.
of mechatronics and automation
training.
2 www.festo-didactic.com
Mechatronics and factory automation > Learning solutions
... from technology fundamentals to complete

industrial automation
Festo Didactic offers a wide range

of learning systems from small,
table-top systems to full-fledged
learning factories that support
skills development and knowledge
acquisition in all aspects of mecha-
tronics and automation.
All around the world, Festo Didactic

supports technical education efforts
for diverse settings, including:
secondary schools, colleges,
vocational schools, universities,
industrial companies, and more.
Success with the right Fostering skills and Follow information and energy
combination of learning methods knowledge development flow in electrical, pneumatic, and
A broad array of products, including Combining learning tools and equip- hydraulic subsystems
hardware, simulation software, web- ment enables instructors to create an Plan and organize work flow
based training products, and exten- ideal environment for Mechatronics Commission, troubleshoot, and
sive curriculum, combine to provide and Factory Automation training tai- repair mechatronic systems
instructors with the most compre- lored to specific training objectives Communicate using industrial
hensive, industrial-based training and learning scenarios. network protocols, including
programs available worldwide. DeviceNetTM and PROFIBUS.
Technical training objectives include
the ability to:
Analyze functional relationships in
mechatronic systems
Manufacture mechanical compo-
nents
www.festo-didactic.com 3
Mechatronics and factory automation > Holistic and turnkey training solutions
Holistic and turnkey training solutions

Everything from a single source
Design, planning, and equipping The benefits for you

of complete technology and Security during the planning pro-
training labs cess and professional consultation
during the entire project
Festo Didactic has set itself the goal State-of-the-art planning tools, as
of making learning even more effec- well as a range of products which
tive, using its experience from 50 are tailored to your requirements,
years of company history to develop ensure rapid and effective progress
learning solutions, as well as lab and with projects
workshop equipment, for the train- Investment security and optimal
ing sector. utilization of laboratories custom-
ized for your training needs
We will support you with the concep- Professional lab design based on
tualization, planning, and equipping international standards
of your individual labs or workshops State-of-the-art training equipment
by means of a comprehensive range that combines Festo Didactic learn-
of learning systems and a broad ing systems with products by other
spectrum of technologies in the ar- market leaders
ea of technical training. Our range
of products and services compris-
es complete learning systems, as
well as industrial training and con-
sultation.
Mechatronics and factory automation > Holistic and turnkey training solutions
We offer a comprehensive scope

of services, from project definition
and conceptual planning, to in-
stallation of equipment and train-
ing for:
Industrial training centers
Vocational training centers
Universities and colleges
Sixth forms
Advanced Placement (AP)
courses
Knowledge labs
Virtual Tour
www.festo-turnkey-solutions.com
Effective learning environments

for a positive learning experience
Essential technologies Partly automated systems Industry 4.0

Festo Didactic can develop custom- Highlights Highlights
ized mechatronics and automation MPS Transfer System for basic CP Factory with Industry 4.0
training environment needs, such as: and advanced industrial training, applications: CPS, RFID technology,
Virtual Mechatronics mechatronics, and automation NFC, Plug & Produce, standard
Partly Automated Systems MPS PA The elementary control interfaces, SOA, MES4 software,
Industry 4.0 loops in the process industry Augmented Reality
Fluidics EduTrainer MPS/MPS PA CP Factory as a convertible factory
Mechanical Engineering Programmable logic controllers with exceptional flexibility
Electricity/Electronics and from the market leader CP Factory Robot Cell for industrial
Drive Technology Connected Learning with robotics training
CAD/CAM/CNC Tec2Screen an innovative
learning methodology
Mechatronics and factory automation > Flexible room concepts
Flexible room concepts

Innovative workbenches
Equipping of learning rooms The benefits for you

according to individual During the consultation you will
requirements profit from our years of experience
not only with the training market, but
Flexible use of space also with installing various training
We will present you with an individu- centers, complete workshops, and
al concept based on the spatial con- labs. We will take into account the
ditions and specific requirements of latest safety requirements, and our
the location. In doing so, we will fo- high quality standards guarantee a
cus on cost-effective and optimal use long service life.
of space, as well as multi-functional
equipment. Training in the areas of We will be glad to provide an on-site
electrical engineering, pneumatics, concept and planning consultation.
or mechatronics, as well as theoreti
cal training or lectures, can take
place in the same room. Using the
ceiling system, industrial connectors,
and universally mobile equipment,
the room layout can be adapted in
just a few minutes.
Efficient and versatile use of rooms

saves space and cost.
Mechatronics and factory automation > Flexible room concepts
Multi-functional teaching rooms

Individual
Flexible
Cost-efficient
Our room concept offers individual

options for your learning environ-
ment equipment. Mobile work-
benches and utility supplies that
you can fold back up into the
ceiling ensure flexible and cost-
efficient utilization of rooms.
Further information regarding flexible room concepts see:

www.festo-didactic.com
Main components
of room concept
Storage Workstation system Power supply

Both workbenches and equipment The mobile supports for the learning The flexible ceiling system is a
can be stored clearly and compactly systems enable a high degree of holistic concept for multi-functional
in intelligent storage systems in the flexibility with virtually unlimited rooms, which enables hands-on and
same room or in an adjoining room; options. The workbenches can be theoretical teaching with appropriate
an advantageous flexibility provided optimally adapted to any teaching utility supplies. With energy, com-
by our overall concept. situation, quickly and simply. This pressed air, and a data connection
refitting option enables highly effi- directly at the learning location, the
cient space utilization, and therefore, ceiling system is ideal for basic and
the greatest possible cost efficiency specialized technical training.
and safety.
Media
8
Software..........................................................................................................10
Multimedia training programs/WBTs................................................................10

Tec2Screen.....................................................................................................30
Designing/Simulating with FluidSIM..............................................................42
CIROS Simulating system and virtual learning environment...........................44
Programming/Visualization software...............................................................50
EasyPort interface............................................................................................52
Teachware.......................................................................................................54
Electrical engineering/Electronics....................................................................56
MecLab/Pneumatics......................................................................................59
Automation technology/PLC............................................................................60
CNC technology/Working material...................................................................63
Mechatronics...................................................................................................64
9
Media > Software > Multimedia training programs/WBTs
Multimedia training programs

Effective learning solutions
Overview of our programs: Management and teamwork

Customer orientation
Fluid engineering Team performance
Pneumatics Personnel management
Electropneumatics Compliance
Hydraulics
Electrohydraulics Training
Safety at work
Electrical engineering General law on equality and
Electrical safety measures discrimination (German: AGG)
Electrical engineering 1 Basic principles of accounting
Electrical engineering 2
Electronics 1 Management systems
Electronics 2 Classroom Manager
Content Builder
Automation technology Local Knowledge Manager
Sensor technology 1 Competence Manager
Sensor technology 2 Recruiting Manager
Discover MPS 200 Classroom Manager Enterprise
Actuators DC motor
Electric drives 1 System requirements for WBTs
Electric drives 2 PC with Win 2000/XP/Vista/
Open- and closed-loop control Windows 7
GRAFCET Flash Player, version 8.0 or higher
PLC programming in accordance Sound card
with IEC 61131 DVD drive
LOGO! Training Screen resolution:
Fieldbus technology minimum 1024 x 768 pixels
Machine vision
Safety engineering Languages
Process automation All of our WBTs are available in sever-
Festo Didactics flexible training pro- The training programs are optionally al languages. The language is select-
grams allow instructors the freedom available as follows: Metalworking ed when starting the WBT and can
to be creative, increasing student CD-ROM Turning be changed directly on every page
motivation. License for local networks Milling during the training, and includes
(on request) Drilling a multilingual dictionary for every
All our training programs have the Web-based training (WBT) for Materials science training program.
following features: Classroom Manager
Unparalleled didactic and multime- For installation on one of your Technology and Environment We will provide an individual quota-
dia course topics servers or in your Learning The fascination of technology tion for any language not listed.
Scope for self-study during class- Management system Renewable energies
room-based training For integration in open-source soft- Environmental protection in the my|eCampus
Learning scenarios can be individu- ware (such as Moodle, Ilias, etc.) office A vast range of high-quality training
ally customized Alternative lease option available programs available 24/7.
Varied program functions, such as directly via the Internet using Organization and methods
a glossary, search function, notes my|eCampus Project management my|eCampus contains engaging and
Can be used in conjunction with Time management informative training programs for
Classroom Manager Festo Didactic also provides custom- Internet search automation technology, and mecha-
Can be integrated into training ized E-Learning packages for specific tronics. Whether school or university
concepts which use other media needs and gladly offers step-by-step Lean Management/Lean Production students, technicians or engineers
(Word, Excel, PDF, etc.) guidance and advice from the de- Value stream analysis and mapping anyone with internet access can ac-
Participant guidance sign phase through the installation Poka Yoke cess these topics around the clock
Monitoring of learning progress of the complete Learning Manage- 5S Workstation organization and earn further qualifications.
and certification ment System. TPM Total Productive
Maintenance Try it! It is worthwhile for all users,
not just engineers!
10 Worldwide at your fingertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com

Pneumatics Electropneumatics
This course provides an introduction From the table of contents: The Electropneumatics training pro- From the table of contents:
to the subject of pneumatics. The Physical basics gram builds on the Pneumatics train- Advantages and drawbacks of
program is divided into technical (units, properties, laws) ing program and reinforces material electropneumatics
knowledge and coursework. Energy supply (production, already learned from practical proj- Safety in electropneumatic circuits
preparation, and distribution ects. Starting with actual industrial Fundamentals of electrical
Technical knowledge of compressed air) applications, fundamental electro- engineering
This interactive, self-guided program Circuit diagram pneumatic circuits are produced. Pneumatic circuit diagram
covers the basics of pneumatic (circuit diagram, symbols) Multiple exercises allow trainees to Electrical circuit diagram
control. Participants learn to find Drive components (applications, repeat, apply, and develop what they Basic logic functions
practical and theoretical solutions linear drives, rotational drives) have learned. During an exercise, Direct and indirect electrical
to the key tasks of a basic course on Valves (designs, directional valves, the program responds to each of the control, time and pressure depen-
pneumatics, E.g., as part of a basic stop valves, pressure control trainees answers with the appropri- dent process controls
vocational training course. valves, flow control valves, valve ate feedback. Signal storage in the power and in
combinations, logic elements) the control unit, latching circuit
Course Signaling components (manual sig- The trainee is supported by the basic Documentation for a control unit
In this course, the theoretically naling, endpoint detection) knowledge module, which provides Maintenance and repair of electro-
acquired technical knowledge is Additional requirements fundamental knowledge on electropneumatic systems
reinforced. A wide range of exercise pneumatics in a structured, system- Solenoid actuated valves
types makes the course engaging E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD atic manner. In the components mod- Double-acting cylinders
and effective: participants draw sym- Online de/en/es/fr/fi/et/el/zh ule, the structure, function and ap- Electrical buttons and switches
bols and circuit diagrams, answer Order no. 540911 plication of typical electropneumatic Sensors
multiple-choice questions, and set Network de/en/es/fr/fi/et/el/zh components is described. Various Relays and contactors, timed relays
up and connect circuits in PC-based Order no. 540913 supporting materials are available to Pressure switch
video clips. complete the exercise, such as PDF Standardized circuit diagrams,
documents, a variety of downloads electrical and pneumatic circuit
and a comprehensive glossary. diagrams
E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD

Online de/en/es/fr/fi/et/zh
Order no. 540923
Network de/en/es/fr/fi/et/zh
Order no. 540925
Electrical engineering 1 Electrical engineering 2
The Electrical engineering 1 train- Various tools are built-in to the train- The Electrical engineering 2 train- From the table of contents:
ing program is one of a series of new ing program, such as Excel working program is one of a series of new Electric charge
programs in the field of electrical sheets, an integrated calculator, PDF training programs in the field of elec- Capacitor
engineering and electronics. These files, and various downloads. The trical engineering and electronics. A capacitor in a DC circuit
programs are real-world oriented and training programs contain both a These programs are real-world ori- A capacitor in an AC circuit
authentically structured. Case stud- comprehensive glossary and a full ented and authentically structured. Applications of the capacitor
ies from practice provide a concise text search. Case studies from practice provide a Variable capacitor
illustration of the topics covered. All concise illustration of the topics cov- Coil
training content is taught by means From the table of contents: ered. All training content is taught by A coil in a DC circuit
of audio clips. Additionally, the nar- Closed circuit means of audio clips. Additionally, A coil in an AC circuit
rative text can be viewed on the site- Electrical conductivity the narrative text can be viewed on Applications of the coil
map. Units and symbols the sitemap. Physical variables
Ohms Law Calculating with changing values
Trainees experience a regular Measuring in the circuit Various tools are built into the train- Light switch-off delay
exchange of input and output, with Voltage supplies ing program, such as Excel work- Electrical behavior of a grinder
phases of presentation and expla- The resistor as a component sheets, an integrated calculator, Power generation and transmission
nation alternating with phases of Series connection of resistors PDF files and various downloads.
activity and interaction. This enhanc- Parallel connection of resistors The training programs contain both E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD
es motivation and learning. Voltage divider a comprehensive glossary and a full Online de/en/es/fr/fi/et/sv/el/zh
The resistor as a sensor text search. Order no. 549626
Progress monitoring exercises are Battery-powered screwdriver Network de/en/es/fr/fi/et/sv/el/zh
scheduled after a maximum of five Measuring range extension Order no. 549628
pages of learning, with the goal of Temperature controlled heating
having trainees repeat, apply, and Level detection
develop what they have learned
themselves. Exercises are incorpo- E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD
rated during teaching, at the end of Online de/en/es/fr/fi/et/sv/el/zh
each learning step, and within the Order no. 549623
case studies. During an exercise, Network de/en/es/fr/fi/et/sv/el/zh
the program responds to each of the Order no. 549625
trainees answers with the appropri-
ate feedback.
12 All training programs on data storage medium or as a WBT version, also for installation on networks and learning management systems with as many licenses as you need.
Electrical protective measures
This interactive multimedia training Definition and overview of

program provides an introduction to protective measures to prevent
the complex topic of protective mea- direct contact
sures. It explains what electrical pro- Protection by insulating active
tective measures are and how they components
are classified. Trainees will also be- Protection by covering or cladding
come familiar with all the legal regu- Protection by barriers
lations in this area. Protection by distance
Definition and overview of
The measures that are effective in protective measures to prevent
preventing direct and indirect contact indirect contact
are outlined using various s pecific Production by disconnecting power
examples and functional principles. supply
Mains systems (TN, TT, IT systems)
Finally, there is an explanation of Protection by disconnection
how protective measures are test- Testing protective measures
ed and what actions should be tak- Measurement and measuring
en in case of an accident involving devices
electricity. Safety and assistance
Summary and questions to check
From the table of contents: understanding
The dangers of electricity
Humans and electricity E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD
Electric shock hazards Online de/en/es/fr/zh
What are electrical protective Order no. 571118
measures and how are they Network de/en/es/fr/zh
classified? Order no. 571119
Protection levels
Protective measures, protection
classes
Differences between DIN stan-
dards, VDE regulations and DIN-
VDE standards, statutory require-
ments, and legal consequences.
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
Design and create your own
training media
Electronics 1 Electronics 2
The Electronics 1 training program Various tools are built into the training The Electronics 2 training program From the table of contents:
is one of a series of new programs in program, such as Excel worksheets, is one of a series of new programs Signal types
the field of electrical engineering and an integrated calculator, PDF files and in the field of electrical engineer- Integrated circuits
electronics. These programs are re- various downloads. The training pro- ing and electronics. These programs Operational amplifier (OpAmp)
al-world oriented and authentically grams contain both a comprehensive are real-world oriented and authen- AC voltage of various frequencies
structured. Case studies from prac- glossary and a full text search. tically structured. Real case studies Characteristic values of amplify-
tice provide a concise illustration of provide a concise illustration of the ing circuits
the topics covered. All training con- From the table of contents: topics covered. All training content Circuit technology of amplifiers
tent is taught by means of audio Semiconductor technology is taught using audio clips. Addition- Filters
clips. Additionally, the narrative text Diodes ally, the narrative text can be viewed Bistable flip-flop
can be viewed on the sitemap. Bipolar transistors on the sitemap. Single flip-flop
Field-effect transistors Sine wave generator
Trainees experience a regular Regulated power supply Various tools are built into the train- Rectangle generator
exchange of input and output, Audio amplifier ing program, such as Excel work- Thyristor-controlled drilling
with phases of presentation and Audio amplifier with sound control sheets, an integrated calculator, machine
explanation alternating with phases PDF files and various downloads. Brightness control with triac
of activity and interaction. This E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD The training programs contain both Adjusting the speed of an
enhances motivation and learning. Online de/en/es/fr/fi/zh a comprehensive glossary and a full electric screwdriver
Order no. 549629 text search.
Progress monitoring exercises are Network de/en/es/fr/fi/zh E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD
scheduled after a maximum of five Order no. 549631 Online de/en/es/fr/fi/zh
pages of learning, with the goal of Order no. 549632
having trainees repeat, apply and Network de/en/es/fr/fi/zh
develop what they have learned Order no. 549634
themselves. Exercises are incorpo-
rated during teaching, at the end of
each learning step, and within the
case studies. During an exercise, the
program responds to each of the train-
ees answers with the appropriate
feedback.
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Sensor technology 1 Sensor technology 2
Sensors in pneumatics Content extracts: Sensors for object detection Content extracts:
This training program deals in detail Project: Selection of sensors in This training program deals in detail Project: Selection of sensors
with the sensors used to detect end one of the clamping units of a with the sensors used to detect ob- in a milk bottling plant
position on cylinders and with pres- processing centre jects in automated systems. Based Object detection in industrial
sure and flow sensors in pneumatic Advantages and disadvantages on a complex example from indus- practice
systems. Based on a complex exam- of various end position sensors trial practice, trainees are taught to Switching characteristics of
ple from industrial practice, trainees on cylinders select the suitable sensors. The nec- proximity sensors
are taught to select suitable sen- Simple displacement encoders essary basic knowledge for this is Hysteresis
sors. The necessary basic knowledge on cylinders provided in the Technical Knowledge Connection technology: Two-wire
for this is provided in the Technical Use of pressure sensors to improve and Components modules, to which technology, three-wire technology,
Knowledge and Components mod- safety in pneumatic systems they can refer at any time. four-wire technology
ules, to which they can refer at any Use of flow sensors to safeguard NO/NC (Normally Open, Normally
time. system cycle times All training content is taught by Closed)
Output signals from sensors means of audio clips. Additionally, Inductive sensors: C onstruction
All training content is taught by Connection technology the narrative text can be viewed. and mode of operation, f actor-1
means of audio clips. Additionally, NO/NC (Normally Open, Normally sensors, special designs, flush
the narrative text can be viewed. Closed) fitting sensors, application
Switching functions examples
Sensors for end position detec- Optical sensors: Diffuse sensor,
tion: Pneumatic and mechanical through-beam sensor, retro-reflec-
limit switch, reed switch, transistor tive sensor, background fade-out,
switch, Hall sensor, position sensor fibre optic cable, light types, reflec-
Types of pressure measurement tion types, adjustment, contrast
Sensors for pressure measure- sensor, color sensor
ment: Mechanical pressure switch, Capacitive sensors: Construction,
electronic pressure sensor, mode of operation, usage and
Sensors for flow measurement: examples
Volumetric flow meter, effective Ultrasonic sensors: Construction,
pressure principle, ultrasonic flow mode of operation, applications
meter, mass flow meter, heat-loss
method E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD
Online de/en/es/fr/fi/et/zh
E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD Order no. 549758
Online de/en/es/fr/fi/et/zh/usa Network de/en/es/fr/fi/et/zh
Order no. 549752 Order no. 549761
Network de/en/es/fr/fi/et/zh/usa
Order no. 549755
Electric drives 1 Electric drives 2
The Electric drives 1 interactive Familiarization with different The training program Electric From the table of contents:
multimedia training program pro- DC motors drives 2 further explores the mate-
vides an engaging introduction to General (functional principles, rial covered in Electric drives 1 and Controlling DC motors
the world of electric motors. commutation, technical data, also includes new topic areas. Armature reaction
brushless DC motor, load depen- Speed control
The first section sets out the basic dency, difference between series This learning program is suitable for Four-quadrant operation
principles of electric drives. The and parallel connection) beginners and advanced students.
second section illustrates the Parallel connection behavior The first two chapters address Controlling AC motors
construction and functioning of AC motors the topic of controlling DC and AC Motor characteristic curve
DC motors, while the third section Difference in power supply motors. The third chapter focuses Open-loop and closed-loop
deals with the special features of AC (DC, AC, three-phase AC) on the energy efficiency of electric speed control
motors. Familiarization with different drives, looking at economic and envi- Frequency converters
AC motors ronmental aspects. Smooth start-up
From the table of contents: General functional principle
Basic principles of electric drives (difference between synchronous Energy efficiency
Familiarization with different mo- and asynchronous motor), techni- Economic aspects
tor types (stepper motor, asynchro- cal data, rating plate, characteris- Degree of efficiency
nous motor, universal motor) tic curves and their interpretation, Minimising losses
Mechanical principles (conversion definition of reactive, apparent, Reliability
of mechanical/electrical energy, and effective power) Energy efficiency measures
motor generator, circuit diagram Single-phase AC motor Environmental aspects
and current direction, transmission Three-phase AC motor special Merits of electric motors
variables (force, mechanical pow- cases (stepper motors)
er, efficiency etc.), definitions of Summary and review exercises E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD
torque and speed) Online de/en/es/fr/zh
Electronic principles (basic prin- E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD Order no. 573775
ciple of the motor, Lorentz force Online de/en/es/fr/zh Network de/en/es/fr/zh
using the example of a conduc- Order no. 571120 Order no. 573776
tion loop, electrical and magnetic Network de/en/es/fr/zh
fields, occurrence of torque, right- Order no. 571121
hand rule)
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Actuators DC motor
Using the everyday example of a From the table of contents:

car park access control system, the The function of actuators in
trainee learns the basics of a mecha- mechatronic systems
tronic system. Electric motors
DC motor
Building on this, the training pro- Torque and current
gram determines what function the Behavior of DC motors
actuators have in the controller. A DC Induced voltage and speed control
motor is then studied in more detail Characteristic torque/speed curve
as an example of a typical actuator, Working with data sheets
E.g., its structure and the laws which Determining the transmission ratio
govern its operation. Further chap-
ters cover speed control and the use E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD
of data sheets, as well as the trans- Online de/en/es/fr/el/zh
mission ratios which can be achieved Order no. 540953
by using a gearbox. Network de/en/es/fr/el/zh
Order no. 540955
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Open- and closed-loop control GRAFCET
This training program uses practical From the table of contents: GRAFCET The new specification From the table of contents:
examples to show the difference be- Differences between open- and language for sequential function Definitions
tween open- and closed-loop control closed-loop control ( characteristics charts Advantages of GRAFCET
in automation. Easy-to-understand of controllers, characteristics of Differentiation from PLC
tasks are used first to examine the regulators Good documentation is a prerequi- programming language
overall process of a simple function- DIN 19226 site for the quick construction and Configuring a GRAFCET
ing system. Later sections then look Signal types smooth commissioning of a system. Graphical representation of
at different types of controllers, the Differences between types of As a result, products reach custom- the language elements
different ways in which signals are control ers more quickly. Furthermore, the Graphical representation
represented and processed, and the Signal processing (synchronous sequence description is an import- of the sequential structures
ways in which programs are imple- control, controlling links, asynchro- ant tool for quickly and accurately Structuring of GRAFCETS
mented. nous control, process control) locating and eliminating errors and Case studies
Types of control (regulating to fixed thus reduces production downtimes. Exercises
values, tracking values) GRAFCET can describe what the func- Glossary
Regulators (P, I, and D controllers, tion chart has previously been un-
combined controllers such as PI or able to represent. E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD
PID controllers) Online de/en/es/fr/zh
It introduces the new standard Order no. 557688
E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD step-by-step, with the aid of practice Network de/en/es/fr/zh
Online de/en/es/fr/zh exercises. Order no. 557689
Order no. 540947
Network de/en/es/fr/zh
Order no. 540949
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
PLC programming LOGO! Training

in accordance with IEC 61131
Programmable logic controllers From the table of contents: The LOGO! training program provides From the table of contents:
(PLCs) are used to control machines Programmable logic controllers an introduction to logic functions, Basic technical functions (AND
and systems, and play a central role Project organization beginning with AND & OR functions & OR function, memory function,
in automation. Programming languages in and processes, which are shown in timer function, counter function)
accordance with IEC 61131 function tables. These are followed Digital minicontrollers (differenti-
The program of a programmable Link-oriented programming by other basic control functions, ation between open- and closed-
logic controller can be flexibly adapt- languages such as memory, timer, and count- loop control)
ed for any task. Various program- Sequential function chart er functions. The next part of the Control components
ming languages, which are all based Structured text course begins by covering the basics Positioning with digital mini-
on the IEC 61131 international stan- Sequence programming project of open- and closed-loop control cir- controllers
dard, are available for creating the cuits and exploring the elements of Design and function of a
control program in compliance with The training program provides a controller. Finally concluding with minicontroller
standards. beginners with an ideal introduction a detailed focus on the features and Cyclical program processing
to IEC-compliant programming. applications of mini-controllers. Areas of application
This training program enables us- Programming languages
ers to understand with function In addition to trainees, pupils and
charts, ladder diagrams, instruction students, this training program is al- E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD
lists, sequential function charts, and so useful for skilled workers, techni- Online de/en/es/fr/zh
structured texts in five programming cians, and e
ngineers who have previ- Order no. 540941
languages, which are presented ously only programmed in IL, LDR, or Network de/en/es/fr/zh
step-by-step through the use of prac- FCH. The higher-level, IEC-compliant Order no. 540943
tice exercises. languages offer numerous advantag-
es over the others.

Online de/en/es
Order no. 574488
Network de/en/es
Order no. 574489
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Fieldbus technology Machine Vision
The multimedia and interactive train- From the table of contents: Machine Vision the use of camera From the table of contents:
ing program covers the basics of Advantages of Fieldbus systems systems in production is a relative- How does a machine see?
Fieldbus technology and is suitable The design of Fieldbus systems ly new, but swiftly growing area in Steps in industrial image
for beginners who would like an (different areas of application, automation technology. This web- processing
overview of the subject. Animations open and closed technical con- based training unit deals with indus- Image sensors: CCD and CMOS
are used to illustrate various practi- cepts; such as message-oriented trial image processing, from the cre- Focal length and lens formula
cal examples. All relevant terms on bus systems, user-oriented bus ation of images to the evaluation of Aperture and depth of focus
the subject of bus technology can be systems, multi-master concepts, the information in the picture. Work- Types of illumination: objects
found in the integrated dictionary. database concepts, installation ing from actual practical industrial subject to backlighting and
concepts) applications, students follow all the incident light
RS 485/RS 422 (introduction, steps in the image processing proj- Filters to improve the image
cabling, function) ect in a practical manner. The basic Point operators, local and global
Topology (introduction, line, ring, knowledge required is clearly ex- Average and median filters
tree) plained in the individual chapters of Sobel operators and Laplace filters
the technical knowledge module. In Process for image segmentation
E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD the components module, cameras Global and local threshold pro-
Online de/en/es/fr/zh and lighting systems are presented cesses
Order no. 540959 using examples. Tools to calculate characteristics
Network de/en/es/fr/zh The classification of parts and
Order no. 540961 characteristic curves
Image processing and comput-
ing times
Intelligent compact vision systems
Lighting systems
Sample applications of industrial
vision systems

Online de/en/es/fr/zh
Order no. 557691
Order no. 557692
Safety engineering
This training program provides an in- From the table of contents:

troduction to the complex subject of Introduction to machine safety
safety engineering in industrial ma- The question of liability (who is
chines and systems. liable in the case of an accident?)
European directives
The aim is to make participants more The relationship between direc-
aware of the problems in the design tives and standards
aspects of safety engineering and The new EU machinery directive
help them understand safety engi- 2006/42/EC
neering equipment and hazard anal- The hierarchy of the European
ysis methods. standards for machine safety
Machine safety in the USA
The training program is based Risk assessment procedure
on an amended version of the EC according to EN ISO 14121 and
machinery directive 2006/42/EC. EN ISO 12100
Definitions
How is the overall performance lev- Risk evaluation: determining the
el of a technical safety measure de- required performance level
termined? The training program ex- Risk reduction measurements:
plains concepts such as probability design measures, technical safety
of failure (POF), diagnostic coverage measures, instructional measures
(DC), common cause failure (CCF), Selecting the safety function
redundancy, and diversity. A detailed Determining the control category
explanation of all the components for
safety equipment is also provided. E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD
Online de/en/es/fr/et/sv/zh
Order no. 549766
Network de/en/es/fr/et/sv/zh
Order no. 549769
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Basic principles of metalworking
Whether in machine manufacturing, Milling Drilling Materials science

toolmaking or vehicle production, Milling is a machining method for Drilling is a machining method for Materials are needed to p roduce
metalworking is an essential ele- processing metal, wood, and plas- producing round holes. A chip- machines, tools, and devices.
ment in trades and industry. The tics. In the milling process, a milling removing cutting motion is produced Knowledge of material properties
Basic principles of metalworking tool produces flat surfaces and con- by the circular cutting motion and is important in selecting suitable
series covers the basic principles tours. An uninterrupted cut is charac- the straight-line feed motion of the materials.
of machining with geometrically de- teristic of milling. Chips are removed tool.
fined cutting edges. Machining meth- by the rotation of the multi-blade In the Materials science training
ods are so important because of milling tool relative to the rigidly In the Drilling training program of program of the Basic principles
their high accuracy and geometrical- clamped workpiece. the Basic principles of metalwork- of metalworking series, you will
ly almost unlimited processing posing series, you will acquire basic acquire basic knowledge of turning.
sibilities. In the Milling training program of knowledge of drilling.
the Basic principles of metalwork- From the table of contents:
Turning ing series, you will acquire basic From the table of contents: An overview of materials
Turning is a cutting production knowledge of milling. What is drilling? Material properties
method for manufacturing rotation- Selecting the tool Types of materials
ally symmetrical workpieces. During From the table of contents: Drilling Testing of materials
the turning process, the workpiece How does a milling machine work? Counterboring
performs the main rotary cutting Selecting the tool Reaming E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD
motion and the single-edged tool, Clamping the workpieces Online de/en/es
the lathe tool, performs the ad- Milling E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD Order no. 8029714
vancing motion. Both motions bring Online de/en/es Network de/en/es
about continuous chip removal. E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD Order no. 8035908 Order no. 8029715
Online de/en/es Network de/en/es
In the Turning training program of Order no. 8035910 Order no. 8035909
the Basic principles of metalwork- Network de/en/es
ing series, you will acquire basic Order no. 8035911
knowledge of turning.
From the table of contents:

How does a lathe work?
Selecting the tool
Clamping the workpieces
Turning

Online de/en/es
Order no. 8035904
Network de/en/es
Order no. 8035907
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Technology and Environment
The fascination of technology Renewable energies Environmental protection

This exciting journey through the his- Day after day, lighting and other in the office
tory of technology shows how inven- household appliances, as well as Environmental protection has
tions have changed the world, cre- the operation of industrial machines become an essential part of modern
ating new forms of work: have been and public transport systems, such working life. You can actively reduce
created: from the hunter to the engi- as the underground and suburban your impact on the environment and
neer. The fascination of technology railways, result in the consumption the climate in your everyday work.
is an interactive journey through the of enormous amounts of energy; in
world of automation. The program these cases in the form of electrical Our web-based training Environ-
contains many different multime- power. mental Protection in the Office pro-
dia components to help you on your vides you and your employees with
journey. This pure edutainment en- There are basically three types of en- concrete methods to make your daily
ables trainees to experience the ex- ergy available to us for generating working routine more environmen-
citement of discovery and learning! electrical power: fossil fuels, nuclear tally friendly. Not only will this allow
fuels, and renewable energy. Renew- you to save on energy, water and of-
The program consists of 4 modules: able energy is becoming more and fice supplies but it will also help to
Technology and automation more significant for our supply of en- reduce the costs of these resources.
The history of automation ergy, now and in the future.
technology From the table of contents:
Fundamentals of automation This training program provides an The carbon-neutral office
technology overview of the different sources of Saving electricity
Technology and ... energy with a detailed focus on re- Paper as a raw material
newable energy sources and how Environmentally-friendly office
E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD they are used. supplies
Online de/en/es/fr/fi/sv/el/zh Sustainable waste management
Order no. 540899 From the table of contents: Saving and protecting water
Network de/en/es/fr/fi/sv/el/zh Solar energy
Order no. 540901 Water power E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD
Wind power Online de
Geothermal energy Order no. 576322
Bio-energy Network de
Energy storage Order no. 576323
Perspectives

Online de/en/es/fr
Order no. 574490
Network de/en/es/fr
Order no. 574491
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Organization and work techniques
Project management Time management Internet search

Successfully manage complex Learn to optimize management of Give yourself an advantage by learn-
technical projects and systems. this most valuable asset, generating ing quick and easy ways to search
more time and energy for new ven- for relevant information on the World
Investing around 60 minutes of your tures. Wide Web.
time in training pays for itself many
times over, through increased profes- This 60-minute training program pro- In two modules, you will learn to
sionalism and confidence when man- vides manifold benefits in return. utilise the Internet effectively as
aging projects. The three modules Two modules cover the basics of time an information resource and to use
contain essential information about management and how to apply it to search methods and tools.
basic principles and provide you with daily tasks.
lots of practical hints and tips. From the table of contents:
From the table of contents:
From the table of contents: The Internet as an information
Basics resource
Basic principles The time phenomenon The right preparation
What is a project? Goal-oriented working The difference between catalogs
Project planning Time robbers and search engines
Project organization Biorhythms Search terms and logic operations
Project documentation Day planning Using filters
Limits of time management
Project in practice Tools and methods
Analysis Application to everyday practice Search processes
Structuring Goals and tasks Goal description
Time intervals and dates Definition as per S.M.A.R.T. Consolidation circle
Resources Setting priorities Relevance of search results
Organization Pareto principle Verification of search results
Documentation ABC0 analysis Making content available
Workplace organization
Means of control ALPEN method E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD
4-room apartment method Online de/en/es/fr
S.M.A.R.T. E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD Order no. 549759
Project structure plan Online de/en/es/fr/zh Network de/en/es/fr
Work packages and milestones Order no. 549767 Order no. 549763
Network planning Network de/en/es/fr/zh
Successive planning Order no. 549771
Time and expenditure planning
Adherence to deadlines and
capacity planning

Order no. 540905
Order no. 540907
Lean Management/Lean Production
Value stream analysis and mapping Poka Yoke 5S Workstation organisation TPM Total Productive Maintenance
Those who deal with value stream Nowadays, Poka Yoke measures The objective of the 5S training It is always better to act than to
analysis and value stream mapping are an established part of q
uality program is to become familiar with react. Bearing this in mind, many
have one goal: to create production assurance. Poka Yoke is a well- methods for creating ideal, exem- businesses strive to stabilize plant
and production processes that known principle, which originated in plary, well-organized workstations performance, and to introduce pre-
achieve a true value stream. Japan. In Japanese, Poka Yoke means (both in industrial and administrative ventive maintenance. The term TPM
avoiding unintentional human error. areas), where work can be carried stands for Total P
roductive Mainte-
The purpose of value stream analysis Poka Yoke describes a principle that out without unnecessary searching, nance.
is to make all the processes (from includes technical measures/equip- long transport distances, and waiting
the initial request through to the ment for preventing errors and elimi- times (i.e., waste-free). The following results were achieved
delivery of the product) transparent. nating them immediately. in industry processes thanks to the
This can quickly highlight a signifi- The basic principle of every high- implementation of this method:
cant potential for effective reshaping Content topics: quality product or service is a clean a 40% increase in operating times,
of processes. The story of Poka Yoke and orderly working environment. a 10% increase in machine speed,
Inclusion of the seven types of Quality, as a basic customer need, a 95% reduction in the number of
From the table of contents: waste has the highest priority at such unexpected machine downtimes, a
Improving the value stream The Poka Yoke system value-added locations and therefore 90% reduction in the error rate as
Added value and value stream Typical examples of human error contributes to securing the order. well as an increase in productivity of
Value stream analysis Basic elements of Poka Yoke up to 50% and an increase of almost
Use of value stream analysis and Error-oriented approach Content topics: 200% in ROI. However, in spite of
value stream mapping Process-oriented approach General basic principles the concept being very simple, many
Working with value stream Production-oriented approach The 5S model companies fail at the implementation
mapping methods Case studies The seven types of waste stage. TPM requires meticulous plan-
Overview of the ACTUAL situation Tasks and exercises Visualization in 5S ning as well as interlinking with oth-
Example: The Cycle Accessories The 5S audit and its application er methods of the value added sys-
GmbH & Co. KG E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD 5S in production tem; it should also be targeted at the
Value stream mapping Online de/en/es/fr/zh 5S in administration specific conditions of employees and
The seven types of waste Order no. 565018 5S workshop procedure machines. 20% of TPM is therefore a
The situation as it SHOULD be Network de/en/es/fr/zh technical challenge, while 80% of it
Tasks and exercises Order no. 565019 E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD is an organisational challenge.
E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD Order no. 565020 This training program explores what
Online de/en/es/fr/zh Network de/en/es/fr/zh TPM is and how to implement this
Order no. 564623 Order no. 565021 model in practice.
Order no. 564624 E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD
Online de/en/es/fr
Order no. 576320
Network de/en/es/fr
Order no. 576321
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Classroom Manager
Learning management system
Simple, professional, affordable: All the digital training media are The Classroom Manager defines Weve got great offers for ordering
The Classroom Manager learning compiled in a central library for course structures and sets time all the training programs with the
management system direct access, greatly reducing frames, dates for attendance, train- Classroom Manager take a look at
course preparation time. ing aids, access requirements and the table.
Create and manage users and certification options. Participants
user groups Participants are provided with the and potential applicants can access Please note:
User self-registration corresponding material for each ses- this information as required. WBTs that have already been
Individual assignment of training sion, but instructors can also create installed from CD-ROM cannot
topics to users or groups new media for tests or question- Has everyone done their homework? be integrated into the Classroom
Monitor learning progress in the naires as needed for the completion The Classroom Manager also pro- Manager after installation. To do
tutor cockpit of courses or training sessions. vides a clear picture of participants this, you will require a new version.
Easy integration of own resources learning success. With the progress The WBTs and Tec2Screen courses
Option to design own courses by monitoring system you always have are not included in the scope of
using existing learning units an overview of course attendance delivery for the Classroom Manag-
Individual creation of certificates and the progress of each student. er. Please order separately.
Support for SCORM standards 1.2
and 1.3 The Classroom Manager also allows Refer to the product description or
students to keep an eye on their the Internet for details of the WBTs
The Classroom Manager is the ideal courses: the qualifications on offer and Tec2Screen courses, as well as
platform for quick, and tailored are displayed clearly, and registering the available languages.
management and implementation is quick and easy.
of online training courses. The Class- System requirements
room Manager provides the user Windows 2000 Server
with classroom seminars, E-Learning (web edition) or later
modules, and Tec2Screen courses Flash Player 8.0 or later
as needed. Administrator access is essential
for installation
In addition to Classroom Manager,
a number of free open-source
components need to be installed
(Apache 2.x/MySQL 4.x or 5.x/PHP
4.x/Zend Optimizer). These are
supplied in the installation bundle.
For standard installation, the
required ports are 80 (Apache)
and 3306 (MySQL)
The hardware should be an Intel/
AMD x86 or x86-64 platform. No
minimum requirements for CPU,
memory or hard disk

Available training programs Order no.

configurable
Fluid engineering
Pneumatics 8038111
Hydraulics 8038112
Electropneumatics 8038113
Electrohydraulics 8038114
Electrical engineering
Electrical safety measures 8038120
Electrical engineering 1 8038116
Electrical engineering 2 8038117
Electronics 1 8038118
Electronics 2 8038119
Automation technology
Sensor technology 1 8038121
Sensor technology 2 8038122
Ordering information: Discover MPS 200 8038123
Classroom Manager (CRM) with up to 1000 named registered users Actuators DC motor 8038124
on 100 workstations simultaneously Electric drives 1 8038125
CD-ROM with installation instructions Electric drives 2 8038126
Execution in de/en/fr/es/fi/sv/el/zh Open- and closed-loop control 8038127
Note: The order number is configurable. GRAFCET 8038128
PLC programming in accordance with IEC 61131 8038129
100 users at 10 workstations 8034067-100/10 LOGO! Training 8038130
200 users at 20 workstations 8034067-200/20 Fieldbus technology 8038131
500 users at 50 workstations 8034067-500/50 Machine vision 8038132
1000 users at 100 workstations 8034067-1000/100 Safety engineering 8038133
Campus/enterprise license On request Process automation 8038134
ASP solution On request Metalworking
Turning 8038135
Tec2Screen Manager 20/20 is free to download after ordering the courses/ Milling 8038136
simulations. It can be used as an alternative to Classroom Manager for pur- Drilling 8038137
chase when the learning management system is not necessary. Materials science 8038138
Technology and Environment
Software maintenance agreement for the learning management system The fascination of technology 8038139
Renewable energies 8038140
The software service for the Classroom Manager includes: Environmental protection in the office 8038141
Premium telephone support Organization and methods
Free updates of the latest version of the software Project management 8038142
Agreement runs for 36 months Time management 8038143
Internet search 8038144
100 users at 10 workstations 8028155-100/10 Lean Management/Lean Production
200 users at 20 workstations 8028155-200/20 Value stream analysis and mapping 8038145
500 users at 50 workstations 8028155-500/50 Poka Yoke 8038146
1000 users at 100 workstations 8028155-1000/100 5S Workstation organization 8038147
TPM Total Productive Maintenance 8038148
On-site training day (for Germany only) Management and teamwork
Customer orientation 8038149
The training content will be individually defined in consultation with the Team Performance 8038150
customer based on the customers needs. For example, it could include: Personnel management 8038151
Installation of the Classroom Manager on a server Compliance 8038152
Installation of the Content Builder (if included in the scope of delivery) Training
Instruction on operation of the systems Safety at work 8038153
Installation of Apple TV and access points (if included in the scope General law on equality and discrimination 8038154
of delivery) Basic principles of accounting 8038155
Training in the Tec2Screen system
Training in the Classroom Manager
Training in DE 8028154
Training outside DE On request
my|eCampus
Learning on the Internet around the clock
Learn online on my|eCampus Online learning via my|eCampus Course subscription The LMS subscription
the new educational portal for offers the following benefits: All training programs are offered With a Learning Management System
engineers and technology Excellent didactic and multimedia as subscriptions, i.e., users choose (LMS) subscription, courses can be
enthusiasts course topics which training program(s) they re- provided for a group of users. In ad-
Experts ensure quality content quire for their desired qualification. dition to the course packages avail-
my|eCampus offers engaging and Freedom to learn anywhere and The courses take at least six months, able in my|eCampus, subscribers can
informative training programs in au- anytime at your own pace and the annual subscription provides add their own documents and con-
tomation technology and mecha- Saves travel time and down-time unlimited online access to all current tent to courses.
tronics. Whether school or university No need to install software technical training courses.
students, technicians, or engineers No internal IT administration The administrator manages the
anyone with internet access can Versatile integrative and interactive The courses can be booked both for students and tracks their progress.
access these topics around the clock program functions individual users, as well as for multi- Various course packages on different
and earn further qualifications. Educational progress is displayed ple users with multiple licenses. topics are available.
Training programs on the following Simple registration provides access The configurator allows users to de-
fundamental topics are available in to all training programs available fine courses and indicate the number
German, English, French, and on my|eCampus. of students and the course duration
Spanish: (either six months or one year). Over
Fluid engineering the first four weeks, a personal my|e-
Manufacturing automation Campus coach is available for guid-
Process automation ance through the system, as well as
Electrical engineering support and advice.
Lean management
Technology and the environment Try it! It is worthwhile for all users,
not just engineers!
Little or no prior technical knowledge
is required to complete these Access my|eCampus at:
classes. https://festo.my-e-campus.com/

Content Builder
Design and create your own training media
Create digital training media quickly The authoring tool, Content Builder, Create interaction! Integrated facili- Order no. 576293
and inexpensively allows the development of high- ties for creating interaction scenar-
quality digital training media, such ios mean additional motivation for
Create whole training scenarios to as classic web-based training, students. Intelligent functions allow
build and deepen knowledge! Tec2Screen courses, or material for you to produce ready-to-use results
blended learning scenarios. without any need for programming
Easy creation of exercises and tests, knowledge.
thanks to a wide choice of exercise Content Builder is the perfect tool for
types and ready-made interaction a wide range of needs, from training Speak many languages! The lan-
scenarios. PowerPoint import func- projects to public relations. Wheth- guage import and export function
tionality allows rapid E-Learning. To- er dealing with data, facts, or argu- allows you to create multilingual
gether, these features enable opti- ments Content Builder can be used training media in next to no time.
mized workflow in the production of to communicate information in a Texts to be translated can be easi-
training media. structured and stylish way. ly output, and the automatic import
function allows the translations to
The numerous appealing templates simply be inserted at the same loca-
provide attractive form as well as tion in text or audio formats.
functionality, and additional content
can be inserted via drag and drop, or
by importing it from other digital me-
dia formats, such as PowerPoint.
Media > Tec2Screen
Tec2Screen
Connected Learning for Mechatronics and Factory Automation
Tec2Screen Courses Tec2Screen Courses
For example: For example:
Tec2Screen course Tec2Screen course

Sensors: MPS Pick&Place station:
Inductive proximity sensors Troubleshooting in
with switching output mechatronic systems
The concept consists of: Exciting courses for Training content Training content
Tec2Screen app explorative learning Design and function General troubleshooting using
Courses Videos, animations, measuring Terms that describe the switching the MPS station Pick&Place as
Simulations exercises, and test assignments characteristics of an inductive an example
Tec2Screen Manager for inspire students to explore and proximity sensor Systematic troubleshooting in a
20 users/workstations discover. The measuring instruments Relationship between design and mechatronic system
Learning management system: integrated into the courses addition- sensing distance Fault documentation and fault
Classroom Manager ally make interactive troubleshoot- Relationship between object analysis
Connects ing exciting. material and sensing distance
Tec2Screen hardware and more Further courses:
Optional learning systems Completing the courses offline MPS Stacking Magazine module
outside of the lab, is also possible, Further courses: Commissioning
so that technical knowledge can be Sensors with analog output MPS Testing station Detection
learned anywhere at any time. Light barriers and Lifting modules
Light sensors MPS Processing station
Capacitive proximity sensors Drilling module
Magnetic proximity switches and many more

Media > Tec2Screen
What actually is
Connected Learning?
Learning methods which frequent-

ly supplement and support each
other and include the following:
Practical learning
Classroom-based learning
Self-learning
With Connected Learning, these

methods are fused into a single
form of learning. The virtual and
the real world are seamlessly in-
tegrated. Software and hardware,
theory and practice, learner and
teacher C
onnected Learning pro-
motes intuitive, interactive learn-
ing.
Our patented solution for

Connected Learning: Tec2Screen.
Fun and motivation while learning
are guaranteed!
Overview of all Tec2Screen courses at:

www.tec2screen.com
Understand the real world better The learning management system New interfaces: Connects The hardware
thanks to simulations The Classroom Manager m anages To explore the connection between As a basic unit, the Tec2Screen base
As a component of modern training courses and simulations, as well the real and the virtual world, we links the iPad with the p atented
systems, the Tec2Screen simu- as self-made documents and have developed the Connects plug- Connects. The iPad can also be
lations can be used to test and materials. The trainer assigns these in interface modules with a patented used as a fully functional tablet,
simulate controllers and applications to the students individually and can interface. The Connects enable direct independently of the Tec2Screen,
for PLC technology under realistic simultaneously record their learning interaction between software and in the classroom and elsewhere.
conditions. The new knowledge progress. hardware, and thus direct interaction
encourages practical and safe exper- between theory and practice. Festo Didactic won the 2015 iF
imenting without real consequences Design Award for the Tec2Screen.
or the need to purchase additional Unique: the signal flow is completely
hardware. transparent and easy to follow.
Media > Tec2Screen > Courses
Tec2Screen Courses
Sensors Sensors Sensors Sensors
Inductive proximity sensors Inductive sensors with Light barriers Light sensors
with switching output analog output
Training content Training content
Training content Training content Through-beam sensor Diffuse sensors with background
Design and function Determining the characteristic Design, function, and response suppression
Terms that describe the switching curve characteristics with different Fibre-optic cables
characteristics of an inductive Learning about response materials Design, function and application
proximity sensor characteristics and sensitivity Retro-reflective sensor range
Relationship between design and Relationship between output Influence of the workpiece
sensing distance voltage and object material surface on the scanning width Required Connects
Relationship between object Dependency of the output voltage 1x Connect Digital I/O
material and sensing distance on the material of the item to be Required Connects 1x Connect Analog In
Material dependency of the measured and on the distance from 1x Digital I/O Connect 1x Connect Power
sensing distance when validating that item 1x Analog In Connect
different metals Relationship between output 1x Power Connect de/en 8034076
Relationship between object size voltage and object size
(area) and sensing distance Dependency of the output voltage de/en 8028121 The accessories mentioned below are
Influence of differently sized on the size of the cross-sectional required to conduct the courses.
objects on the sensing distance area and on the distance from the The accessories mentioned below are
item to be measured required to conduct the courses. 1x Equipment set TP 1311
Required Connects Sensors for object detection
1x Digital I/O Connect Required Connects 1x Equipment set TP 1311 1x Tec2Screen measuring unit
1x Analog In Connect 1x Analog In Connect Sensors for object detection
1x Power Connect 1x Power Connect 1x Supplement to the set of objects
for the light curtain, TP 1311
de/en 8028120 de/en 8034075
The accessories mentioned below are The accessories mentioned below are
required to conduct the courses. required to conduct the courses.
1x Equipment set TP 1311 1x Equipment set TP 1311

Sensors for object detection Sensors for object detection
1x Tec2Screen measuring unit 1x Tec2Screen measuring unit
1x Supplement to the set of measuring 1x Supplement to the set of measuring
objects, TP 1311 objects, TP 1311
Tec2Screen Manager The following license levels are

The Tec2Screen Manager 20/20 is available for courses and simulations:
available as a free download and can 20 users/20 workstations
be used as an alternative to Classroom
Manager for purchase.

Sensors Sensors MPS Stacking Magazine module MPS Stacking Magazine module
(Distribution station) (Distribution station)
Capacitive proximity sensors Magnetic proximity switches
Commissioning Logic programming
The setup, function, and switching Design and function of magnetic Training content Training content
characteristics of a capacitive proximity switches Commissioning the S tacking Programming the Stacking
proximity sensor. Switching characteristics of Magazine module of the Magazine module of the
Relationship between object magnetic proximity switches Distribution station Distribution station using logic
material and sensing distance Selecting and aligning magnetic Function and applications of a programming
Relationship between object proximity switches stacking magazine in production Control system structure
material thickness and sensing Industrial applications for magnetic Learning about the electric and Programming with function
distance proximity switches pneumatic components elements
Material sensing through Actuating a linear cylinder Basic logic functions
container walls de/en 8028119 Creating the assignment list (AND, OR, NOT)
Effect of the container wall Adjusting the end-position Programming motion sequences
on the material verification This course does not contain experiments switches using the basic logic functions
Fill level measurement, content with direct hardware interaction. Setting the one-way flow control What are overlapping signals and
check valves how can I avoid them?
Mounting the through-beam sensor Signal storage with memory
Required Connects modules differences and correct
1x Connect Digital I/O Required Connects use
1x Connect Analog In 1x Connect SysLink
1x Connect Power Required Connects
de/en 8028125 1x Connect SysLink
de/en 8028122
The accessories mentioned below are de/en 8028126
The accessories mentioned below are required to conduct the courses.
required to conduct the courses. The accessories mentioned below are
1x Distribution station required to conduct the courses.
1x Equipment set TP 1311 (Model series 2000 2014)
Sensors for object detection 1x I/O data cable with SysLink 1x Distribution station
1x Tec2Screen measuring unit connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m (Model series 2000 2014)
1x I/O data cable with SysLink
connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m
In addition to course and simulation documenting progress. The following

management, the Classroom M
anager license levels are available:
learning management system offers 100 users/10 workstations
comprehensive user management. It 200 users/20 workstations
also has numerous learning manage- 500 users/50 workstations
ment functions, such as integrating your 1000 users/100 workstations
own training media/documents and
Tec2Screen Courses
MPS Stacking Magazine module MPS Stacking Magazine module MPS Changer module MPS Changer module
(Distribution/Conveyor station) (Distribution/Conveyor station) (Distribution station) (Distribution station)
Commissioning Logic programming Commissioning Logic programming
Training content Training content Training content Training content

Commissioning the S tacking Programming the Stacking Commissioning the Changer Commissioning the Changer
Magazine module of the Magazine module of the module module
Distribution/Conveyor station Distribution/Conveyor station Function and applications of a Control system structure
Function and applications of a using logic programming changer in production Programming with function
stacking magazine in production Function and applications of a Learning about the electric and elements
Learning about the electric and stacking magazine in production pneumatic components Basic logic functions
pneumatic components Learning about the electric and Correct actuation of a rotary (AND, OR, NOT)
Actuating a linear cylinder pneumatic components cylinder Programming motion sequences
Creating the assignment list Actuating a linear cylinder Creating the assignment list using the basic logic functions
Adjusting the end-position Creating the assignment list Adjusting the end-position What are overlapping signals and
switches Adjusting the end-position switches how can I avoid them?
Setting the one-way flow control switches Setting the one-way flow control Signal storage with memory mod-
valves Setting the one-way flow control valves ules differences and correct use
Mounting the through-beam sensor valves
Mounting the through-beam sensor Required Connects
Required Connects 1x SysLink Connect Required Connects
1x SysLink Connect Required Connects 1x SysLink Connect
1x SysLink Connect de/en 8028127
de/en 8036587 de/en 8028128
de/en 8036588 The accessories mentioned below are
The accessories mentioned below are required to conduct the courses. The accessories mentioned below are
required to conduct the courses. The accessories mentioned below are required to conduct the courses.
required to conduct the courses. 1x Distribution station
1x Stacking magazine module (Model series 2000 2014) 1x Distribution station
15-pin Sub-D HD cables: 1x Stacking magazine module 1x I/O data cable with SysLink (Model series 2000 2014)
connector connector 15-pin Sub-D HD cables connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 1x I/O data cable with SysLink
1x C interface connector connector connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m
1x I/O data cable with SysLink 1x C interface
connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 1x I/O data cable with SysLink


MPS Processing station MPS Pick&Place station MPS Testing station MPS Testing station,
Detection and Lifting modules
Commissioning Commissioning Commissioning
Logic programming
Training content Training content Training content
Commissioning the Processing Commissioning the Pick&Place Commissioning the Testing station Training content
station and its modules station with SysLink Design, function and commission- Using logic programming to pro-
Learning about the components of Learning about the requirements ing of the Detection, Lifting, Slide, gram the Detection and Lifting
the Processing station modules for safe use of the station and Measuring modules modules
Learning about and describing the Learning about practical applica- Practical, hands-on exercises at the Programming and testing simple
design and function of the modules tions of Pick&Place station to further develop knowl- and advanced logic control
and components, and using them Learning about the functions edge systems with the Detection and
in a different context of the station Lifting modules
Adjusting the individual compo- Commissioning and learning Required Connects Learning about and using the
nents about the station modules 1x SysLink Connect logic functions
Learning about the intended AND, NOT, OR, and NAND
Required Connects sequence for the station de/en 8046970 RS flip-flop, SR flip-flop
1x SysLink Connect Adjusting the station sensors (memory modules)
The accessories mentioned below are Timer
de/en 8046988 Required Connects required to conduct the courses. Counter
1x SysLink Connect
The accessories mentioned below are 1x Testing station Required Connects
required to conduct the courses. de/en 8046992 (Model series 2000 2014) 1x SysLink Connect
1x Processing station The accessories mentioned below are connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m de/en 8046989
(Model series 2000 2014) required to conduct the courses.
1x I/O data cable with SysLink The accessories mentioned below are
connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 1x Pick&Place station required to conduct the courses.
(Model series 2000 2014)
1x I/O data cable with SysLink 1x Testing station
connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m (Model series 2000 2014)

Tec2Screen Courses
MPS Testing station, MPS Pick&Place station, MPS Processing station, MPS Processing station,
Measuring and Lifting modules Troubleshooting in mechatronic Rotary Indexing Table module Drilling module
systems
Logic programming Logic programming Logic programming
Training content
Training content General troubleshooting using Training content Training content
Using logic programming to pro- the MPS station Pick&Place as Programming and testing logic con- Programming and testing logic con-
gram the Measuring and Lifting an example trol systems with the Testing and trol systems with the Clamping and
modules Systematic troubleshooting in a Rotary Indexing Table modules Drilling modules
Programming and testing simple mechatronic system Learning the basic logic functions Learning the basic logic functions
and advanced logic control Fault documentation and fault RS flip-flop (memory module), RS flip-flop (memory module) and
systems with the Measuring and analysis timer, and counter timer
Lifting modules Identify and correct errors in the Identify and c orrect errors in a
Learning about and using the Required Connects logic control system given logic control sequence
logic functions 1x SysLink Connect
AND, NOT, OR, and NAND Required Connects Required Connects
RS flip-flop, SR flip-flop de/en 8046999 1x SysLink Connect 1x SysLink Connect
(memory modules)
Timer The accessories mentioned below are de/en 8046995 de/en 8046996
Counter required to conduct the courses.
The accessories mentioned below are The accessories mentioned below are
Required Connects 1x Pick&Place station required to conduct the courses. required to conduct the courses.
1x SysLink Connect (Model series 2000 2014)
1x I/O data cable with SysLink 1x Processing station 1x Processing station
de/en 8046990 connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m (Model series 2000 2014) (Model series 2000 2014)
1x I/O data cable with SysLink 1x I/O data cable with SysLink
The accessories mentioned below are connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m
required to conduct the courses.
1x Testing station
(Model series 2000 2014)


MPS Pick&Place station, MPS Pick&Place station, MPS Conveyor station MPS Conveyor station
Pick&Place module Conveyor module
Start-up Logic programming
Logic programming Logic programming
Training content Training content Starting up the MPS conveyor Creating an assignment list based
Programming and testing logic con- Programming and testing logic module and its components on the circuit diagram
trol systems with the Pick&Place control systems with the Convey- Inspecting the set-up Using logic programming as a
module or module Identifying components in a circuit simple programming method
Learning the basic logic functions Learning the basic logic function diagram and inspecting wiring Learning and programming logic
RS flip-flop and SR flip-flop RS flip-flop (memory module) Becoming familiar with testing, and functions
(memory module) Becoming familiar with the basic aligning sensors (reflex light Learning and programming
Becoming familiar with the basic logic functions RS flip-flop, SR flip- sensor, one-way light barrier) memory functions, timers
logic function Timer (time module) flop (memory modules), Timer, and Testing and calibrating drive (switch-on and switch-off delay),
Apply these basic logic functions XOR (exclusive or) function (DC motor with t ransfer and counters
Expand an existing logic control conveyor, solenoid with feed Editing simple controller programs
system with new functions Required Connects separator) Learning and applying a method for
1x SysLink Connect creating a controller program that
Required Connects Required Connects meets requirements
1x SysLink Connect de/en 8046998 1x 15-pin D-sub HD Connect
Required Connects
de/en 8046997 The accessories mentioned below are de/en 8034071 1x 15-pin D-sub HD Connect
required to conduct the courses.
The accessories mentioned below are The accessories mentioned below are de/en 8034072
required to conduct the courses. 1x Pick&Place station required to conduct the courses.
(Model series 2000 2014) The accessories mentioned below are
1x Pick&Place station 1x I/O data cable with SysLink 1x Conveyor station required to conduct the courses.
(Model series 2000 2014) connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 1x 15-pin D-sub HD Connector, 2 m
1x I/O data cable with SysLink 1x Conveyor station
connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 1x 15-pin D-sub HD Connector, 2 m

management, the Classroom Manag- license levels are available:
er learning management system offers 100 users/10 workstations
Media > Tec2Screen > Simulations
Tec2Screen Simulations
7-segment display Traffic light-controlled junction Belt control systems Closed-loop level control
The 7-segment display is used to Traffic lights at a junction control Two conveyors feed bulk material A heating coil in a water heater
graphically represent numbers and the flow of traffic in all directions. onto a third belt. The infeed convey- heats water to a temperature with-
letters using seven segments. The Demand-controlled pedestrian lights ors are actuated via a control con- in a specified range. A thermometer
numbers and letters are actuated allow pedestrians to cross the road sole, with the operating status indi- measures the current water tempera-
directly (binary) or via a HEX module. safely. The objective is to switch the cated by LEDs. The outfeed conveyor ture and maintains the temperature
This simulation uses logic program- lights for vehicles to red after a but- starts or stops automatically when above the minimum and below the
ming to teach the user about differ- ton is pressed to enable the pedes- the infeed conveyors are operating. maximum by switching the heating
ent data formats (binary, BCD, HEX). trians to cross the road safely. Touching and holding a conveyor coil. Additionally, four proximity sen-
simulates a fault. The conveyor then sors monitor the level and control
Training content Training content stops and outputs an error message the water supply via two solenoid-ac-
Actuation of a 7-segment display Complex sequence control systems in the control console. tuated shut-off valves. Touching the
Data formats (binary, BCD, HEX) with sequencers tap decreases the water level.
Training content
Required Connects Required Connects Dependencies and timing Training content
3x Digital I/O Connect 3x Digital I/O Connect Closed-loop control based on
Required Connects disturbance variables
Required accessories Required accessories 4x Digital I/O Connect
Programmable logic controller, Programmable logic controller, Required Connects
E.g., in the EduTrainer Universal or E.g., in the EduTrainer Universal or Required accessories 3x Digital I/O Connect
EduTrainer Compact, with at least: EduTrainer Compact, with at least: Programmable logic controller,
2 digital inputs 1 digital input E.g., in the EduTrainer Universal or Required accessories
9 digital outputs 9 digital outputs EduTrainer Compact, with at least: Programmable logic controller,
2 digital inputs E.g., in the EduTrainer Universal or
de/en/es/fr 8028130 de/en/es/fr 8034101 9 digital outputs EduTrainer Compact, with at least:
6 digital inputs
de/en/es/fr 8028137 6 digital outputs
de/en/es/fr 8028143
Tec2Screen Manager The following license levels are avail-

The Tec2Screen Manager 20/20 is able for courses and simulations:

Pedestrian lights system Handling device Incremental encoder Coffee vending machine
A pedestrian lights system is A two-axis handling device trans- An incremental encoder is a system A coffee vending machine o ffers
switched at the press of a button. ports workpieces into a clamping composed of numerous sensors for various coffee mixed drinks to
The objective is to switch the lights device. The handling device is com- determining changes in position, in choose from. The feed separator
for vehicles to red after a button is posed of a pneumatic linear axis, a this case, of the direction of rota- releases a cup after the appropriate
pressed to enable the pedestrians double-acting stroke cylinder, and a tion. Three inductive proximity sen- selection is made. A sensor detects
to cross the road safely. parallel gripper. Proximity sensors sors generate signals using the two the cup once it reaches the filling
for determining the end positions toothed discs; these signals are used position and forwards the filling sig-
Training content are located on the linear axis and the to determine the direction of rotation nal to the controller. This then con-
Simple sequence control systems stroke cylinder. of the motor. trols the filling process based on the
with sequencers preset filling recipe.
Required Connects 2-axis, pneumatic, with possibility Mode of operation of an Training content
2x Digital I/O Connect of collision incremental encoder Data modules and recipes
Collision avoidance Programmatic evaluation of
Required accessories incremental encoder signals Required Connects
Programmable logic controller, Required Connects 3x Digital I/O Connect
E.g., in the EduTrainer Universal or 3x Digital I/O Connect Required Connects
EduTrainer Compact, with at least: 3x Digital I/O Connect Required accessories
1 digital input Required accessories Programmable logic controller,
6 digital outputs Programmable logic controller, Required accessories E.g., in the EduTrainer Universal or
E.g., in the EduTrainer Universal or Programmable logic controller, EduTrainer Compact, with at least:
de/en/es/fr 8028136 EduTrainer Compact, with at least: E.g., in the EduTrainer Universal or 4 digital inputs
5 digital inputs EduTrainer Compact, with at least: 8 digital outputs
4 digital outputs 3 digital inputs
8 digital outputs de/en/es/fr 8028140
de/en/es/fr 8034103
de/en/es/fr 8028132

Tec2Screen Simulations
Coding switch Linear axis Motor speed adjustment Furnace door control system
The coding switch connects a specific Electric linear axes approach pre- A DC motor drives a sanding disc A hydraulic cylinder controlled via
output as a function of the input viously defined points with high whose speed can be adjusted to pushbuttons on a control console
signal. A value is entered via two positional accuracy using a r otary three levels between zero and opens and closes the door of a hard-
selector switches. A timer is actuated spindle. The linear axis is actuat- 2000 rpm. Pressing a broach against ening furnace. To avoid dangerous
for visualization. Values from 00DEC ed by a motor controller that can the sanding disc simulates a load situations, a light curtain monitors
to 99DEC or from 00HEX to FFHEX be switched between forward and which reduces the rotational speed the furnace opening and stops the
can be entered in this timer depend- reverse operation, as well as be- as a function of the contact pressure. travel if a light beam is interrupted.
ing on the selected time system. tween two travel speeds. Three prox- The control console shows the resul-
imity sensors detect the precise posi- tant deviation from the specified ro- Training content
Training content tion of the slide. tational speed as a percentage. Simple logic operations
Interrogation of a coding switch
Data formats (binary, BCD, HEX) Training content Training content Required Connects
2-axis, pneumatic, with possibility Speed adjustment based on 2x Digital I/O Connect
Required Connects of collision disturbance variable and setpoint
3x Digital I/O Connect Collision avoidance jumps Required accessories
Programmable logic controller,
Required accessories Required Connects Required Connects E.g., in the EduTrainer Universal or
Programmable logic controller, 2x Digital I/O Connect 1x Digital I/O Connect EduTrainer Compact, with at least:
E.g., in the EduTrainer Universal or 1x Analog In Connect 6 digital inputs
EduTrainer Compact, with at least: Required accessories 1x Analog Out Connect 2 digital outputs
9 digital inputs Programmable logic controller,
1 digital output E.g., in the EduTrainer Universal or Required accessories de/en/es/fr 8028138
EduTrainer Compact, with at least: Programmable logic controller,
de/en/es/fr 8028131 3 digital inputs E.g., in the EduTrainer Universal or
4 digital outputs EduTrainer Compact, with at least:
1 digital input
de/en/es/fr 8028134 1 digital output
2 analog inputs
1 analog output
de/en/es/fr 8028142


Pallet transport system Car park control system Sorting system Tunnel furnace
A transporting slide carrying work- A cabinet system controls transits The sorting system distributes work- A conveyor transports workpieces
piece blanks moves under a drilling in a car park with one entrance and pieces detected by the diffuse sensor through a tunnel furnace. The work-
jig. The workpieces are located using one exit. The car park has space for at the start of the conveyor to three pieces remain in the tunnel furnace
a stopper and workpiece clamps. 15 vehicles. The occupied spaces chutes. Two sensors upstream of the for a specified time in order to reach
Spiral drills drill a defined hole pat- are displayed in the overview. Touch- barrier detect the color and m aterial the required temperature. To main-
tern as a function of the workpiece ing the parking ticket switch allows of the workpieces (black, red, m etal) tain the fixed oven temperature, a
identifier, interrogated by inductive vehicles to drive into or out of the in order to then distribute them to sensor measures the temperature
sensors. car park. the corresponding chutes via elec- and forwards its output signal to a
tromagnetically operated shunts. A controller. This controls the tempera-
Training content Training content retro-reflective sensor additionally ture in the furnace by switching the
Simple sequence control system Sequencers and counters monitors the level of the chutes. electric heater on and off in order to
with sequencers compensate for heat loss.
Required Connects Training content
Required Connects 4x Digital I/O Connect Sequencers and dependencies Training content
3x Digital I/O Connect or Closed-loop control based on
1x SysLink Connect Required Connects disturbance variables
Required accessories 3x Digital I/O Connect
Programmable logic controller, Required accessories Required Connects
E.g., in the EduTrainer Universal or Programmable logic controller, Required accessories 1x Digital I/O Connect
EduTrainer Compact, with at least: E.g., in the EduTrainer Universal or Programmable logic controller, 1x Analog Out Connect
8 digital inputs EduTrainer Compact, with at least: E.g., in the EduTrainer Universal or
4 digital outputs 8 digital inputs EduTrainer Compact, with at least: Required accessories
8 digital outputs 6 digital inputs Programmable logic controller,
de/en/es/fr 8028135 4 digital outputs E.g., in the EduTrainer Universal or
de/en/es/fr 8028139 EduTrainer Compact, with at least:
de/en/es/fr 8028133 1 analog input
1 digital output
de/en/es/fr 8028141

management, the Classroom Manag- license levels are available:
er learning management system offers 100 users/10 workstations
Media > Software > Designing/Simulating with FluidSIM
FluidSIM 5
Pneumatics/Hydraulics/Electrical engineering
For more than 20 years, FluidSIM Testing in real time Speed made visible Wide range maximum convenience
has been the worlds leading circuit Whether in a training environment The new simulation core of Fluid- Pneumatics, hydraulics, electrical
diagram design and simulation or in an engineering office, the sim- SIM 5 achieves simulation rates engineering: the libraries are avail-
program for pneumatics, hydraulics, ulation of control systems and pro- up to 10 kHz. The parameters of all able separately or together in the
and now also for electrical engineer- cesses has long been standard in actuators can be precisely adjust- same program. The user decides
ing. Being able to freely design con- industry, helping to minimize losses ed. FluidSIM 5 writes the simula- which of the libraries to use in the
trol systems is motivating, and pro- due to crashes and ensuring great- tion results in millisecond cycles program. All technologies interact
motes creativity and focus. Beyond er efficiency and improved quality. and delivers them as a text file! The optimally in a circuit diagram or
that, FluidSIM provides teachers The parameters of all components new simulated oscilloscopes make project.
with a wealth of text, images, and are identical to those of the training frequencies up to 100 kHz visible.
videos for multimedia-based lesson packages from Festo Didactic and Flexible installation and use
planning. Experience real-time can be fully adapted to the charac- Learning with fun and success Online registration, network license,
simulations with apprentices, spe- teristics of other components. Theory is necessary for learning, but usage at home: FluidSIM 5 offers
cialists, or students and celebrate real practice provides motivation many license models that facili-
successful learning at all levels! The many aspects of GRAFCET and promotes successful learning! In tate economical learning scenarios
GRAFCET long-ago replaced the dis- many situations, FluidSIM 5 can in a school or in a company. A new
One tool for all needs placement-step diagram in training. easily be used as a controller for the learner administration function even
As a teacher and trainer, you are FluidSIM 5 does even more with real system: the EasyPort makes it allows you to provide and monitor
the expert who masters tasks that GRAFCET: possible convenient, digital; and licenses for learning groups and to
are needed to prepare effective les- Editing for documentation analog! New: with the joystick, use the software at home.
sons, which is why FluidSIM 5 of- conforming to standards FluidSIM 5 is not only fun, but it
fers the expert mode. Your trainees Visualizing for maximum clarity now also allows several switches
should initially concentrate on the Monitoring colored signals and valves to be operated simulta-
essentials. They can work and learn indicate where the process is neously.
successfully in the standard mode, running correctly or not at all
which has a reduced range of func- Control for manufacturer-neutral
tions and offers advantages for the control of all fluid systems and
learning process. electrical systems

Media > Software > Designing/Simulating with FluidSIM
Professional CAD according Libraries for new technologies Simulation in high definition Convenient documentation
to standards Libraries for all levels of pneumat- Signal processing up to 10 kHz Project administration, drawing
Convenient drawing with alignment ics and hydraulics training pack- Virtual oscilloscope for frequencies sheets
lines and new snap functions ages, including control technology up to 100 kHz Individual drawing frames in
Easy insertion of new symbols and proportional technology Simultaneous simulation of all all sizes
into existing connections New: drives in pneumatics circuits in a project Automatic bills of materials, flow
Variable drawing frames Vacuum technology Simulated values can be shown at path numbering, switching element
Continuous scaling and rotation Sensors in pneumatics run-time tables, terminal diagrams, cables,
Dimensioning functions Safety in pneumatic systems Several switches can be operated wiring lists, and tubing lists
Intersection calculation of lines, Mobile hydraulics with the joystick Exports into all common formats
rectangles, and ellipses Electrical engineering, electronics
Circuits with contacts Learning material included FluidSIM for homework
Completely according to standards Slides, pictures, animations, sec- New expansion for administering
All symbols to DIN ISO 1219 or GRAFCET in various modes tional drawings, video sequences external users over the Internet
DIN EN 81346-2 GrafEdit: create GRAFCETs in Description of the physical-mathe- Administration of learning groups
Connection identification according compliance with the standard matical simulation models Integrated chat functions
to new equipment identifier GrafView: visualize the control Training program for FluidSIM Simple administration by the tutor
GRAFCET according to the current sequence represented as beginners
standard a GRAFCET Details of all components at the
GrafControl: control the process push of a button
with the GRAFCET, including error Completed sample presentations
simulation and process monitoring for your training course
GrafPLC Language changeover at run-time
Multilingual (standard German/
English)
Pneumatics Electrical engineering System requirements

Local installation, Local installation, Windows XP, Vista, 7, 8 or 10 New languages free of charge
single license de/en/es/fr/pt/ro/ru single license de/en/es/fr/pt/ro/ru Processor with at least In the future, you will receive
Order no. 8024357 Order no. 8024359 1 gigahertz new language variants free of
Network installation, Network installation, At least 1 GB RAM charge on the Internet. They
single license de/en/es/fr/pt/ro/ru single license de/en/es/fr/pt/ro/ru Dual core processor can be integrated into your
Order no. 8024360 Order no. 8024362 (recommended) existing version via an update.
Hydraulics Recommended accessories: Visit us on the Internet

Local installation, X-Box controller There you will find all the
single license de/en/es/fr/pt/ro/ru with cable 8026542 We can meet your needs information you need on
Order no. 8024358 without cable 8032252 Multiple licenses for local or currently available versions
Network installation, network installation with as and updates for existing
single license de/en/es/fr/pt/ro/ru many licenses as necessary. FluidSIM users.
Order no. 8024361
Media > Software > CIROS Simulation system and virtual learning environment
CIROS
Professional training in virtual learning environments
The fascination of 3D simulation
Modern PC technology allows us to

create realistic 3D simulations even
for the most complex automation
systems. Participants discover the
kinetic dynamism of mechatronic
systems using virtual reality with-
out any risk to human or machine.
This allows users to take a step into
automation technology without any
worries, providing a great motiva-
tional boost.
Industrial practice Flexible learning Safe commissioning
Working and learning methods have Today, simulation represents an im- Realistic, simulated learning systems Large, fast, and cost-intensive equip-
changed and CIROS supports portant tool in production and prod- expand the training possibilities ment is used in mechatronic sys-
these new methods. With a focus on uct development in order to quick- where real automation systems tems. Training on this equipment
visual learning, the appealing virtual ly and cost-effectively analyze new might reach their limits, allowing risks the high cost of repair as well
representations encourage and moti- solutions, methods, and processes. new training content and scenarios as the safety of students. However,
vate the full learning process. Depending on the task in question, to be covered through simulation. the learning and commissioning of
the simulation systems used differ robots, linear axes, and transport
from each other in terms of the lev- systems within the simulated pro-
el of detail of the information to be duction environment is completely
obtained and the way in which it is without risk for both students and
calculated. equipment.

CIROS
the universal
3D simulation system,
Made in Germany
The flexibility provided by CIROS

makes it suitable for many differ-
ent fields of application. It is avail-
able in a variety of price ranges
with different options and configu-
rations, and is efficient and conve-
nient to use on a daily basis.
CIROS covers a great number of

applications, ranging from the use
of 3D simulation in basic and fur-
ther training, to the implementa-
tion of the digital factory in indus-
trial companies, and right up to
real-time simulations of complex
virtual worlds.
Easy fault-insertion Putting simulation to use Unlimited use Ready to use immediately
A simple click of the mouse in the While virtually commissioning indus- Today, students require minimum ef- Once CIROS has been installed,
simulation is all that is needed to put try control systems and robots, stu- fort to quickly be able use simulation over 150 simulation models from the
a pneumatic cylinder or an inductive dents can use the system simulation programs. The programs are always factory and process automation sec-
sensor into a fault state. This opens to develop sequencing and motion fully functional, since simulated tor are included and available for im-
up new learning situations in which programs, which can then be trans- equipment doesnt break down, and mediate pedagogical use. Extensive
students can be trained in systemati- ferred to the control systems already identical simulated conditions ap- model documentation is also avail-
cally searching for faults. in place. ply for all students. So, simulations able on demand.
are not only cost-effective, but they
provide user uniformity. Additionally,
simulation technology can be used
for almost any application.
CIROS Studio
Creating virtual learning environments
CIROS Studio is the professional 3D real-time simulation, including Robot programming that supports System requirements
tool for creating simulation models. simulation of physical effects, trans- different programming languages: Applicable for CIROS Studio and
The industrially utilised, powerful de- port simulation, simulation of hose IRL (DIN 66312) CIROS Education:
velopment platform unites the three connections and energy chains, error Movemaster Command, MELFA Intel Core Duo 2.2 GHz processor
tools Simulation, Modelling and Pro- simulation, and sensor simulation. BASIC III, IV, and V for Mitsubishi 2 GB main memory (RAM)
gramming under one common in- All 3D objects are controlled by an robots 20 GB disk space
terface. integrated virtual control systems via KRL for KUKA robots Windows 7 or Windows 8 (32 or
mechanical or electrical interfaces, RAPID for ABB robots 64 bit) with Internet Explorer
3D modeling based on standard- allowing realistic experiments and V+ for Adept and Stubli robots Graphic card with 3D acceleration
ized import filters for external CAD analyses: Programming assistant with syntax and full OpenGL support,
systems: Transport is used for the flexible checking, and program editor with E.g., NVIDIA 7800GTX, 512 MB
Import filters for STEP, IGES, design of any transport process syntax highlighting RAM or better
VRML, and STL and is a very powerful extension of RCI Explorer for Mitsubishi robots: USB interface for license dongle or
Basic CAD functions the core of the 3D simulation. powerful interface to the Mitsubi- Ethernet interface for PC network
Definition of local coordinate Collision detection through colour shi robot control systems via Eth- when using a license server
systems (Master Frames) for simple change or warning messages with/ ernet TCP/IP, USB, or a serial inter- Adobe Acrobat Reader version 6.0
relative positioning of objects without acknowledgement. Simple face. With a convenient program or higher
Modelling through parameteriza- selection of the objects that are to editor, program downloads and up- When using a license server: Stan-
tion of the geometry, the kinemat- be checked for collision. loads, online visualization of robot dard PC with USB and Ethernet in-
ics, and the material and physical Sensor simulation: Almost all sen- system data, program tracking in terface for license server
characteristics sors, from the inductive sensor to individual step mode and automat-
Libraries with industrial robot the camera, are reproduced with ic mode, and project backups. Single license
systems and numerous automation their physical characteristics. Order no. 8038980-SSL
components Error simulation: Creation of error It contains both the virtual human, License extension
Library with powerful automation states as learning scenarios for with 30 independently controllable Order no. 8038980-SLE
mechanisms strategic troubleshooting and recti- degrees of freedom, and simulation
Export filters for DXF, STEP, IGES, fication of operating errors. of the Robotino mobile robot plat-
VRML, and STL Multitasking of virtual control sys- form.
tems: Process models can be con-
trolled in parallel by a number of
robots and/or PLCs.
OPC client with configuration menu
for communication with any num-
ber of OPC servers for connection
of any number of PLCs.

CIROS Education
Applying virtual learning environments
CIROS Education offers all func- Training in PLC programming Training in production planning Troubleshooting training
tions of CIROS Studio, minus the ca- CIROS Education is the virtual learn- and production control CIROS includes powerful password-
pability to create new models or con- ing environment for mechatronics CIROS allows you to link the simu- protected fault simulations with a
nect robot control systems. The main with a focus on PLC controlled sys- lation and the higher-order controller variety of fault scenarios, including
areas of application of CIROS Edu- tems. It offers an ideal working envi- of real systems. Focus is on the plan- adjustment faults in sensors. Finding
cation are training in: ronment for PLC programming based ning of production plants, the intral- and correcting faults can be logged
Robot programming on Siemens S7 and other manufac- ogistics, design, and optimization of to evaluate the results. This makes it
PLC programming turers control systems. A virtual Manufacturing Executing Systems possible to design effective training
Troubleshooting learning environment for the mecha- (MES), as well as production man- for systematic commissioning and
Production planning and produc- tronic training system MPS is also agement. In CIROS, the 3D models repair malfunctions within the simu-
tion control included. of your production line are created lation environment.
The complex model library con- from library elements.
Training in robot programming tains more than 30 process models The library delivers numerous man- Single license
CIROS Education is ideally suited of selected MPS stations, various ufacturing, assembly, warehouse, Order no. 8038980-ESL
for learning how to program and conveyor systems, and an auto- and measuring stations for setting License extension
commission industrial robot sys- mated warehouse. up an iCIM production line. Order no. 8038980-ELE
tems. For this purpose, the program The models can be activated imme- The 3D simulation includes all the 12-user license
offers an integrated training program diately from the integrated virtual most important components of a Order no. 8038980-EL12
and a variety of robot models. S7 PLC, STEP 7, or the TIA portal of manufacturing system, from flexi- 25-user license
All the required basics for auto- the simulated SIMATIC Controller ble material flow to individual sen- Order no. 8038980-EL25
mation with robots are conveyed S7-PLCSIM, as well as via the Easy- sors, and uses the extensive func-
by the integrated CIROS Robotics Port from any other external hard- tionality of CIROS Studio.
Assistant, which offers numerous ware PLC. With the layout module, the lay-
graphics and animations that ex- Distributed control concept: Each out of future production lines can
plain technical terms and facts, vid- station has its own virtual control be created with a few clicks of the
eos on a large number of industrial system with separate programs mouse, while simultaneously creat-
applications involving robots, sam- that can be modified or created ing the simulation model.
ple programs for each model, and from scratch at any time.
technical documentation, including Commissioning of distributed con- The touch of a button in CIROS
instructions on processing. trol systems: The stations can work Supervision automatically creates
The model library, with over 25 pre- in manual operating mode, which a basic version of an MES system
pared robot work cells, provides di- allows gradual commissioning of (Manufacturing Executing System)
rect access to commissioning and the control programs in the individ- for the production line by using man-
programming robot applications, ual stations. ufacturing control board functions
ranging from simple Pick&Place with graphic process tracking and
tasks to plants with numerous ro- a link to the production database.
bot systems. CIROS Supervision is supplied with
CIROS Education.
CIROS
Robotics applications
What do you need? Industrial robotics for everyone Quick commissioning Individual expansion
Ideally, for a robotics laboratory, we The more than 25 ready-made sim- Anyone who uses an MPS Robot All of the simulation models supplied
recommend actual robot work cells, ulation models of robot work cells station in the laboratory will be able provide a template for building a
for example the MPS Robot station in CIROS Education are executable to find a suitable simulation model in virtual learning environment with
with optional equipment levels, immediately after installation. The CIROS Education. CIROS Education CIROS Studio. Even an existing ro-
along with CIROS Education and entry-level models, which represent can be used to develop and optimize bot work cell can be remodeled using
CIROS Studio as a virtual learning simple Pick&Place tasks, are suitable programs for the actual station, e.g., the available robot libraries along
environment for simulating a wide for robot-programming beginners cycle time. with the CIROS Studio CAD import
range of applications in industrial and provide users with a safe, hands- and modeling functions.
robotics. on environment for learning about Ideally, the actual robot controller
the fundamentals of robotics. should be linked to the simulation
Generally, a CIROS Education and control computer via an Ethernet
license, available at the relevant Robot models from various other connection at the robot workstation.
workstations, is set up for all users manufacturers include applications CIROS Studio uses that connection
training in the laboratory at the same for industrial robots in the areas of to the robot controller to transfer the
time. A CIROS Studio license is also dismantling, laboratory automation, program created using CIROS Edu-
required for the connection of real packaging, and welding. Program- cation. The user then checks the ro-
controllers for robots from Mitsubishi ming languages for each model can bot positions in the actual station,
Electric. be set separately. adapts them if necessary, and runs
the program, initially with the robot
at controlled speed.

CIROS CIROS 6.1

Automation technology
applications
From hardware-in-the-loop The entire world of CIROS 6.1 now contains in its li- Updated access: Full support for
to completely virtual automation technology brary 805 robots by 15 manufac- Windows 10, including surface
CIROS supports various scenarios In the collection of CIROS models turers, and incorporates more than scaling levels for high-resolution
for PLC simulation, as well as offline supplied you will find suitable sim- 1,000 product updates compared to displays and representation of a
programming for PLC-controlled au- ulation models that can be used Ciros 6.0. A number of operating scene via several screens (includ-
tomation technology installations. A immediately for virtually all Festo sequences have also been revised to ing stereoscopic).
real PLC can be coupled with CIROS Didactic learning systems in the area increase work-flow. Homeworking: Easy e lectronic
via EasyPort. In this type of scenar- of factory and process automation. lending of existing licenses for a
io, CIROS receives the PLC initial The range of models includes the Just in the new generation of MPS limited period to users outside
values, simulates the controlled pro- components, modules and stations is now available for your classroom! network (technical prerequisites
cess, and transfers the current sen- of the Modular Production System Mathematical simulation: The new applicable)
sor values back to the PLC inputs MPS. With CIROS Studio you can MATLAB/Simulink interface en- Free-of-charge for all CIROS 6x
via EasyPort. Alternatively, various also create your own process mod- ables user-defined formulations license owners. New customers re-
software controllers, such as the els or build your own systems based and algorithms for component be- ceive at least two years of updates
S7-PLCSIM or a CODESYS SoftPLC, on the available models of the MPS havior. free-of-charge.
can be used to control the simulat- stations. Get started faster: kinematically
ed sequence without any hardware. correct display of robot lanes using Single license
CIROS also supports the connection Which PLC should you use the revised path system even with- Order no. 8038980
of controllers via an OPC server. for your application? out a program. Update from CIROS 5
Given the wide range of options for CIROS for virtual commission- Order no. 8038981
connecting a PLC to CIROS, it is gen- ing: Direct or indirect connection of
erally possible to use any PLC to con- field buses with CIROS.
trol the simulated model. Select the Simplified operation: Model views
PLC manufacturer and type and we can be operated intuitively using
will recommend the best means of user-definable overlays.
connecting it to the virtual learning Quick optimization of custom
environment. scenes: new model analysis pro-
vides quick location of model in-
consistencies.
Media > Software > Programming software
Programming software
CODESYS provided by Festo The following functions and LOGO! Soft Comfort V8
The CODESYS software for the CPX- languages are supported Easy operation in single mode and
CEC range of controllers allows stan- Ladder diagram simple project planning in network
dardized programming in accordance Structured text mode
with IEC 61131-3, and is optimized Sequential function chart Intuitive programming and config-
for the configuration, programming, Continuous function chart uration of the many functions; fast
commissioning, and maintenance of Function block diagram and easy interconnection at the
pneumatic and electrical automation Integrated visualization click of a mouse
solutions. Trace functions Automatic configuration of commu-
Offline simulation nication and representation in the
Your advantages All programming languages can
network view
The IEC 61131-3 standard ensures be used in combination with one Up to three programs can be
that CODESYS is flexible and can another displayed side-by-side, enabling
be used a wide range of control Simultaneous conversions possible signals to be dragged from one
tasks All standard data types: BYTE, program and dropped into another
Very simple to commission and WORD, DWORD, SINT, USINT, INT, Programs from previous versions
program UINT, DINT can be used
Ethernet communication for simple Symbolic operands with no length
programming, module library restriction Order no. 8040050
included Context-sensitive help functions
Module library for electric drives Global search and replace
Disc space check prior to download
Unlimited number of function
parameters
Free download

Media > Software > Visualization software
Visualization software
Trainer Package System requirements Wonderware InTouch HMI Also order:

WinCC/Web Navigator Windows 7 Professional, Enterprise, InTouch is an interactive system for InTouch manual containing detailed
Systems operation and monitoring Ultimate (32 bit/64 bit), Windows XP visualizing, monitoring, and con- descriptions for using the software
via the Internet, in-house intranet Professional (32 bit) trolling industrial processes. and the functions for creating
or LAN connection using SIMATIC visualization applications (order no.
WinCC. Order no. 556238 The package includes the InTouch 95242 en).
development and runtime version for
6x WinCC Complete Windows with 512 PLC variables. A System requirements
Version RC 2048 Variables comprehensive library with over 500 Win XP SP3 Professional 32 bit/Win
6x WinCC/Web Navigator intelligent and individually adapt- Vista SP2 Business or Ultimate 32
Diagnostics Server able graphic and object symbols is or 64 bit/Win 7 SP1 Professional or
6x WinCC/Web Navigator also included. Ultimate 32 or 64 bit
Diagnostics Client PC with at least a 1.2 GHz
The package includes a manual, as processor
well as context-related help texts in At least 1 GB RAM
the software. Supplied on DVD with At least 100 GB of free hard
USB license dongle in the mini-sys- drive space
tainer. Graphics card and monitor with
Super VGA resolution (1024 x 768)
or better
CD-ROM or DVD drive
(for installation)
Single license de/en 567426

6-user license de/en 567427
Media > Software > EasyPort interface
EasyPort USB
Interface for measuring, open-loop control, closed-loop control
Connection of software/simulation Technical data Control of numerous

with actual training equipment/ 24 V power supply via separate practical process models
all PLCs screw terminals or via SysLink
connectors With the included EasyPort, and
The principle is simple: the USB in- Interface to PC (galvanically iso- the EasyVeep simulation software,
terface is connected to the PC. The lated): USB 2.0, RS 232. Up to 4 a wide variety of practical process
connection to the automation equip- modules can be connected via a models can be controlled with any
ment is via standard SysLink con- USB hub. Transmission speed: PLC. The models are documented
nectors. Therefore input and output 115 kbaud and meet a broad range of require-
signals can be read into and output Analog interface: sub-D 15-pin ments.
from a PC. To ensure that EasyPort socket, 12 bit resolution, 4 analog
is adaptable to different situations, inputs, 2 analog outputs, sample EasyVeep is easy to install and of-
we have developed software for the frequency 0.5 kHz fers exciting fields of application. The
device drivers with a graphical user Digital interface: 16 digital inputs, topics covered include the following:
interface, via which connections can 16 digital outputs on 2 x 24-pin 7-segment display
be made. Centronics sockets with 8 digital Alarm systems
inputs each (24 V), 8 digital out- Level crossings
puts (24 V). 24 V power supply. Elevators
Digital signals represented by LEDs Garage doors
Large LCD display, display of chan- Multi-storey car parks
nel, unit, trend, and measured val- Sluice gates
ue (4 digits). Selection of the chan- Sorting systems
nel to be displayed and the units Hot water tanks
via keys. Washing machines
Controllable via ActiveX Control Wind generators
from LabVIEW, C++, or Visual Basic and much more
EasyPort USB 19
Technical data as with EasyPort
USB , but for installation in a 19
support system
Front plate: 19 plate with 36 HP

Media > Software > EasyPort interface
Connects the simulation to the real world
Example applications Measuring Control (open loop) Closed-loop control Controlling a

simulation
PC: FluidLab-PA FluidSIM (only digital) FluidLab-PA EasyVeep

Software and simulations FluidLab-P S7-PLCSIM FluidLab-P FluidSIM
FluidLab-H CODESYS Soft-SPS from version 2.0 CIROS
LabVIEW LabVIEW LabVIEW LabVIEW
C++ C++ C++ C++
Visual Basic Visual Basic Visual Basic Visual Basic
Interface: USB Interface: USB Interface: USB Interface: USB
Interface:
EasyPort USB
Interface: digital/analog Interface: digital/analog Interface: digital/analog Interface: digital
Real training equipment Simulation box, Simulation box, Simulation box, Any PLC
digital/analog digital/analog digital/analog Simulation box, digital
MPS PA MPS PA MPS PA EduTrainer
TP 210 MPS TP 210
TP 610 TP 301 TP 610 Recommendation:
The CODESYS starter kit
EasyPort USB is the PC EasyPort USB is the PC EasyPort USB is the with CECC-LK and EasyPort
interface for receiving interface to control actual PC interface to control USB contains everything
analog measurements and processes or simulations an a ctual closed-loop that is needed to start on
digital signals. on a PC via an actual PLC. controlled system. the subject of control
Page 101
Measurement data logged Actual process, controlled Closed-loop controlled
via: via: system, controlled via: Simulated process,
FluidLab-PA S7-PLCSIM FluidLab-PA displayed via:
FluidLab-P FluidSIM FluidLab-P CIROS
FluidLab-H CODESYS from version 2.0 FluidSIM
EasyVeep
EasyPort USB 548687 EasyPort USB 19 8021637 Also order:

For EasyPort with a real process or SimuBox:
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031
Analog cable, parallel, 2 m 529141
For EasyPort with a real PLC:
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) on both ends, crossover 167106
For EasyPort, freely wirable, with any PLC:
I/O data cable with SysLink connector IEEE 488 and bare cable-end sleeves 167122
For EasyPort with an EduTrainer:
Scope of delivery I/O data cable, crossover, with terminal socket, 0.3 m 167197
EasyPort USB/EasyPort USB 19 For EasyPort with a real PLC or SimuBox:
24 V connecting cable on 4 mm safety plugs Analog cable, crossover, 2 m 533039
USB cable
CD-ROM: EasyVeep, EasyOPC driver, datasheet, Activ-X control, CODESYS starter kit with CECC-LK and EasyPort USB 8024001
examples of control using LabVIEW Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) 162231
Quick-Fix screw adapter 549806
Media > Teachware
Teachware
Teaching materials for basic and advanced training
eiosn d e
s
ve
in
Cyl
Dri
s ik l
o nso
eutomat
n
ech ica
c
re
l
ctr nti
r
Theory and practice, our range gst
o
pr f
ck Ele Ve
ct ess
Dru run
Festo worldwide
Proximity sensors
t
a
u
PLC programming tis
ie Wrterbuch der Automatisierungstechnik
Se
i o k
a
n
Argentina Finland Korea South Slovakia
i
tom
Festo S.A. Festo Oy Festo Korea Co., Ltd. Festo spol. s r.o.
Edison 2392 Mkituvantie 9 Gasan Digital 1-ro Gavlovicov ul. 1
Dictionary of Automation Technology
ele y
Automation/PLC Basic level
(1640) Martnez PL 86 Geumcheon-gu 83103 Bratislava 3
Prov. Buenos Aires 01511 Vantaa Seoul #153-803 Tel. +421 (0)2 49 10 49 10,
t
Au
Ventas y Asistencia tcnica Tel. +358 (09) 87 06 51, Tel. +82 1666 0202, Fax +82 (0)2 864 70 40 Fax +421 (0)2 49 10 49 11
0810-555-FESTO (33786) Fax +358 (09) 87 06 52 00 E-mail: sales_kr@kr.festo.com E-mail: info_sk@festo.com
o
ventas@ar.festo.com E-mail: info_@festo.com
Latvia Slovenia
Tel. 0810-444-3127, Fax +54 (011) 47 17 82 82 Festo SIA
France Festo d.o.o. Ljubljana
ctr
E-mail: info@ar.festo.com Gunra Astras 1C
Pr
IC Trzin, Blatnica 8
g ma
Festo Eurl
Australia FESTO E.U.R.L. LV-1084, Rga 1236 Trzin
Mechatronics/Process automation
Festo Pty. Ltd. ZA des Maisons Rouges Tel. +371 67 57 78 64, Fax +371 67 57 79 46 Tel. +386 (0)1 530 21 00,
Head Ofce (Melbourne) 8 rue du clos sainte Catherine E-mail: info_lv@festo.com Fax +386 (0)1 530 21 25
179-187 Browns Road 94360 Bry-sur-Marne Lithuania E-mail: info_si@festo.com
o
P.O. Box 261 Tel. +33 (0) 1 48 82 65 00, Festo, UAB
Noble Park Vic. 3174 Fax +33 (0) 1 48 82 65 01 Partizan 63M South Africa
e
Tel. +61(0)3 97 95 95 55, E-mail: info_fr@festo.com 50306 Kaunas Festo (Pty) Ltd.
o
Fax +61(0)3 97 95 97 87 22-26 Electron Avenue
l
Lietuva
Textbook
on
E-mail: info_au@festo.com Germany Tel. +370 (8)7 32 13 14, Fax +370 (8)7 32 13 15 P.O. Box 255
Festo Didactic SE E-mail: info_lt@festo.com Isando 1600 MPS
CNC technology/Equipment
i
Austria Tel. 08600 FESTO (33786),
e
Rechbergstr. 3
ati
Festo Gesellschaft m.b.H.
73770 Denkendorf Malaysia Fax 08794 FESTO (33786) Pick&Place module
l
Linzer Strae 227 Festo Sdn. Berhad E-mail: sales@za.festo.com
1140 Wien Germany
Tel. +49 (0)711 346 70, 10 Persiaran Industri
Tel. +43 (0)1 910 75-0, Fax +43 (0)1 910 75-250 Bandar Sri Damansara Spain
Fax +49 (0)711 34 75 48 85 00
gy
E-mail: automation@festo.at Wilayah Persekutuan Festo Pneumatic, S.A.U.
E-mail: did@de.festo.com
52200 Kuala Lumpur Avenida Granvia, 159 Workbook
m
Belarus Distrito Econmico Granvia L'H
of
Germany Tel. +60 (0)3 62 86 80 00,
IP Festo
olo y
08908 Hospitalet de Llobregat
uto
oe neu
Fax +60 (0)3 62 75 64 11
t
Pneumatics
Masherov avenue, 78 Festo AG & Co. KG
Postfach E-mail: info_my@festo.com Barcelona
220035 Minsk Tel. +34 901243660, Fax +34 902243660
73726 Esslingen
log
Tel. +375 (0)17 204 85 58, Mexico E-mail: info_es@festo.com
Fax +375 (0)17 204 85 59 Ruiter Strae 82 Festo Pneumatic, S.A.
n
E-mail: info_by@festo.com 73734 Esslingen Av. Ceyln 3, Sweden
ech A
Tel. +49 (0) 711 347 0, Fax +49 (0) 711 347 2628 Col. Tequesquinhuac Festo AB
Belgium E-mail: info_de@festo.com 54020 Tlalnepantla Stillmansgatan 1
Festo Belgium sa
ss
Estado de Mxico
n
Box 21038
Rue Colonel Bourg 101 Greece Tel. +52 (55)55 53 21 66 00, 200 21 Malm
Hydraulics o
1030 Brussel Festo Ltd.
nT
Fax +52 (55)55 53 21 66 55 Tel. +46 (0)20 38 38 40, Fax +46 (0)40 38 38 10
Tel. +32 (0)2 702 32 11, Fax +32 (0)2 702 32 09 92, Tatoiou Ave. E-mail: festo.mexico@mx.festo.com
ce
E-mail: order@festo.se
E-mail: info_be@festo.com P.C. 144 52 Metamorfosi With CD-ROM
chn
Tel. +30 210 341 29 00 - 4, Netherlands
Belgium Festo B.V. Switzerland
o
Fax +30 210 341 29 05 Festo AG
a
ati
Festo Belgium nv Schieweg 62
Pro
E-mail: info_gr@festo.com Moosmattstrasse 24
Kolonel Bourgstraat 101 2627 AN
h
1030 Bruxelles Tel. +31 (0)15 251 88 99, 8953 Dietikon
r
Hong Kong Tel. +41 (0)44 744 55 44,
Tel. +32 (0)2 702 32 11, Fax +32 (0)2 702 32 09 Festo Ltd. Fax +31 (0)15 251 88 67
Fax +41 (0)44 744 55 00
Electrical engineering/Electronics
E-mail: info_be@festo.com 6/F New Timely Factory Building, E-mail: sales@festo.nl
E-mail: info_ch@festo.com
tom de Te
497 Castle Peak Road, New Zealand
riv P
Brazil
Festo Brasil Ltda Kowloon, Hong Kong Festo Ltd. Taiwan
Tel. + 852 27 43 83 79, Fax + 852 27 86 21 73 Festo Co., Ltd. IN1
20 Fisher Crescent
c
Rua Guiseppe Crespi, 76
Te
E-mail: info_hk@festo.com Head Ofce & OUT
Jd. Santa Emlia Mount Wellington
Au
IN2
ylin
04183-080 So Paulo / SP -Brasil Auckland 9, Kung 8th Road
vendas@br.festo.com Hungary Tel. +64 (0)9 574 10 94, Fax +64 (0)9 574 10 99 Linkou 2nd Industrial Zone
on
Tel. (+55 11 ) 5013 1600, Festo Kft. E-mail: info_nz@festo.com Linkou Dist., New Taipei City
Fax (+55 11) 5013 1801 Csillaghegyi t 32-34. 24450 Taiwan, R.O.C.
1037 Budapest Nigeria Tel. +886 (0)2 26 01-92 81,
E-mail: linhadireta@br.festo.com Festo Automation Ltd.
e
Hotline +36 1 436 51 00 Fax +886 (0)2 26 01 92 86-7
e
Motorways Centre, Ground Floor, Block C
ati
Bulgaria Tel. +36 1 436 51 11, Fax +36 1 436 51 01 E-mail: info_tw@tw.festo.com
s
Alausa, Ikeja,
C
E-mail: info_hu@festo.com
alv
Festo EOOD
1592 Soa Lagos Thailand
Bul. Christophor Kolumb 9 India Tel. +234 (0)1 794 78 20, Festo Ltd.
Tel. +359 (0)2 960 07 12, Festo Controls Private Ltd. Fax +234 (0)1 555 78 94 Viranuvat Building, 6th - 7th Floor.
Fax +359 (0)2 960 07 13 Festo Controls Pvt. Ltd. E-mail: info@ng-festo.com 1250 Bangna - Trad Road (Soi 34) IN1
Bangna, Bangkok 10260
T
35/3, Shamanna Garden
m
e
E-mail: info_bg@festo.com Norway
A wide range of different teaching

Bannerghatta Road Festo AS Tel. 1-800-290-477,+66 - 2785 -3700,
V
D tom
Canada Bangalore 560 030 Ole Deviks vei 2 Fax 1-800-290-478
Festo Inc. Tel. +91 (0)1800 425 0036, 0666 Oslo E-mail: info_th@festo.com
5300 Explorer Drive Fax +91 (0)1800 121 0036 Tel. +47 22 72 89 50, Fax +47 22 72 89 51
Mississauga, Ontario L4W 5G4 E-mail: sales_in@festo.com Turkey
E-mail: info_no@festo.com
s
Festo San. ve Tic. A.S.
l f
Tel. +1 (0)905 624 90 00,
Fax +1 (0)905 624 90 01 Indonesia Peru Istanbul Anadolu Yakas Organize Sanayi Bolgesi IN2
E-mail: info_ca@festo.com PT. Festo Festo Per Aydinli Mah. TEM Yan Yol Cad. No:16
Av. Elmer Faucett 3350 34953 Tuzla - Istanbul/TR
Au
Jl. Tekno V Blok A/1 Sektor XI
materials for ongoing basic and

Chile
re
Kawasan Industri BSD Urb. Bocanegra Tel. +90 (0)216 585 00 85,
a s h
Festo S.A. Callao Fax +90 (0)216 585 00 50
to
Serpong -Tangerang 15314
Avenida Amrico Vespucio, 760
l
Banten - Indonesia Tel. +51(1)2196960, Fax +51(1)2196971 E-mail: info_tr@festo.com
ssu
Pudahuel Tel. +62 (0) 21 27 50 79 00, E-mail: festo.peru@pe.festo.com
Ukraine
i
Santiago
ric
e
Fax +62 (0) 21 27 50 79 98 Philippines OUT
Tel. +56 (2) 690 28 01, Fax +56 2 690 28 60 E-mail: sales_id@festo.com DP Festo
E-mail: info.chile@cl.festo.com Festo Inc. ul. Borisoglebskaya,11
nt
Ve lectmatic Uni ce
iv
KM 18, West Service Road 04070, Kiev
China Iran
Pre
South Super Highway Tel. +380 (0)44 233 6451,
c
advanced training are available for
Festo (China) Ltd. Festo Pneumatic S.K. 1700 Paranaque City
# 2, 6th street, 16th avenue, Fax +380 (0)44 463 70 96
Dr
1156 Yunqiao Road, Metro Manila E-mail: orders_ua@festo.com
Jinqiao Export Processing Zone, Km 8, Special Karaj Road Tel. +63 (2) 77 66 888, Fax +63 (2) 82 34 220/21
Wrterbuch der Automatisierungstechnik
Pudong, P.O.Box 15815-1485 E-mail: info_ph@festo.com United Kingdom

Shanghai 201206 Teheran 1389793761 Festo Limited
Tel. +98 (0)21 44 52 24 09, Poland
Tel. +86 21 60 81 51 00, Fax +86 21 58 54 03 00 Festo Sp. z o.o. Applied Automation Centre
E-mail: info_cn@cn.festo.com Fax +98 (0)21 44 52 24 08
Textbook
Caswell Road
al
E-mail: Mailroom@festo.ir Janki k/Warszawy

ul. Mszczonowska 7 Brackmills Trading Estate
Colombia Northampton NN4 7PY
e p tic es pes k tesure

these topics.
Festo Ltda. Ireland 05090 Raszyn
Tel. ++44 (0)1604 / 66 70 00,
o
Vereda la Punta Autopista Medelln Km 6.3 (Costado Festo Limited Tel. +48 (0)22 711 41 00,
Fax +48 (0)22 711 41 02 Fax ++44 (0)1604 / 66 70 01
Tenjo, Cundinamarca Unit 5 Sandyford Park E-mail: info_gb@festo.com
ic
Tel. +57(1) 865 77 29, Fax +57(1) 865 77 94 Sandyford Industrial Estate E-mail: info_pl@festo.com
E-mail: mercadeo@co.festo.com Dublin 18
r
Portugal United States
Tel. +353 (0)1 295 49 55, Festo Automao, Unipessoal, Lda. Festo Corporation
ctr
Croatia Fax +353 (0)1 295 56 80 395 Moreland Road
Festo d.o.o. Rua Manuel Pinto De Azevedo, 567
E-mail: sales_ie@festo.com Apartado 8013 P.O. Box 18023
Nova Cesta 181
y
P-4109601 Porto Hauppauge, NY 11788
10000 Zagreb Israel
E neu
Apoio ao Cliente +351 22 615 61 50 Call Toll-free 800/993 3786
log
Tel. +385 (0)1 619 19 69, Festo Pneumatic Israel Ltd. Fax Toll-free 800/963 3786
Fax +385 (0)1 619 18 18 Tel. +351 22 615 61 50, Fax +351 22 615 61 89
P.O. Box 1076 E-mail: info@pt.festo.com Tel. +1(631) 435 08 00, Fax +1(631) 435 80 26
Ele
E-mail: info_hr@festo.com
s
Ha'atzma'ut Road 48
gy
E-mail: customer.service@us.festo.com
Yehud 56100 Romania
Czech Republic Tel. +972 (0)3 632 22 66, Festo S.R.L. Venezuela
no
Festo, s.r.o. Fax +972 (0)3 632 22 77 St. Constantin 17
l
Festo C.A.
olo
Modansk 543/76 E-mail: info_il@festo.com 010217 Bucuresti
147 00 Praha 4 Av. 23 esquina con calle 71
Tel. +40(0)21 403 95 00, N 22-62, Edif. Festo.
Tel. +420 261 09 96 11, Fax +420 241 77 33 84
h
Italy Fax +40 (0)21 310 24 09 Sector Paraso
E-mail: info_cz@festo.com Festo SpA E-mail: info_ro@festo.com
hn
Maracaibo - Venezuela
c
Denmark Via Enrico Fermi 36/38 Russia Tel. +58 (261) 759 11 20/759 41 20/759 44 38,
Te
Festo A/S 20090 Assago (MI) OOO Festo-RF Fax +58 (261) 759 04 55
c
Islevdalvej 180 Tel. +39 02 45 78 81, Fax +39 02 488 06 20 Michurinskiy prosp., 49 E-mail: festo@ve.festo.com
u neuma Valv ocess DrucPres

E-mail: info_it@festo.com
e
2610 Rdovre 119607 Moscow
56975 de/en
Tel. +45 70 21 10 90, Fax +45 44 88 81 10 Vietnam

Tel. +7 495 737 34 00, Fax +7 495 737 34 01
Proximity sensors
T
E-mail: info_dk@festo.com Japan Festo Co Ltd
E-mail: info_ru@festo.com (Cong Ty TNHH FESTO)
Festo K.K.
l
nti
Estonia
Festo OY AB Eesti Filiaal
A.H. Tammsaare tee 118B
1-26-10 Hayabuchi
Tsuzuki-ku
Yokohama 224-0025
Singapore
Festo Pte. Ltd.
6 Kian Teck Way
No. 1515 1516 Van Dai Dong Street
Ward An Phu, District 2
Ho Chi Minh City
Deutsch Englisch / Englisch Deutsch
Ve er
12918 Tallinn Tel. +81 (0)45 593 5610 / -5611, Singapore 628754 Tel. +84 (8) 62 81 44 53 4454,
p
Tel. +372 666 1560, Fax +372 666 15 6
E-mail: info_ee@festo.com
Fax +81 (0)45 593 5678
E-mail: info_jp@festo.com
Tel. +65 62 64 01 52, Fax +65 62 61 10 26
E-mail: info@sg.festo.com
Fax +84 (8) 62 81 4442
E-mail: info_vn@festo.com
www.festo.com German English / English German
Festo Didactic
o ind
Festo Didactic
ctr or
093046 en 8063322 en
ele Se
ns Zyl
Technical literature and textbooks

The technical literature and text-m P
books provide the basis for studying
r Workbooks
For more than 50 years, Festo
Didactic has been at the forefront
Dictionaries
Pneumatik
Grundstufe
Symbols,
and manuals
rules, standards, formulae,
etc. You dont need to have every- Arbeitsbuch
technologies and processes. For of industrial training with training thing in your head, but you do need
TP 101
trainers and teachers, they are es- packages with equipment sets and to know where to find it!
sential for preparing courses. They tailored workbooks that include ex- Mit CD-ROM
also provide practical exercises with ercises and sample solutions (in-
professional guidelines for those cluding CD-ROM). The exercises are -MM1
who do not enjoy self-study on a PC. based on real industrial practices

-BG1
-PG1 -PG2
-RZ1 1 1 -RZ2
and have been successfully imple- 14

-QM1 4
2
2
2
12
mented in a wide range of special-

5 1 3
-KH1 2
1 1
1 3
ized training.
-SJ1 2 -BG1 2 -SJ2 2
1 3 1 3 1 3
2
Festo Didactic

540671 de
Media > Teachware
Legal security Campus license

The standard option for commer-
Festo Didactics teaching materials cial (professional) use. Ideal for all
are already in widespread use for those wishing to use the training
a diverse range of purposes. With materials at a single location.
the new licenses, the legal basis
for individualized use has now Enterprise license
been established. From now on, For large (international) companies
users have the option of choosing and educational institutions with
one of three types of license, to multiple locations.
ensure an optimized and legal-
ly secure use of Festos teaching For information on each of the
materials tailored to your needs. license types, please see the
following table.
Choose from the following types
of license: Note:
The license types are valid for all
HomeUse license Festo Didactic training m aterials.
For personal use. The advantage The full rights of use are set
to you: a lower price for the PDF of out in the legal information
the training material. contained in the purchased train-
ing materials.
Properties HomeUse license Campus license Enterprise license
Scope of delivery PDF document Teaching material As agreed

(exercises/worksheets, (workbook with
sample solutions) multimedia CD-ROM*)
Document protection Watermark
Document can be modified X X X
Reproduction rights X X
Multilingual version* X*
Target group Private individuals Commercial/educational Commercial/educational

organizations (single location) organizations (multiple locations)
Shop
* The languages offered vary depending on the training material.
Media > Teachware > Electrical engineering/Electronics
Workbooks
Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Basic electronics circuits

direct current technology alternating current technology semiconductors
Workbook Workbook Workbook Workbook
With CD-ROM With CD-ROM With CD-ROM With CD-ROM
D1
Y1
R1 UAC1
24 6 R1 RC UB = 12 V
P
UL
UL
230 V
mW V IC
C1 UDC
16 4
IB 50 Hz
P Rm K
C2
R2 UAC2
Y2
D2
12 3 C1
Y1 Y2
US UE = 0.1 V UA
8 2 G
230 V/18 V
(Sinus) R2 RE C3 R3
f = 1 kHz
4 1
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 mA 12
IL
UDC
I
0 (Y1) UE
+ I P

IR IC IL 90
R1 U1
R UR t
QL QC
U U G U S
Iq IL R C L
U2
P UP
R2 RL
0 (Y2) UA
Festo Didactic Festo Didactic Festo Didactic Festo Didactic

567209 EN 567217 EN 567283 en 567291 en
Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Fundamentals of semiconductors Basic electronics circuits

direct current technology alternating current technology The third volume of the fundamen- The workbook for basic electron-
The fundamentals of direct current The workbook for fundamentals of tals of electrical engineering/elec- ics circuits completes the series of
technology, provide an introduction AC technology continues the intro- tronics deals with semiconductors. workbooks for the fundamentals of
to the world of electrical engineer- duction to electrical engineering/ covering the design and mode of op- electrical engineering/electronics.
ing/electronics. The content is ex- electronics components and systems eration of modern semiconductors, Particular emphasis is placed on the
plained and elaborated in realistic with topics relating to AC technolo- with their application demonstrated analytical examination of the inter-
projects. The primary focus is on the gy. The main topics covered are the in project exercises. action between the components al-
explanation of the basic variables, electric field and induction, and the ready covered in the first three books
behavior and relationships and the resulting behavior of components in As an introduction to the topic, dif- on the fundamentals.
recording of these using measure- the AC circuit. ferent diodes, such as the semicon-
ments. ductor diode, Zener diode, and LED The content includes project exer-
Topics such as the capacitor and coil are considered and the basic con- cises with selected basic circuits, in
Among the variables covered are in the DC and AC circuit, as well as cepts are worked out. Content in- which the design is first developed
voltage, current, resistance, and con- the series and parallel connection of cluding PN junction, reverse volt- and then analyzed on the basis of
ductance as well as energy and ca- resistor, coil and capacitor are cov- age, or conducting state current is measurement technology. The cir-
pacity. Ohms law is explained in de- ered in project exercises. The vari- demonstrated both theoretically cuits include power supply unit cir-
tail. Particular emphasis is placed on ables and relationships of active and, where possible, using measure- cuits, amplifier circuits, flip-flops,
the use of measuring devices. The resistance, reactance, and imped- ments. The topic of transistors is also and power electronics circuits, as
circuit examples include series and ance, and the topic of phase shift of explained using bipolar and unipo- well as circuits commonly used in in-
parallel connection, voltage divider, current and voltage are covered in lar transistors. The book also covers dustrial practice.
bridge circuit, and voltage sources. detail. power electronics components, such
as diac, triac, and thyristor. The workbook contains:
The workbook contains: The workbook contains: Solutions
Solutions Solutions The workbook contains: Didactic notes
Didactic notes Didactic notes Solutions Worksheets for the student
Worksheets for the student Worksheets for the student Didactic notes Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics Worksheets for the student
Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics K.-H. Drke
C. Lffler C. Lffler Edition 2011, 382 pages, in color,
Edition 2010, 300 pages, in color, Edition 2010, 290 pages, in color, M. Wschle in folder.
in folder. in folder. Edition 2010, 208 pages, in color,
in folder. Campus license ( Page 55):
Campus license ( Page 55): Campus license ( Page 55): de 567289
de 567207 de 567215 Campus license ( Page 55): en 567291
en 567209 en 567217 de 567281 es 567293
es 567211 es 567219 en 567283 fr 567295
fr 567213 fr 567221 es 567285
fr 567287
56 HomeUse license in the Internet ( Service), Enterprise license on request ( page 55).
Basic principles of Basic principles of closed-loop Power supply systems Building automation with KNX
digital technology control technology and protective measures
Workbook Workbook Workbook Workbook

TP 1012 TP 1013 TP 1111 TP 1131
S1 L1
L2
&
L3 E4 E5 E6
S2
S9 S10 S11
PEN
& + S3 S4 S5
B1 e + y
+
E2 E3
=1 S6 S7 S8
B2 M
3 S12 S2 S13
&
E7 E1 E8
S1
B3 L1
1 L2
L3
N 3 4 3
S1
PE
10 50 4 4 3
V C
U
S2
8 40 S1 S2 E1
M
3 3 3 3
B1 6 30
3 4 3
L1
B2 4 20 L2
S3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 T1 E2, 3
L3
2 10 3 3
N
B3
3 3
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 s 300
S9, 10, 11, 12, 13 E4, 5, 6, 7, 8
t RCD RCD
M
3

8023433 en 8023437 en 567309 en 8023445 en
Basic principles of Basic principles of Power supply systems Building automation with KNX
digital technology closed-loop control technology and protective measures Modern buildings demand a wide
The basic principles of digital tech- The optimum introduction to the The workbook for power supply sys- variety of technologies, the most im-
nology workbook provides an intro- world of closed-loop systems is pro- tems and protective measures cov- portant being intelligent building au-
duction to the world of digital signals vided by the workbook, Basic prin- ers in detail the topic of the safety of tomation, as a modern building can-
and their interconnection. The prima- ciples of closed-loop systems. Basic electrical systems in accordance with not function without it.
ry focus is on the explanation of the terms are explained through exam- DIN VDE.
basic variables, behavior, and rela- ples, with the focus then shifting to The workbook for the basic princi-
tionships. behaviors and relationships. Special The specific conditions and the mea- ples of building automation intro-
focus is given to the topics of behav- sures for avoiding dangerous situa- duces the relevant topics in realis-
The content is project exercises with ior and analysis of control processes. tions are explored using realistic sit- tic projects. Focus is on the software
selected basic circuits, in which uations. Different types of networks tools, equipment, and configuration,
the design is first developed and The content includes project exer- (TN-C, TN-CS, TT and IT network), as well as their interaction and ex-
then analyzed on the basis of mea- cises with selected basic circuits, in protection against direct and indi- tended options.
surement technology. The contents which the design is first developed rect contact, protection against elec-
include elementary logic modules and then analyzed on the basis of tric shock (including in the event of a The workbook contains:
and logic circuits, Schmitt triggers, measurement technology. Training fault), protection through RCD, and Sample solutions
trigger circuits, flipflops, counting content, includes structure of a con- initial and repeat testing of electrical Training notes
circuits, data conversion, and arith- trol circuit, spring responses and dy- systems and devices are explained in Worksheets for the student
metic circuits. namic behavior, Bode diagram, con- project form. Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
trolled system modeling, positive
The workbook contains: and negative feedback, and two and The workbook contains: N. Karlsson
Sample solutions three-step controllers as well as P, PI, Solutions Edition 2013, 110 pages, in color,
Training notes and PID controllers. Didactic notes in folder.
Worksheets for the student Worksheets for the student
Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics The workbook contains: Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics Campus license ( Page 55):
Sample solutions de 8023444
S. Enderle Training notes J. Stumpp en 8023445
Edition 2012, 200 pages, in color, Worksheets for the student Edition 2012, 230 pages, in color, es 8023446
in folder. Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics in folder.
Campus license ( Page 55): C. Ament Campus license ( Page 55):

de 8023432 Edition 2013, 170 pages, in color, de 567307
en 8023433 in folder. en 567309
es 8023434 es 567311
fr 8023435 Campus license ( Page 55): fr 567313
de 8023436
en 8023437
es 8023438
fr 8023439
Workbooks
Stefan Hesse
Fundamentals of Fundamentals of
servo motor drive technology stepper motor drive technology Lexikon der elektrischen
Antriebstechnik
Workbook Workbook
TP 1421 TP 1422
Festo Didactic
With CD-ROM With CD-ROM
Festo Didactic Festo Didactic

571853 EN 571861 EN ISBN 3-8127-9265-6
Fundamentals of Basic principles of Glossary of

servo motor drive technology stepper motor drive technology electrical drive technology
Servo drives play a particularly im- The workbook for the basic princi- Modern drive technology is charac-
portant role in automation, as due ples of stepper motor drive technolo- terized by the increased integration
to todays state-of-the-art controller gy uses practical exercises to provide of electrical and mechanical compo-
technology, they have developed in- a detailed introduction to the topics nents into drive systems. New and
to the standard drive. The workbook relating to modern stepper motor improved drive capabilities can be
for the fundamentals of servo motor drives. achieved through the use of com-
drive technology uses practical exer- pact power electronics, innovative
cises to provide a detailed introduc- In addition to basic content, includ- motor concepts, optimized mechan-
tion to the topics relating to modern ing design and commissioning of ical components, new materials,
servo drives. stepper motor drives, practical top- and high-performance communica-
ics, such as homing, speeds, position technology. This book lists the
The topics covered include the de- tioning, acceleration, and braking main concepts in glossary format
sign and commissioning of a servo ramps play an important role as well. and provides brief explanations to
drive, RPM regulation, regulating More detailed content is also cov- facilitate a better understanding of
torque, and homing as well as addi- ered, i.e., current reduction for step- these drives. However since there is
tional content, such as positioning per motor drives. more to an electrical drive that just
with variable speeds, acceleration, the electric motor, it also touches
braking and positioning tasks. The workbook contains: on a reas such as measurement sys-
Sample solutions tems, power electronics, gearbox-
The workbook contains: Training notes es, controllers, and components for
Solutions Worksheets for the student transmitting power.
Didactic notes Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
Worksheets for the student S. Hesse
Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics F. Ebel, M. Pany Edition 2004, 200 pages, bound.
Edition 2010, 194 pages, in color, de 539265
F. Ebel, M. Pany in folder.
Edition 2010, 192 pages, in color,
in folder. Campus license ( Page 55):
de 571859
Campus license ( Page 55): en 571861
de 571851 es 571863
en 571853
es 571855
fr 571857
Media > Teachware > MecLab/Pneumatics
MecLab/Pneumatics
Technical book and workbooks
Fundamentals of automation technology

Teaching with MecLab Pneumatics Electropneumatics
Technical book
Basic level Basic level
Technology for Workbook Workbook

secondary schools TP 101 TP 201
+24 V 1 2
13 12 14
-SF1 -KF1
14 11
-MM1 A1
-BG1
-KF1 -MB1
A2
-PG1 -PG2
0V 12
11 14 .2
22
21 24
-RZ1 1 1 -RZ2
32
31 34
42
41 44
2 2
-MM1
-QM1 4 2
14 12
5 1 3
-KH1 2
1 1 -RZ1 -RZ2
1 1
1 3
-SJ1 2 -BG1 2 -SJ2 2 2 2
14 -QM1 4 2
1 3 1 3 1 3
2
-MB1
5 3
1
Festo Didactic Festo Didactic Festo Didactic

563063 EN 541088 en 541090 en
Technical book: Fundamentals of Workbook: Teaching with MecLab Pneumatics, Basic level TP 101 Electropneumatics, Basic level
automation technology The workbook describes the commis- Nineteen project-orientated exercis- TP 201
The technical book deals with all es- sioning of the stations and provides es, increasing in complexity and suit- Twelve project-orientated exercises,
sential fundamentals of automation information on how the stations are able for equipment set TP 101, are increasing in complexity and suitable
technology in a compact form, spe- implemented in class. the ideal introduction to pneumatics. for equipment set TP 201, are the
cially adapted for the MecLab train- Real problem descriptions with po- ideal introduction to electropneu-
ing system for secondary schools. Contents sitional sketches, concrete project matics. Real problem descriptions
Didactic reasoning tasks, and detailed aids for profes- with positional sketches, concrete
Contents Significance and commissioning sional implementation provide the project tasks, and detailed aids for
What is automation technology? of the stacking magazine station ideal preparation for a real-life indus- professional implementation provide
How do engineers work? Significance and commissioning trial environment. the ideal preparation for a real-life
Fundamentals of electrical of the conveying station industrial environment.
engineering Significance and commissioning The workbook includes:
Fundamentals of pneumatics of the handling station Sample solutions The workbook includes:
Fundamentals of electrical drives Tips for lesson planning Training notes Sample solutions
Fundamentals of control Project work Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics, Training notes
technology photos of industrial applications, Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics,
A. Httner, R. Pittschellis, M. Klaus, F. Ebel animations, and FluidSIM circuit photos of industrial applications,
F. Ebel, S. Idler, G. Prede, D. Scholz, M. Hbsch, M. Striegel, T. Lust, J. Schwarz diagrams animations, and FluidSIM circuit
A. Httner, R. Pittschellis Edition 2008, 86 pages, 50 illustrations, in Exercise sheets for trainees diagrams
Edition 2008, 106 pages, 90 illustrations, color, bound Exercise sheets for trainees
bound de 562070 W. Haring, M. Metzger, R.-C. Weber
de 562069 en 563063 Edition 2012, 284 pages, in color, M. Pany, S. Scharf, R.-C. Weber
en 563060 es 563065 in folder. Edition 2012, 270 pages, in color,
es 563062 fr 563064 in folder.
fr 563061 Campus license ( Page 55):
de 540671 Campus license ( Page 55):
en 541088 de 540673
es 542503 en 541090
fr 542507 es 542505
fr 542509
Media > Teachware > Automation technology/PLC
Automation technology/PLC
Siemens technical books, GRAFCET
GRAFCET
1B2*2B1*3B1 Initial position

1 P1 Initial position indicator
S1*1B2*2B1*3B1*B4 Start condition

2 3M1:=0 3M2:=1 To downstream station
3B2 Downstream station position

3 1M1:=1 Eject workpiece
1B1 Workpiece ejected

4 3M1:=1 3M2:=0 To magazine
3B1 Magazine position

5 2M1 Generate vacuum
2B1 Vacuum generated

6 1M1:=0 Unclamp workpiece
1B2 Workpiece unclamped

7 3M1:=0 3M2:=1 To downstream station
3B2 Downstream station position

8 2M2 Place workpiece
2B1 No more vacuum

9 3M1:=1 3M2:=0 To magazine
3B1 Magazine position
Structure Action section
548679 EN
07/07
Automating with SIMATIC Automating with STEP 7 in Automating with STEP 7 in Practical knowledge: GRAFCET
Using the SIMATIC S7 programmable STL and SCL LDR and FCH This manual describes the specifi-
logic controller as an example, this This book presents the latest version This book is an introduction to the cation language for function charts
book gives the reader a comprehen- of the STEP 7 basic software. The latest version of the STEP 7 proof the GRAFCET sequence control.
sive introduction to the mode of op- book also describes the elements gramming software with functions The contents of the DIN EN 60848
eration and structure of a modern and applications of the text-oriented for PROFINET IO. The book also standard are described in detail. In-
automation system. This edition ex- programming languages STL (State- describes the elements and ap- formation is presented in detail in a
plains project planning and program- ment List) and SCL (Structured Con- plications of the graphic-oriented practice-oriented format and is also
ming of the controller via network trol Language), both for the SIMATIC programming languages Ladder Dia- highly suitable as a reference work.
connection and shows the options S7-300 and the SIMATIC S7-400, in- gram (LDR) and Function Chart (FCH),
for operating and observing the cluding PROFINET applications. It is both for the SIMATIC S7-300 and the Gerhard Schmidt
SIMATIC HMI. intended for all users of SIMATIC S7 SIMATIC S7-400 with PROFINET ap- Edition 2007, 64 pages, manual
controllers. Beginners are given an plications. It is intended for all users de 548678
The book is excellent for all readers introduction to the area of program- of SIMATIC S7 controllers. Beginners en 548679
who have little knowledge in the mable logic controllers, while expe- are given an introduction to the area es 548680
area and wish to learn more about rienced users are shown the special of programmable logic controllers, fr 548681
programmable logic controllers. applications of the SIMATIC S7 auto- while experienced users are shown
mation system. All programming ex- the special applications of the SI-
Hans Berger amples in the book and many more MATIC S7 automation system. All
Edition 2012, 301 pages, bound. are available for download on the programming examples in the book
de 194039 publishers website. and many more are available for
en 540686 download on the publishers website.
Hans Berger
Edition 2011, 578 pages, bound. Hans Berger
de 194040 Edition 2012, 475 pages, bound.
en 540687 de 194041
en 540688

Textbooks and workbooks
Programmable Logic Controllers Programmable Logic Controllers

Basic Level Basic Level
Textbook TP 301 Workbook

TP 301
With CD-ROM

093311 EN 093314 en
093311_cover_textbook_tp301_en.i1 1 16.04.2007 13:44:54
Programmable logic controllers Programmable logic controllers Programmable logic controllers

basic level in practice basic level
Textbook This book illustrates possible appli- Workbook
This book describes the structure cations of a PLC, in this case the SI- This workbook covers the structure
and mode of operation of PLCs. The MATIC S7, through practice-oriented and mode of operation of a PLC and
central topic of the book is the DIN exercises. In addition to the classical the systematic development of PLC
EN 61131-3 programming standard, programming languages, Statement programs. The content is based en-
which takes into account expansions List (STL), Ladder Diagram (LDR) and tirely on the new DIN EN 61131-3
and developments for which there Function Chart (FCH), the book also programming standard. Practical ex-
was previously no standardized lan- contains several programming exam- ercises require a PLC and an actual
guage. Beginners and more experi- ples using the sequence language process (can be represented using
enced users will find an easy-to-un- GRAPH, SCL (Structured Control Lan- equipment set PLC, TP 301).
derstand presentation of modern guage), and HiGraph. The more com-
programming methods in accor- plex exercises relate to the stations The workbook contains sample solu-
dance with the new standard for PLC of Festo Didactics Modular Produc- tions on CD-ROM for Festo FPC 101,
programming. The solutions to the tion System MPS. Siemens S7-300, and Allen-Bradley
various examples are manufactur- SLC500. Geared to PLC equipment
er-neutral and can therefore be used Werner Braun set, TP 301.
regardless of the PLC manufacturer. Edition 2005, 355 pages, bound.
de 193449 R. Bliesener, F. Ebel, C. Lffler, H. Regber,
R. Bliesener, F. Ebel, C. Lffler, H. Regber, E. v. Terzi, A. Winter
E. v. Terzi, A. Winter Edition 2002, 530 pages, in folder.
Edition 2002, 214 pages, bound.
de 93310 Campus license ( Page 55):
en 93311 de 93313
es 93317 en 93314
es 94427
HomeUse license in the Internet ( Service), Enterprise license on request ( page 55). 61
Dictionary, Sensors
d e
ive
in
Cyl
r
ik lD
chn ica
o
re s
l
ste ctr nti
n
k g Ve
run Ele
u Se
isie Wrterbuch der Automatisierungstechnik
s
Sensors for object detection Proximity Sensors
at
k
n i
tom
y t
Au
o
ctr
g ma
o
e
o
l
Workbook
n
Textbook FP 1110
tio
TP 1311
e
l
a
of tom y
oe neu log
Au
ess
n
o
With CD-ROM
chn
c
Pro
h
50
Te
mm
riv P
40
c
e
eT
30
n
20
tio
erical it of sses alv
10
ma
S
10 20 30 mm 40
V
D to
-20
Au
-30
re
h
-40
ssu
ive
-50
e
Pre
c
Dr
Wrterbuch der Automatisierungstechnik
c
24 V
al
tic
p s k tesure
Un
24 V
o
B 1
4 Q1
ric
r
3
ma logy
0V
P
ect
0V
hn
o El
Tec ntil
es sse ruc res

Deutsch Englisch / Englisch Deutsch
Ve er
m German English / English German
r ind
566920 en 093046 en
v
so Zyl
l
n
Se
a roce D P Dictionary of Automation Sensors for object detection Proximity sensors
Technology Workbook Textbook
Worldwide use of automation sys- 15 industrial projects, which are This sensor textbook deals in detail
tems and their diverse areas of compatible with TP 1311, are specifi- with proximity sensors for handling
application have resulted in a spe- cally targeted at the topic of sensors and processing systems, and can be
cialized vocabulary. Reliable trans- for object detection, with each proj- used to support both basic and fur-
lation of technical terms is an im- ect including problem descriptions, ther training programs, as well as for
portant prerequisite for successful, parameters, and tasks. Particular self-study. The book is divided into a
unambiguous communication within emphasis is given to the configura- course section, a fundamentals sec-
the framework of international col- tion, function, and influence of mation, and a section with solutions to
laboration. terial properties on behavior, appli- the exercises in the course section.
cation possibilities, and selection of The contents of the book correspond
4,500 new terms have been added to a sensor based on application condi- to the workbook, while a glossary
this completely revised and expand- tions. The content topics are covered of keywords provides rapid access
ed new edition, which now includes by exercises that incorporate mag- to information on particular types of
more than 16,700 terms. netic, inductive, optical, and capac- sensors.
itive proximity sensors. Each work-
The terms, designations, and defi- sheet is accompanied by a sample F. Ebel, S. Nestel
nitions included reflect the entire solution. Edition 2003, 278 pages, bound
spectrum of industrial automation de 93045
technology, from pneumatics and hy- The workbook includes: en 93046
draulics, electrical engineering, elec- Sample solutions es 94342
tronics, and data processing to ad- Training notes
ministration and training. Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics,
photos of industrial applications
Edition 2008, 416 pages, bound Exercise sheets for students
de en / en de 56975
F. Ebel
Edition 2009, 252 pages, in color,
in folder.
Campus license ( Page 55):

de 566919
en 566920
es 566921
fr 566922

Media > Teachware > CNC technology/Working material
CNC technology/Working material

Textbooks/Drawing templates
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Anfangsschritt
Initial step
Pfeil fr GRAFCET
Rckfhrung DIN EN 60848
Zwangssteuernde Aktion / Forcing action Loop back Best.-Nr.: / Order No.:
Transition und arrow 562474
(Ergnzung und Positionierhilfe) Verbindungen
(extension and positioning aid) Transition
and links Ergnzung fr
kontinuierlich wirkende Aktion
Supplement for
continuous action
Schritt Aktion / Action Positionierhilfe zum

Step Anordnen mehrerer Aktionen
Positioning aid for
configuring several actions
M Ergnzungen fr
speichernde Aktion
Supplements for
Makro-Schritt stored action
Macro-step
Einschlieender Parallele Linie fr Parallelverzweigung

Schritt Parallel cable for parallel branching
Enclosing step
www.festo-didactic.com / www.grafcet.de
CNC Textbook Drawing template GRAFCET drawing template

Basic principles of numerically The drawing templates for control Drawing assistance for the simple
controlled machine tools (CNC). technology. For fast designing of creation of a GRAFCET plan to DIN
Programming in accordance with pneumatic circuit diagrams or flowEN 60848. All essential components,
ISO and SINUMERIK 840D. diagrams. Can be used to draw all such as steps, actions, and transi-
de 540692 electrical (DIN 40713), electronictions are available. Positioning aids
(DIN 40719), pneumatic, hydraulic support alignment of and compli-
Also order: (DIN/ISO 1219), and logic symbols ance with appropriate distances. The
(DIN 40700). semi-transparent, flexible, plastic
Book of solutions for the sample Control technology 90021 drawing template comes with a ruler
exercises from the CNC textbook Program flow chart 90022 and is supplied in two languages.
de 540693 de/en 562474
es/fr 562481
Media > Teachware > Mechatronics
Mechatronics MPS Transfer system

Workbooks
MPS Transfer System MPS Transfer System MPS Transfer System MPS Transfer System
Turning Module Measuring Module, Ejection Module, Frequency Converter
Workbook analogue pneumatic MM420
Workbook Workbook Workbook
With CD-ROM
With CD-ROM With CD-ROM With CD-ROM

C96101 EN C96105 EN C96109 EN C96113 EN
MPS Transfer System MPS Transfer System MPS Transfer System MPS Transfer System
Turning Module Measuring Module, analog Ejection Module, pneumatic Frequency Converter MM420
workbook workbook workbook workbook
For mechatronics training and train- For mechatronics training and train- For mechatronics training and train- For mechatronics training and train-
ing in electric and metal professions. ing in electric and metal professions. ing in electric and metal professions. ing in electric and metal professions.
Topics: Control technology, simula- Topics: Control technology, simula- Topics: Control technology and Topic: Drive technology.
tion and safety engineering. tion, analog value processing. simulation.
Objective: Step-by-step instruction
Objective: Step-by-step instruction Objective: Step-by-step instruction Objective: Step-by-step instruction in basic knowledge with practice-
in basic knowledge, with practice- in basic knowledge, with practice- in basic knowledge, with practice- related implementation using the
related implementation in FluidSIM, related implementation in FluidSIM, related implementation in FluidSIM, MPS transfer line.
STEP 7 and CIROS, independent STEP 7 and CIROS, independent STEP 7 and CIROS, independent
study with internet, WBT, study with internet, WBT, study with internet, WBT, Contents: Students become familiar
Mechatronics Assistant, and print Mechatronics Assistant, and print Mechatronics Assistant, and print with the basic design of a f requency
media. media. media. converter, carry out a quick setup
of the MM420, parameterize the
Contents: Students analyze the mod- Contents: Students analyze the mod- Contents: Students analyze the mod- MM420 through the BOP for r everse,
ule function, complete parts lists, ule function, complete parts lists, ule function, complete parts lists, normal, and jog mode, adjust boost,
create hardware configurations, de- create hardware configurations, de- create hardware configurations, de- start-up, and braking ramps, use dig-
termine I/O allocation lists, design termine I/O allocation lists, design termine I/O allocation lists, design ital inputs and outputs for r everse,
electric/pneumatic circuit diagrams electric/pneumatic circuit diagrams electric/pneumatic circuit diagrams normal operation, and speed shift
and GRAFCET in FluidSIM, program and GRAFCET in FluidSIM, program and GRAFCET in FluidSIM, program through fixed frequencies, and pa-
sequencers in S7-GRAPH/KOP, and sequencers in S7-GRAPH/KOP, and sequencers in S7-GRAPH/KOP, and rameterize the MM420 for sen-
test programs with real and/or sim- test programs with real and/or sim- test programs with real and/or simu- sor-controlled start-up and braking
ulated controls and modules. They ulated controls and modules. They lated controls and modules. of the MPS transfer line.
also become familiar with the EC ma- also configure and evaluate an ana-
chinery directive. log sensor. The workbook contains: The workbook contains:
Sample solutions Sample solutions
The workbook contains: The workbook contains: Didactic instructions Didactic instructions
Sample solutions Sample solutions Worksheets for the student Worksheets for the student
Didactic instructions Didactic instructions Multimedia CD-ROM Multimedia CD-ROM
Worksheets for the student Worksheets for the student
Multimedia CD-ROM Multimedia CD-ROM A. Zabka A. Zabka
Edition 2010, 320 pages, in color, Edition 2010, 160 pages, in color,
A. Zabka A. Zabka in folder. in folder.
Edition 2010, 400 pages, in color, Edition 2010, 360 pages, in color,
in folder. in folder. Campus license ( Page 55): Campus license ( Page 55):
de 574135 de 574139
Campus license ( Page 55): Campus license ( Page 55): en 574136 en 574140
de 573893 de 573897 fr 574142
en 573894 en 573898
Mechatronics MPS Stations

Workbooks
PLC programming PLC programming PLC programming PLC programming

Basic level Advanced level Basic level Advanced level
MPS Conveyor module MPS Conveyor module MPS MPS

Pick&Place module Pick&Place module
Workbook Workbook
Workbook Workbook
3 3
IN1 IN1
& OUT T3_4 -BG2*-BG3 & OUT T3_4 -BG2*-BG3
IN2 IN2
4 4
IN1 1
IN1 1
(T1_2) -SF1 * -BG1 (T1_2) -SF1 * -BG1
2 -MM1 + 2 -MM1 +
IN2 IN2
(T2_3) -BG2 (T2_3) -BG2

(5s/X3) (5s/X3)
3 -MM1 3 -MM1
OUT OUT
(T3_1) -BG1 (T3_1) -BG1

8046580 en 8063317 en 8063322 en 8063327 en
MPS conveyor module, MPS conveyor module, MPS Pick&Place module, MPS Pick&Place module,
basic level PLC programming advanced level PLC programming basic level PLC programming advanced level PLC programming
workbook workbook workbook workbook
This workbook covers the funda- Prerequisite is k nowledge from This workbook covers the funda- Prerequisite is knowledge from
mentals of PLC programming, using the workbook MPS conveyor mentals of PLC programming, using the workbook MPS Pick&Place
the MPS Pick&Place module and a module, basic level PLC program- the MPS Pick&Place module and a module, basic level PLC program-
SIMATIC S7 1500 as hardware. ming. Building on this, the basics SIMATIC S7 1500 as hardware. ming. Building on this, the basics of
of GRAFCET, linear process controls GRAFCET, linear process controls and
The workbook covers in-depth and process controls with operating The workbook covers in-depth process controls with operating part
knowledge about the use and opera- part are taught. The object-oriented knowledge about the use and opera- are taught. The object-oriented ap-
tion of the TIA portal. approach provides an introduction to tion of the TIA portal. proach provides an introduction to a
a modular software concept. modular software concept.
The project exercises focus on the The project exercises focus on the
following topics: The students focus on the following following topics: The students focus on the following
Commissioning the system topics: Commissioning the system topics:
Operating method of a PLC Development of a process control Operating method of a PLC Development of a process control
Logic operations in GRAFCET and as an IEC process Logic operations in GRAFCET and as an IEC process
Latching circuits function plan Latching circuits function plan
Edge operations Programming of a process control Edge operations Programming of a process control
Time and counting functions (with operating part) with GRAPH7 Time and counting functions (with operating part) with GRAPH7
as well as with FCH as well as with FCH
The workbook contains: Sse of an operating panel The workbook contains: Use of an operating panel
Sample solutions Sample solutions
Training notes Finally solutions to programming a Training notes Finally, students work on solutions to
Worksheets for the student MPS station will be worked on. Worksheets for the student programming an MPS station.
Multimedia CD-ROM Multimedia CD-ROM
The workbook contains: The workbook contains:
Raphael Hrner Sample solutions Raphael Hrner Sample solutions
Edition 2016, 244 pages, in color, Training notes Edition 2016, 268 pages, in color, Training notes
in folder. Worksheets for the student in folder. Worksheets for the student
Multimedia CD-ROM Multimedia CD-ROM
Campus license ( Page 55): Campus ( Page 55):
de 8046578 Raphael Hrner de 8063320 Raphael Hrner
en 8046580 Edition 2016, 216 pages, in color, en 8063322 Edition 2016, 220 pages, in color,
es 8046581 in folder. es 8063323 in folder.
fr 8046582 fr 8063324
Campus license ( Page 55): Campus license ( Page 55):
de 8063315 de 8063325
en 8063317 en 8063327
es 8063318 es 8063328
fr 8063319 fr 8063329
Mechatronics
Training documentation
The safe system Handling with Industrial Robots
MPS Kommunikations- MPS
MPS
Prozessoptimierung orientiertes Training documentation
Handeln bei
Ausbildungsunterlage Strungen in
Anlagen
Leitfaden fr die
Ausbildung

539934 DE 543068 DE 574144 en 8046575 en
Training documentation Communication-oriented approach Training documentation Training documentation MPS

Process optimization to system malfunctions The safe system Handling with industrial robots
With the basics of The importance of maintenance and The training documentation e ntitled This training documentation focus-
Analysis of existing systems servicing, in particular with respect The safe system focuses on the es on the use of industrial robots.
Project plan to malfunction management, cannot safety of systems and machines, and The MPS Robot station with the
Planning and optimization of be underestimated in production. is aligned to the new EC machinery robot handling module is used as
automated systems directive. The MPS Electrical Han- the hardware example for the exer-
Value creation and wastage The purpose of this textbook is to dling Station serves as a hardware cises. Seven project exercises that
teach students how to reduce down- example for the e xercises. New proj- build on each other lead to success-
The detailed project task includes times. Identifying failure modes, ect tasks, which build on each other ful processing of comparable indus-
seven subsidiary tasks based on the diagnosing malfunctions, and fixing deal with, issues including; failure try scenarios via error-tolerant pro-
example of the MPS Distribution, faults requires both specialist knowl- modes and effects analysis, perfor- gramming.
Inspection, Processing, Handling and edge and interpersonal communi- mance level, common cause failure,
Sorting stations. The project enables cation skills. This practical textbook and diagnostic coverage. After com- The MPS Robot Station is present-
practical optimization of a produc- addresses the situation using the pleting a risk assessment for the ed step-by-step in the first exercise,
tion process, with material flow anal- case example of a medium-sized, station, other safety devices are ad- after which students rely on struc-
ysis, devising and appraising sugges- beverage bottling company: training dressed. The basic principles of the tured teaching methods to complete
tions for improvement, procurement scenarios portray realistic situations, individual topics are also included in a series of exercises that build on
and production of components, pro- that provide instruction in a range of the training documentation. each other.
gramming and commissioning the faults from the simple to the cross-
optimized system. linked. The student learns to work with the Course-related theory
issue of safety at the system, and is Preparation in CIROS (education)
Includes a CD-ROM with circuit Includes a CD-ROM with presenta- subsequently capable of describing supported by customized work-
diagrams, symbols, and sample pro- tions on the topic of communica- components and functions. Solution ing aids
grams for the Siemens PLC S7-300. tion, and troubleshooting, circuit sheets are available to the trainer. Verification in CIROS (education)
diagrams, and function charts for The workbook includes a CD-ROM Validation of the solutions on real
M. Bellenberg, T. Mehwald, H. Regber, the MPS distributing and sorting containing the worksheets, d ata hardware via transmission of the
G. Schmidt stations, plus the textbook. sheets, and solutions, as well as solution with CIROS Studio
Edition 2006, 310 pages, in folder; information on the subject of safety
incl. CD-ROM. W. E. Theuerkauf, S. Funke, G. Graube technology. The training documentation con-
Edition 2006, 144 pages, in folder, tains:
Campus license ( Page 55): incl. CD-ROM. Jrgen Hasel, Andrea Meles Sample solutions
de 539934 Edition 2011, 176 pages, in color, in folder. Training notes
en 574154 Campus license ( Page 55): Multimedia CD-ROM with programs
es 574155 de 543068 Campus license ( Page 55): and position lists
fr 574156 en 574157 de 574143 Worksheets for the student
es 574158 en 574144
fr 574159 U. Karras
Edition 2016, 266 pages, color, in folder.

de 8046573
en 8046575
Media > Software > Mechatronics
Mechatronics Assistant
Version 2, Model series 2000 2014
The multimedia tool for Your advantages

training at school and at work Training with MPS can begin im-
Structured DVD archive containing mediately with ready-to-use tasks
complete documentation involving modules, stations, and
For project work, as well as for systems.
training and test preparation Various degrees of difficulty for
For all training-related areas in different levels of learning: from
the field of automation technology introductory tasks to complex
For teachers and students: struc- projects
ture and content have been orga- Create your own archive: all tasks
nized to enable students to work can be easily modified and saved
on any task independently with the as individualized assignments.
Mechatronics Assistant. Format documents to suit your
individual needs and reuse them:
Content many of the documents included
Practice and topic-related range with the Mechatronics Assistant
of tasks with solutions are available in source format
Graphics, photos, animations, (E.g., doc, ppt, dxf ).
videos sequences, presentations Supplementary information and
Manuals, operating instructions, cross-references can be accessed
data sheets, and circuit diagrams quickly by means of hyperlinks.
Additional teaching aids and com- The high-performance, full-text
plete technical documentation, as search function retrieves content
well as numerous tips for working on demand. Graphics, animations,
with MPS and videos are also linked to key-
words and can be retrieved using
the search function.
Always current via free updates:
you can download u pdates, new
tasks, sample programs, and proj-
ect ideas free of charge. Your
Mechatronics Assistant develops
as your knowledge increases:
Note System requirements

Multiple licenses for local or net- PC with Win XP/Vista/Windows 7
work installations with any number Flash Player
of licenses, with online a
ctivation Microsoft Office
or dongle Acrobat Reader
Can be installed in German, E nglish DXF viewer
or Spanish, as well as other Sound card
languages upon request DVD drive
Shipped on DVD in Systainer Screen resolution:
at least 1024 x 768 pixel
x-License with online activation de/en/es/fr 563358

x-License with network license connector de/en/es/fr 563359
Mechatronics Assistant Update 1.0 2.0
6 licenses with online activation de/en/es/fr 562483
6 licenses with network license connector de/en/es/fr 562482
MecLab
MecLab Technology for secondary schools.....................................................70
The complete package.....................................................................................71

The Stacking Magazine station and the Conveyor station................................72
Handling station and Expansion set.................................................................73
Control options................................................................................................74
Compressors and power supply units..............................................................75
Extensions for sensors.....................................................................................76
Extensions for actuators..................................................................................77
Mechanical components..................................................................................78
MecLab Digital training programs and print media.........................................79

MecLab Integrative STEM education and MecLab.........................................80
MecLab
MecLab
Technology for secondary schools
Automation technology in school The learning objectives of MecLab Realistic and fascinating Modular and flexible
Automation technology is one of the With MecLab a wealth of teaching MecLab replicates real industrial The MecLab stations can be used
most important growth technologies topics and curriculum requirements production processes. alone. Each one performs a practical
in the world. Automated systems are can be covered, because its contents Only industrial components are function in itself, offering a wide
to be found in virtually every area of can be adapted accordingly: employed. range of learning possibilities and
life today. Introduction to industrial The students are presented with a subject matter.
production diverse range of modification,
Festo is the innovative leader in in- Using technical terms correctly expansion and programming pos- In addition, the stations can be
dustry and process automation. And Planning, developing and setting sibilities. joined together to form more com-
with our subsidiary Festo Didactic, up technical systems plex production lines. This results
we are the leading provider of learn- Understanding and using techni- The tools required for making modi- in many opportunities for project
ing and skills-development solu- cal documentation; creating and fications are included. The wiring of work.
tions. using schematic diagrams, circuit the electrical components is simple
diagrams, parts lists and technical and does not require tools, due to Thus, after a short initial training
With MecLab, the new learning sys- drawings the use of standardized plugs. That period, students can take on the role
tem for secondary schools, students Building models and creating lets you utilize MecLab flexibly in of engineers and start working with
gain insights into one of the most simulations your classes, however you prefer. MecLab. By interchanging compo-
significant fields of application for Understanding and applying open- nents, the standard exercises can
automation technology production and closed-control loop systems This award tells its own tale: be expanded and changed.
technology. System thinking and understand- Worlddidac Award 2008
ing the interactions of subsystems
The three MecLab stations repre- Developing and constructing
sent simplified models of typical pro- electric, electronic and pneumat-
cesses to be found in any automated ic circuits
production plant. Understanding and using pneumat-
ic and electrical actuators, sensors
and controllers
Using computers as tools for
programming and simulation
MecLab
The complete package
The hardware The accompanying documents Control with FluidSIM software The complete package
on CD-ROM
MecLab is delivered in practical, The stations are controlled with Contains everything you need for
stackable systainers, which function The complete package includes a FluidSIM software and the EasyPort working with MecLab:
as storage units as well as transport CD-ROM with: interface. 1 Stacking Magazine station
packaging. Workbook: Teaching with MecLab 1 Conveyor station
Technical book: Fundamentals of FluidSIM is the application for cre- 1 Handling station
MecLab is delivered fully assembled automation technology ating and simulating pneumatic and 1 compressor 230 V with connector
and ready for immediate use. Book of exercises with 5 7 electrical circuits and programmable for DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT,
exercises per station and prepared logic controllers. With its universal NL, BE, GR, TR, IT, DK, IR, ID or
MecLab is sturdy and fully capable worksheets in *.doc format with PC interface, FluidSIM can control 1 compressor 110 V with connector
of withstanding the rigors of a school solutions these can be easily the MecLab stations directly. As a for US, CA, Central America, BR,
environment. adapted to meet your particular result, students can follow a continu- CO, YU, EC, KR, TW, TH, PH, JP
requirements. ous functional chain from the circuit 3x EasyPort to connect the stations
The individual stations have different Prepared PowerPoint presentations diagram to simulation to control. to the computer
functions: with extensive visual materials for 3x power supply unit with connec-
The Stacking Magazine station use in class Since FluidSIM is supplied as a tor for DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES,
contains a workpiece storage con- Videos classroom license, the number of AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, IT, DK, IR, ID or
tainer and a feed separator. Technical data for all components students who can work with Fluid- 3x power supply unit with connec-
The Conveyor station can transport SIM at one time is limited to six tor for US, CA, Central America, BR,
and sort workpieces. per station. They can use it to try CO, YU, EC, KR, TW, TH, PH, JP
The Handling station can grip the out their solutions in simulation be- FluidSIM
workpieces and deposit them at fore testing them on the real station. Documents on CD-ROM
defined points. Moreover, FluidSIM provides infor- Workpieces
mation at the click of a mouse button Tools
about all components, and many in- Screw set
formative animated sequences. 3x Systainer
Complete package
230 V 549786
110 V 556276
MecLab
The Stacking Magazine station and the Conveyor station
1 1 Stacking Magazine station 2 Conveyor station
Functions Functions
In any automated production line, Transporting workpieces from one
workpieces must be stored and fed manufacturing station to the next is
into the production process in an or- an important task in production. In
derly way. In MecLab that is the job the real world, driverless transport
of the Stacking Magazine station. It systems, forklift trucks and above
can store both workpieces (lid and all conveyor belts are used for this
can) in the arrangement desired, and purpose. The conveyor in MecLab
can separate them out for feeding. allows realistic simulation of an in-
The workpieces stored in the tower dustrial workpiece transport system.
magazine are pushed out by the hor- The drive motor can run forwards
izontally positioned cylinder. The ver- and backwards; workpieces can be
tically positioned cylinder can then detected with the sensors and distin-
replicate a press-fit process (e.g. guished from one another. The sole-
pressing a lid onto a can). All pro- noid allows workpieces to be sepa-
cesses are controlled electro-pneu- rated or rejected onto the slide.
matically. A magnetic limit switch can
be used to record the position Technical learning objectives
of a cylinder. Activation of direct current motors
Inductive sensors
Technical learning objectives Opto sensors
Fundamentals of pneumatics Relay circuits
Single-acting cylinders Polarity reversal circuits
Double-acting cylinders PLC programming
2
Solenoid valves Control using logic operations
Sensor technology magnetic limit Construction and wiring
switches
Connecting tubing and wiring Scope of delivery
Relay control systems Conveyor belt module with
DC motor
Scope of delivery Solenoid as stopper/deflector
Stacking magazine module Multi-pin plug distributor
Press-fit unit module Inductive sensor
Multi-pin plug distributor Opto sensor (light barrier)
2 solenoid valves Aluminum slotted assembly board
2 cylinders Tool set
1 magnetic limit switch Workpieces
Aluminum slotted assembly board Systainer
Tool set Equipment trays
Workpieces CD with FluidSIM and documents
Systainer
Equipment trays
CD with FluidSIM and documents
1 Stacking Magazine station 548704
Necessary accessories
Control package 549787
Compressor Page 75
2 Conveyor station 548705
MecLab
Handling station and Expansion set
1 Handling station 2 MecLab Expansion set 1
Functions This expansion set contains a range

No matter whether its a simple of components for realising your own
depositing operation or highly project ideas. All in a practical Sys-
complex assembly work handling tainer, of course.
systems are always involved.
Handling devices range from simple, Content
two-axis handlers up to highly Two double-acting cylinders with
complex industrial robots with one-way flow control valves
six axes. The handler in MecLab 2 solenoid valves
consists of pneumatic cylinders 1 diffuse sensor
with plain-bearing guides and has 2 magnetic limit switches
two axes. The workpiece is held 1 profile kit
by a gripper which is likewise 1 profile plate
pneumatically driven. The handler 1 electrical button
can transport the workpiece from 1 electrical switch
one station to another or can join 1 indicator light
two workpiece halves together.
Technical learning objectives

Fundamentals of pneumatics
Double-acting cylinders
Gripper
Solenoid valves
Sensor technology magnetic
limit switches
Connecting tubing and wiring
Relay control systems
Control with logic
PLC controllers
Sequencing 2
Scope of delivery
Handling module
3 solenoid valves
4 magnetic limit switches
2 pneumatic cylinders with
plain-bearing guide
1 pneumatic gripper
Multi-pin plug distributor
Aluminum slotted assembly board
Tool set
Workpieces
Systainer
Equipment trays
CD with FluidSIM and documents
1 Handling station 548706
Compressor Page 75
2 MecLab Expansion set 556245
MecLab
Control options
1 1 The control package 2 Trainer Package LOGO! 8 4 Training program LOGO! Training
EasyPort Mini EasyKit with power With LOGO! 8, the successful Siemens The LOGO! training program provides
supply unit and connecting cables logic module enters the next gen- an introduction to logic functions,
The EasyPort Mini process interface eration. beginning with AND & OR functions
is used for the bidirectional trans- Display with new look and feel and processes, which are shown in
mission of process signals between Ethernet communication function tables. These are followed
a real control process in low-voltage Integrated web server by other basic control functions,
technology (24 V) and a PC. Maxi- New software in new design. such as memory, timer, and count-
mum of one EasyPort Mini module er functions. The next part of the
can be connected to the PC via the Package includes: course begins by covering the basics
USB interface. 6x LOGO! 12/24 RCE (V8) with of open- and closed-loop control cir-
8 digital inputs and 4 digital cuits and exploring the elements of
EasyPort Mini EasyKit outputs a controller. Finally concluding with
2 6 digital input and output channels 6x extension modules with a detailed focus on the features and
Maximum current per output 4 additional digital inputs and applications of mini-controllers.
channel 0.5 A, 24 V 4 digital outputs
Digital input switching threshold 6 copies of programming software From the contents:
5.2 V hysteresis 1.4 V LOGO! Soft Comfort V8 Basic technical functions (AND &
Power supply 24 V DC 10 %, 3 VA Order no. 8040049 OR function, memory function, tim-
power consumption er function, counter function)
The statuses of the digital inputs/ Set of 4 LOGO! USB PC cables Digital minicontrollers (differenti-
outputs and the modules ID (not shown) ation between open- and closed-
appear at a graphic display. Order no. 556237 loop control)
EasyLab software can also be used Control components
to program the module 3 Connecting cable Positioning with digital minicon-
USB 2.0 interface to connect to a Connecting cable with 15-pin sub-D trollers
PC via mini USB socket connector and free cable ends. Design and function of a minicon-
Including micro USB 2.0 connect- For connecting a Logo! to the multi- troller
3 ing cable pin plug distributor of a MecLab Cyclical program processing
Short circuit proof station. Areas of application
Dimensions: 43 x 40 x 44 mm Connecting cable for the end-posi- Programming languages
tion controller SPC 11 with 4 mm
Power supply unit safety plugs. Training time: approx. 2 hours
24 V DC output voltage Order no. 177673
Output current max. 2.5 A E.g. single license on CD-ROM,
4 Supply voltage 100 240 V, 1.3 A, Connecting cable SysLink Sub-D with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR
50 60 Hz (not shown) Order no. 540941
Short circuit proof Cable for connection MecLab with network license connector
Dimensions: 49.5 x 114.5 x 33 mm stations with sub-assemblies that DE/EN/ES/FR
Order no. 8075749 have a 24-pin SysLink plug. Order no. 540943
Order no. 560752
Mains cable for small appliances
Page 75
MecLab
Compressors and power supply units
1 Compressor for MecLab 2 Compressor 4 Power cable 1

Low-cost compressor for MecLab. Oil-lubricated, extremely quiet (45 One side designed as a connector
Only 54 DB (A), therefore well suited dB (A)) compressor. Ideally suited and one side with a country-specific
for use in classrooms. for use in classrooms. With pressure plug.
Supplies up to 4 stations. regulator and water separator. DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR,
Pressure: max. 400 kPa (4 bar) Supplies up to 8 stations. TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
Suction capacity: 14 l/min Pressure: 800 kPa (8 bar) Order no. 247661
Reservoir capacity: 2,5 l Performance: 50 l/min US, CA, Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR,
Dimensions: 310 x 150 x 370 mm Reservoir capacity: 25 l TW, TH, PH, JP
Compressed air outlet: Order no. 350362
Design: 230 V/50 Hz, 135 W GB, IE, MY, SG, UA, HK
With mains cable suitable for: Design: 230 V/50 Hz Order no. 350363
DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, With power cable suitable for: AU, NZ, CN, AR
GR,TR, IT, DK, IR, ID DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, Order no. 350364
Order no. 548707 TR, IT, DK, IR, ID CH
2
Design: 110 V/60 Hz, 70 W ZA, IN, PT, SG, AE, HK, (GB)
With mains cable suitable for: Design: 100 120 V/50 60 Hz Order no. 350367
US, CA, Central America, BR, CO, YU, EC, With fully insulated socket
KR, TW, TH, PH, JP Order no. 565440 5 Mains cable for small appliances
Order no. 556275 Necessary accessories One end designed as a C7 IEC power
Mains cable socket and one end with a country-
specific plug.
Accessories:
Coupling socket, coupling plug, tubing Connector as per CEE 7/VII for DE, FR, NO,
Order no. 102725 SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, IT, DK, IR,
ID ,CH, ZA, IN, PT, HK, (GB), (AE)
3 Tabletop power supply unit Order no. 8060968
Input voltage: 85 265 V AC Connector as per BS 1363 for GB, IE, MY,
(47 63 Hz) SG, UA, HK, AE
Output voltage: 24 V DC, Order no. 8060969
short-circuit-proof Connector as per AS 3112 for AU, NZ,
Output current: max. 4.5 A CN, AR
Dimensions: 115 x 155 x 200 mm Order no. 8060970
Without power cable Connector as per NEMA 5-15 for US, CA, 3
Order no. 162416 Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR, TW, TH,
With power cable, 1.3 m, suitable for: PH, JP
DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, Order no. 8060971
TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
Order no. 162417
US, CA, Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR,
TW, TH, PH, JP
Order no. 162418
GB, IE, MY, SG, UA, HK 4
Order no. 162419
AU, NZ, CN, AR
Order no. 162380
CH
Order no. 162381
ZA, IN, PT, SG, AE, HK, (GB)
Order no. 162382
5
MecLab
Extensions for sensors
1 7 With these components, new func- 6 Tool set

tions can be implemented with The tool set is an aid to easy working
MecLab. The perfect extension of on stations.
MecLab for project work. A practical mini-systainer includes:
200 mm steel rule
Open-jawed spanners size 7, 8,
1 Connecting cable between 9, 10
MecLab stations Adjustable spanner
2 Cable data connection between two Side cutter
8 MecLab stations. Connects the Insulation-stripping pliers
input channel of one station to the Wire end sleeve pliers
output channel of another station. Screwdriver set, hex, 1.5 6
Length 0.5 m, with two 3-pin M8 Screwdriver, hex, 0.9; 1.3
plugs. Screwdriver, cross-head,
Order no. 549790 PZ02 short
Screwdriver, flat, 2.5 x 75;
9 2 Sensor/actuator cable M8/M8, 4.0 x 100
3 50 cm Screwdriver, flat, 1.2 1.6
Extension cable with 3-pin M8 plug Tubing cutter
connector or socket for extending Fiber-optic cable cutter
sensor or actuator cables. Workpiece, red, black, silver
Order no. 175488 100 x cable binders 2.5 x 100
100 x wire end sleeves 0.25
10 3 Light barrier 100 x wire end sleeves 0.75
Fork light barrier, fork gap 50 mm, Order no. 539767
complete with connecting cable and
mounting accessories. 7 Magnetic limit switch
4
Order no. 549791 Limit switch for detecting the pneu-
matic cylinder piston position, for
4 Retro-reflective sensor round and profile cylinders, with con-
Fiber-optic diffuse sensor, complete necting cable.
with optical fibers, connecting cable Order no. 543861
and mounting accessories.
Order no. 549792 8 Mounting of proximity switches
on circular cylinders
5 Inductive sensor Kit for magnetic limit switch, Order
Inductive sensor, cylindrical design no. 543861, on circular cylinders.
5
with M5 male thread, 0.6 mm sens- Order no. 175092
ing distance, complete with connect-
ing cable and mounting accessories. 9 Magnetic limit switch for gripper
Order no. 549793 Limit switch for detecting end posi-
tions at the gripper on the Handling
station.
Order no. 526679
10 Signal input/output
6
1 electrical button
(NO and NC contacts)
1 switch
1 indicator light each
Complete with mounting materials
and connecting cable.
Order no. 556249
MecLab
Extensions for actuators
1 Stopper/deflector 6 Vacuum gripper 1 6

Solenoid for mounting on both sides Handling station vacuum gripper kit
of the conveyor, stopper or deflector as a substitute for the mechanical
function, complete with connecting gripper, complete with vacuum gen-
cable and mounting accessories. erator, 20 mm diameter suction grip-
Order no. 549795 per and mounting accessories.
Order no. 549796
2 Bistable 4/2-way solenoid valve
Manual override with detent, com- 7 Stop cock
plete with fittings, silencer, mounting Manually operated stop cock with 2
bracket and mounting screws. 3/2-way function for tubing diame-
Order no. 549803 ters of 6 mm, complete with mount- 7
ing bracket and mounting screws.
3 Monostable 4/2-way Order no. 549809
solenoid valve
Monostable 4/2-way solenoid 8 T-distributor
valve, can be converted to 3/2-way T-distributor for plastic tubing, 2 of
function, manual override with de- each for tubing diameters 4 mm and
tent, complete with fittings, silenc- 6 mm.
er, mounting bracket and mounting Order no. 549810 3 8
screws.
Order no. 549804 9 Plastic tubing
4 x 0.75 Silver 10 m 151496
4 Stamping unit 3 x 0.5 Silver 5 m 197118
Press-fit unit for attaching to the 6 x 1 Silver 5 m 152963
stacking magazine station or convey-
or, comprising single-acting cylinder Minimum order quantity/packaging unit
with 25 mm stoke and 10 mm diam- quantity: 50 m 9
eter, complete with one-way flow 4 x 0.75 Silver 152584
control valve, mounting bracket and 4 x 0.75 Blue 159662
mounting screws. 4 x 0.75 Black 159663 4
Order no. 549805 4 x 0.75 Red 178410
4 x 0.75 Yellow 178417
5 Double-acting cylinder 4 x 0.75 Green 178424
Double-acting cylinder, 10 mm
diameter, 50 mm stroke, complete 10 Blanking plugs
with one-way flow control valves, Blanking plug for sealing QS-4 10
foot mounting and mounting bolts. fittings of valves, for example.
Order no. 556248 Nominal diameter 4 QSC-4H
Minimum order quantity/packaging unit

quantity: 10 pieces
Order no. 153267
MecLab
Mechanical components
1 7 1 Slide 7 Assembly kit

Slide for transporting or storing Selection of aluminum profiles,
workpieces, 40 mm in diameter, for 20 x 20 mm in lengths of 120 and
maximum 3 workpieces, mounting 180 mm. Complete with mounting
surface for sensors and actuators. materials.
Complete with mounting Order no. 556247
accessories.
Order no. 549797 8 Profile plate for MecLab
Profile plate with dimensions
2 8
2 Tray, low 200 x 300 mm, thickness 20 mm,
Holding tray for retaining workpiec- slot spacing 20 mm. Complete with
es 40 mm in diameter and 39 mm in self-adhesive rubber feet.
height. Complete with mounting ac- Order no. 556246
cessories.
Order no. 549798 9 Systainer with T-LOC system
Stackable and interlocking case sys-
3 Tray, high tem, made of light gray plastic with
Holding tray for retaining workpiec- light blue T-LOC rotary locks, one-
9
3 es 40 mm in diameter and 62 mm in hand operation, for opening and in-
height. Complete with mounting ac- terlocking the Systainers. With four
cessories. slots for credit-card-sized labels or
Order no. 549799 markings.
4 Workpiece set Size I: external 105 x 396 x 296,

Workpiece set consisting of 6 plas- internal 75 x 383 x 267
tic cans in silver, red and black (2 of Order no. 8022295
10 each), diameter 40 mm, height Size II: external 157.5 x 396 x 296, internal
25 mm, and 6 lids. 127.5 x 383 x 267
4 Size III: external 210 x 396 x 296, internal
5 Rail 180 x 382 x 266
Cover for ejecting opening in the Order no. 8022297
conveyor, length 140 mm, with Size IV: external 315 x 396 x 296, internal
mounting surface for sensors or 285 x 382 x 266
actuators. Complete with mounting Order no. 8022298
accessories. Size V: external 420 x 396 x 296,
Order no. 549801 internal 384 x 381 x 265
5 Order no. 8022299
6 Profile connector (Dimensions in mm H x W x D)
Connector for two aluminum slotted
assembly boards with 20 mm grid 10 Dolly truck for Systainer
dimension. Complete with mount- Dolly truck for transporting T-LOC
ing screws. and Classic Line Systainers sizes I
Order no. 549802 to V. Four guide rollers, two of which
have locking brakes.
6
Screw kit MecLab Order no. 549789
Bag of replacement screws and
T-head nuts (not shown). Transport roller for Systainer
Order no. 556255 Transport roller with roller board and
handcart function for transporting
Rubber ring conveyor Systainers of size I to V. With large
The conveyor belt of the conveyor wheels, rotating front rollers, inte-
station is a wearing part and deliver- grated drawer and fixing strap (not
able as a spare part (not shown). shown).
Order no. 701221 Load bearing capacity: 100 kg
Dimensions:
H 1100 x W 600 x D 440 mm
Weight: 6.5 kg
Order no. 549788
MecLab
MecLab
Digital training programs and print media
Digital training programs To complement the teaching poten- Courseware Our recommendations for MecLab:
tial of MecLab, we recommend the Technical book: Fundamentals of
Excellent solutions for ... following learning programs: Theory and practice tailored to automation technology
learning and teaching WBT Fascination of technology meet your needs, we have a wide Workbook: Teaching with MecLab
programming WBT LOGO! Training range of textbooks and workbooks, Textbook: Pneumatics, Basic level
experimentation WBT Actuators DC motor dictionaries, sets of overhead trans- Textbook: Electropneumatics,
simulation WBT Open- and closed-loop control parencies, posters and other work Basic level
visualization WBT Pneumatics materials. Textbook: Proximity sensors
management WBT Electropneumatics Practical knowledge:
play WBT Electrical engineering 1 and 2 Basic pneumatic controllers
operation and observation WBT Electronics 1 and 2 Set of posters on pneumatics
WBT Sensor technology 1 and 2
... and more in digital format. Detailed information, free sample
Detailed information and free demo extracts, and online download of
versions: books:
www.festo-didactic.com www.festo-didactic.com
MecLab
MecLab
Integrative STEM education and MecLab
A comprehensive, Integrative STEM (Science, Technol- Each of the fifteen courses in our Our integrated approach to STEM
turnkey STEM solution ogy, Engineering, and Mathematics) STEM solution allows students the emphasizes innovation, prob-
education is about intentionally com- opportunity to explore real-world lem-solving, critical thinking, and
bining math and science concepts problems, reflect on the problem creativity using hands-on training
with technology and engineering solving process, develop design systems, enabling students to com-
skills to solve problems. Students solutions, and solve problems in plete projects using the engineer-
who engage in integrative STEM proj- science, technology, engineering, ing design process while integrating
ects in order to solve authentic prob- and math fields. the concepts related to STEM disci-
lems develop communication and plines in a learning-by-doing envi-
collaboration skills, as well as sus- Courses combine learning sys- ronment.
tained interest in STEM disciplines tems with multimedia training
and increased competency levels. content, and relate to mechatron-
ics, advanced manufacturing, and
Festo offers a turn-key solution for environmental discovery.
implementation of high school STEM
programs that incorporates the prob-
lem-based learning environments
schools need.
MecLab
MecLab as a means for The purpose of the STEM Explor- MecLab is the main hardware Students solve the same industrial
tackling mechatronics ing Mechatronics course is to pro- equipment for the course Exploring motion control problems that indus-
vide students the opportunity to ex- Mechatronics. It is designed to sup- trial engineers face daily in a produc-
plore automation technology and the port STEM concepts with computer- tion environment.
mechatronic systems essential for ized control of fluid power devices.
efficient manufacturing. Students will observe and measure
Common automation technologies electrical and fluid power laws as
Students will be challenged to de- that are part of the MecLab system they design systems to move, assem-
sign an automated system by tak- include pneumatics, PLC logic con- ble, and sort work pieces within the
ing on the role of a mechatronics trol, sensor technology, relay con- system modules. They will gain the
engineer. They must adhere to the trol, basic electricity, and DC motor ability to design and evaluate pro-
specifications and constraints given controls. duction processes and procedures,
and explore the interaction between based on the efficiency of motion
mechanics, electrical engineering, and energy conservation.
electronics, and computer engineer-
ing disciplines to develop task-han-
dling systems that help speed up
time-consuming processes or pro-
cesses that are unsafe for a human
to perform.
Control technology PLC, operation and networking
82
Overview of EduTrainer Universal...................................................................84
Overview of EduTrainer Compact....................................................................85
How to select the right EduTrainer..................................................................86
EduTrainer Universal Preferred versions.........................................................87

EduTrainer Compact Preferred versions..........................................................98
CODESYS controllers....................................................................................101
Simulation modules.......................................................................................102
EduTrainer for mini control systems ............................................................104
Operation and networking in basic training ...................................................105
Control panels (HMI) and switches................................................................106
Equipment set TP 301, Basic PLC programming.............................................110
Interfaces to the process................................................................................111
Accessories and optional components...........................................................112
Overview of PLC Applications LabVolt Series...............................................116

PLC Training Systems LabVolt Series...........................................................117
Some training solutions included in

this product guide do not yet fully
comply with EU directives regarding
safety, health, and environmental
protection (CE marking). A special
note was added to the description
of such products. If you are inter-
ested in one of them, but require
such compliance, please contact
your Festo sales representative.
83
Control technology PLC, operation and networking > Overview of EduTrainer Universal
Overview of EduTrainer Universal
The EduTrainer Universal

Do you use PLCs from global market
leaders or less well-known but inno-
vative control concepts? Does your
training tend to focus on mastering
processes and technologies rather
than safe handling of wires and
screwdrivers?
If so, the EduTrainer Universal is the

right solution for you!
No matter what is most important

to you, you can get exactly the Universal shape and size Universal design Tec2Screen in control technology
EduTrainer Universal that you need: The EduTrainer Universal deserves There are many more than just 5 The all-in-one device Tec2Screen
Fully set up and configured or your its name: or 6 manufacturers of programma- offers suitable simulations for excit-
own design (online configurator) It fits in A4 and ER mounting ble logic controllers worldwide. The ing and realistic training in the field
With PLCs from Siemens, frames. EduTrainer Universal is designed for of control technology. Controllers
Allen-Bradley, Festo and It fits in an MPS station. different H-rails so that it can be fit- and applications can thus be quickly
other manufacturers However, it can also stand on a ted with any PLC. Below the PLC, the tested and simulated independent
With or without table or lie flat. 19 plug-in format ensures that the of the programming language and
Power supply unit It comes as a fully configured EduTrainer can be equipped with PLC. Simulations replace large and
4 mm safety sockets standard Preferred version any conceivable combination of con- complex systems that take up space
SysLink system interface or you can customize it yourself. necting plates and simulation mod- and cost money.
Available in narrow and wide ules. A range of simulation modules
versions. allows for many different process- Our range of simulations for
es to be connected and simulated Tec2Screen Pages 38 41
during the training.

Control technology PLC, operation and networking > Overview of EduTrainer Compact
Overview of EduTrainer Compact
The EduTrainer Compact

Do you want to teach PLC program-
ming in addition to relay circuits at
your pneumatic or hydraulic labora-
tory? Do you want a device that suits
your workbench? Does your training
tend to focus on mastering process-
es and technologies rather than safe
handling of wires and screwdrivers?
The EduTrainer Compact is the

ideal control system for pneumatics
and hydraulics and has proven itself
worldwide. The EduTrainer Compact can be The heavy-duty PLC for pneumatics
integrated into the ER mounting or hydraulics laboratories
frames of various laboratory systems Suitable for an ER mounting frame
or used as stand-alone desktop de- Fully set up and configured or your
vices. The sensors and actuators are own design (online configurator)
connected to the inputs/outputs of With PLCs from Siemens, Festo and
the PLC via 4 mm safety sockets. The other leading manufacturers
inputs can be simulated with switch- External voltage supply via
es or potentiometers. Depending on 4 mm safety sockets
the configuration, 4 mm safety sock- With or without 4 mm safety
ets or SysLink universal I/O interface sockets
sockets are available. This provides With or without SysLink system
many different options for connect- interface
ing to all Festo Didactic equipment
sets.
Control technology PLC, operation and networking > How to select the right EduTrainer
How to select the right EduTrainer
We recommend the The benefits to you:

Preferred version from the catalog Cost-effective solution
Simply select an EduTrainer from Completely harmonized technology
the following pages or from the web- Quick delivery
site.
Online configuration with The benefits to you:

listed PLCs Customized solution
If you cannot find a suitable Preferred Easy to select from listed
version, an EduTrainer can be con- components
figured with one of the PLCs offered
in our online configurator
( www.festo-didactic.com). You can
configure the required EduTrainer
yourself and order it from us.
Online configuration with The benefits to you:

other PLCs Customized solution
If the desired PLC is not listed in the Any PLC available on the market
online configurator, an EduTrainer (as long as external dimensions
can be configured with the required and connections are compatible)
PLC as an EduTrainer with special
PLC.
Online configuration for The benefits to you:

self-installation of PLC Maximum flexibility in designing
You can configure an EduTrainer the device
without PLC if you already own the Any PLC available on the market
PLC and would like to install it your- (as long as external dimensions
self or if you want to make your own and connections are compatible)
changes and modifications to the
EduTrainer.
Control systems and PLC modules Note: If you do not have the control-
In addition to EduTrainers, we also ler or Siemens Trainer Package you
offer you individual controllers or need, please visit our website or re-
controller components: quest the controller directly from us.
All Siemens trainer packages and
individual controllers
Festo components
Allen-Bradley components
Controllino
(Arduino-based compact controller)
And others
More controllers that suit your

requirements can be found at
www.festo-didactic.com.
See online configurator

Control technology PLC, operation and networking > EduTrainer Universal Preferred versions
EduTrainer Universal Preferred versions Laboratory

A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-1200 and 19 simulation modules
1 The modular mini control system The holder system

Bundle of 6
from Siemens EduTrainer Universal, size 1,
W x H 305 x 300 mm
For solutions in discrete and stand- 19 module simulation plate with
alone automation applications in the 2x SysLink plug connector for
lower performance range. MPS station and control panel,
each with 8 digital inputs and
The SIMATIC S7-1200 controller fam- 8 digital outputs and 1x Sub-D
ily has an integrated engineering 15-pin plug connection with 4 an-
system: SIMATIC STEP 7 Basic for alog inputs and 2 analog outputs;
controllers and HMI emergency stop jumper to connect
a safety circuit for disconnecting
8 digital outputs.
EduTrainer Universal with: Integrated 110/230 V/24 V, 4 A
power supply unit
CPU S7-1214C Can be placed on a desk or in an
75 kByte main memory, MPS station
4 MByte program memory Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel
Interface: RJ45 holder system
Inputs/outputs: Can be expanded with 19 sim-
1 6x S7-1200-TP 567240 14 digital inputs (24 V DC) ulation modules (only order no.
2 6x S7-1200-TP 567242 10 digital outputs 567242)
Notes (24 V DC, 500 mA)
Order no. 567240 and 567242 are based on Siemens SCE Trainer Packages and contain 2 analog inputs, 10 bit (0 10 V) Order no. 567240 includes all the
six EduTrainers each, including programming cable (Ethernet cable) and STEP 7 Basic required equipment with simulation
programming software. When Siemens updates these Trainer Packages, the controllers are CPU module: modules:
replaced by the successor models. Subject to technical implementation. 19 module 16IN (12 HP),
Analog output SB 1232 AQ 16 digital inputs on 4 mm safety
Recommended accessories: AO 1x 12 Bit ( 10 V DC/0 20 mA) sockets and 16 switches/push-
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031 buttons for signal simulation
Analog cable, parallel, 2 m 529141 19 module 16OUT (12 HP),
Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817 16 digital outputs on 4 mm safe-
IEC power cable 90 Page 115 ty sockets
19 module 4AIN/2AOUT (12 HP),
Other accessories: analog processing 4 analog in-
Analog cable, crossover, 2 m 533039 puts on 4 mm safety sockets can
be switched to simulation via
potentiometer and 2 analog out-
puts on 4 mm safety sockets
19 module 24 V/0 V (9 TE),
8x 4 mm safety sockets, red for
2 Bundle of 6 24 V distribution, 8x 4 mm safety
sockets, blue for 0 V distribution
Special license rules apply

for schools and educational
institutes in the commercial
sector.

A4/A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-1500 and 19 simulation modules
1 The ultimate in power and efficiency The mounting system

EduTrainer Universal, size 1
The SIMATIC S7-1500 controller fam- (W x H) 305 x 300 mm
ily represents the new controller Can be placed on a desk or in an
generation in the TIA portal and a MPS station
milestone in automation. It delivers Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel
maximum performance and user- mounting system
friendliness for medium and high- Integrated power supply unit,
end applications in machine and AC 110/230 V/DC 24 V, 4 A
plant automation. 19 module 16DIN (12 HP),
16 digital inputs on 4 mm safety
EduTrainer Universal with: sockets and 16 switches/push
buttons for signal simulation
CPU S7-1512C-1PN 19 module 16DOUT (12 HP),
Main memory: 250 KB for program 16 digital outputs on 4 mm safety
and 1 MB for data sockets
Memory card included 19 module 4AIN/2AOUT (12 HP),
Interface: PROFINET IRT with analog processing 4 analog inputs
2-port switch on 4 mm safety sockets can be
Inputs/outputs: switched to simulation via potenti-
1 S7-1512C-1PN 8065595 32 digital inputs (24 V DC) ometer and 2 analog outputs on
2 S7-1516-3PN/DP 8042524 32 digital outputs (24 V DC/0.5A) 4 mm safety sockets
3 S7-1516F-3PN/DP 8034574 5x analog inputs, 4x U/I, 19 module 24 V/0 V (9 HP),
Notes 1x R/RTD, 16-bit resolution 8 x 4 mm safety sockets, red for
Order no. 8065595, 8042524 and 8034574 are based on Siemens SCE Trainer Packages 2x analog outputs, 2x U/I, 16-bit 24 V distribution, 8 x 4 mm safety
and each one contains one EduTrainer including programming cable (Ethernet cable) and resolution sockets, blue for 0 V distribution
programming software STEP 7 TIA portal. When Siemens updates these Trainer Packages, 19 module simulation plate with
the controllers are replaced by successor models. Subject to technical implementation. CPU S7-1516-3PN/DP 2x SysLink plug connector for
Main memory: 1 MB for program MPS station and control panel,
Recommended accessories: and 5 MB for data each with 8 digital inputs and
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031 Memory card included 8 digital outputs and 1x Sub-D
Analog cable, parallel, 2 m 529141 Interface 1: PROFINET IRT with 15-pin plug connector with 4 ana-
Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817 2-port switch log inputs and 2 analog outputs;
IEC power cable 90 Page 115 Interface 2: Ethernet emergency stop jumper to connect
Interface 3: PROFIBUS, 10 ns bit a safety circuit for disconnecting
Other accessories: performance 8 digital outputs.
Analog cable, crossover, 2 m 533039 Inputs/outputs:
32 digital inputs (24 V DC)
32 digital outputs (24 V DC/0.5A)
8x analog inputs, 8x U/I/RTD/TC,
16-bit resolution
2 3 4x analog outputs, 4x U/I, 16-bit
resolution
CPU S7-1516F-3PN/DP
Main memory: 1.5 MB for program
and 5 MB for data
Memory card included
Interface 1: PROFINET IRT with
2 port switch
Interface 2: Ethernet
Interface 3: PROFIBUS, 10 ns bit
performance
Inputs/outputs:
32 digital outputs (24 V DC/0.5 A)
16-bit resolution Special license rules apply
4x analog outputs, 4x U/I, for schools and educational
16-bit resolution institutes in the commercial
sector.
EduTrainer Universal Preferred versions MPS

A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-1500
The ultimate in power and efficiency The mounting system 1

The controller family SIMATIC S7- (W x H) 305 x 300 mm
1500 is a new controller generation Can be placed on a desk or in an
in the TIA portal and a milestone in MPS station
automation. It delivers maximum Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel
performance and user-friendliness mounting system
for medium and high-end applica- Integrated power supply unit,
tions in machine and plant automa- AC 110/230 V/DC 24 V, 4 A
tion. 19 module simulation plate with
2x SysLink plug connector for
EduTrainer Universal with: MPS station and control panel,
CPU S7-1512C-1PN (MPS) 8 digital outputs and 1x Sub-D
Main memory: 250 KB for programs 15-pin plug connection with
and 1 MB for data 4 analog inputs and 2 analog out-
Memory card included puts; emergency stop jumper to
Interface: PROFINET IRT with 2-port connect a safety circuit for discon-
switch necting 8 digital outputs.
Inputs/outputs:
32 digital inputs (24 V DC) 1 S7-1512C-1PN (MPS) 8065452
32 digital outputs (24 V DC/0.5A) 2 S7-1516-3PN/DP (MPS) 8065594
5x analog inputs, 4x U/I, 1x R/RTD, Notes
16-bit resolution Order no. 8065452 and 8065594 are based on Siemens SCE Trainer Packages and each one
2x analog outputs, 2x U/I, 16-bit contains one EduTrainer including programming cable (Ethernet cable) and programming
resolution software STEP 7 TIA portal. When Siemens updates these Trainer Packages, the controllers
are replaced by successor models. Subject to technical implementation.
CPU S7-1516-3PN/DP (MPS)
Main memory: 1 MB for program Recommended accessories:
and 5 MB for data I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031
Memory card included Analog cable, parallel, 2 m 529141
Interface 1: PROFINET IRT with Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817
2-port switch IEC power cable 90 Page 115
Interface 2: Ethernet
Interface 3: PROFIBUS, 10 ns bit Other accessories:
performance Analog cable, crossover, 2 m 533039
Inputs/outputs:
16-bit resolution 2
4x analog outputs, 4x U/I, 16-bit
resolution

sector.

A4/A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-300 and 19 simulation modules
1 The industrial standard for the CPU 314C-2DP

laboratory 192 KB RAM for program and data
Includes MMC
The modular concept of the S IMATIC Interfaces: MPI, PROFIBUS DP
S7-300 offers professional PLC tech- Inputs/outputs:
nology from the market leader, 24 digital inputs (24 V DC)
Siemens. With various CPUs, CPs and 16 digital outputs
I/O modules, the S7-300 meets all (24 V DC, 400 mA)
automation requirements. This con- 4 analog inputs, 11 bit, 20 ms,
troller facilitates the use of a wide (10 V, 0 10 V, 20 mA,
range of fieldbuses such as AS-inter- 0/4 20 mA), 1 Pt100 input
face, PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET. 2 analog outputs, (10 V,
0 10 V, 20 mA, 0/4 20 mA)
The STEP 7 programming environ-
ment makes all industrially used PLC CPU 315F-2PN/DP
programming languages available, 192 KB RAM for program and data
such as Il, LD, FBD, STEP 7-SCL, STEP Includes MMC
7-GRAPH and STEP 7-HiGraph. Interfaces: MPI, PROFIBUS DP,
PROFINET
EduTrainer Universal with: SM 323:
1 S7-314C-2PN/DP 8034580 16 digital inputs (24 V DC)
2 S7-313C-2DP (458 mm) 567108 CPU 314C-2PN/DP 16 digital outputs
3 S7-314C-2DP (458 mm) 567109 192 KB RAM for program and data (24 V DC, 500 mA)
4 S7-315F-2PN/DP (305 mm) 567110 Includes MMC SM 334:
Interfaces: MPI, PROFIBUS DP, 4 analog inputs, 8 bit
Recommended accessories: PROFINET (0 10 V, 0 20 mA)
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031 Inputs/outputs: 2 analog outputs
Analog cable, parallel, 2 m 529141 24 digital inputs (24 V DC) (0 10 V, 0 20 mA)
Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817 16 digital outputs (24 V DC,
IEC power cable 90 Page 115 500 mA) The holder system
PC adapter, USB 539006 4 analog inputs, 12 bit, 20 ms, EduTrainer A4 rack, desktop
Programming software STEP 7 www.festo-didactic.com (10 V, 0 10 V, 20 mA, variant, size 1 or size 2, W x H
0/4 20 mA), 1 Pt100 input 305/458 mm x 300 mm
Other accessories: 2 analog outputs, (10 V, 19 module simulation plate with
Digital I/O module SM323 8E/8A 184550 0 10 V, 20 mA, 0/4 20 mA) 2x SysLink plug connector for
Digital I/O module SM323 16E/16A 529142 MPS station and control panel,
Front-panel connector, screwed contacts 184554 CPU 313C-2DP each with 8 digital inputs and
Front-panel connector, screwed contacts 660560 128 KB RAM for program and data 8 digital outputs and 1x Sub-D
Analog I/O module S7-SM334-4E/2A 184804 Includes MMC 15-pin plug connection with
AS-Interface master upgrade S7-300 CP 343-2 AS-i Master 533028 Interface: MPI, PROFIBUS DP 4 analog inputs and 2 analog out-
Trainer Package Internet link S7-300, CP343-1 Advanced 533027 Inputs/outputs: puts; emergency stop jumper to
Analog cable, crossover, 2 m 533039 16 digital inputs (24 V DC) connect a safety circuit for discon-
16 digital outputs (24 V DC, necting 8 digital outputs.
400 mA) Integrated power supply unit
2 4 SM 334: 110/230 V/24 V, 4 A
4 analog inputs, 8 bit Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel
(010 V, 0 20 mA) holder system
2 analog outputs 19 simulation modules: 16 DIN,
(0 10 V, 0 20 mA) 16 DOUT, 4 AIN/2 AOUT, SysLink

A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-300
The industrial standard The holder system 1

EduTrainer A4 rack, desktop vari-
The modular concept of the SIMATIC ant size 1, W x H 305 mm x 300 mm
S7-300 offers professional PLC tech- 19 module simulation plate with
nology from the market leader, 2x SysLink plug connector for
Siemens. With various CPUs, CPs and MPS station and control panel,
I/O modules, the S7-300 meets all each with 8 digital inputs and
automation requirements. This con- 8 digital outputs and 1x D-sub
troller facilitates the use of a wide 15-pin plug connection with
range of fieldbuses such as AS-inter- 4 analog inputs and 2 analog out-
face, PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET. puts; emergency stop jumper to
connect a safety circuit for discon-
The STEP 7 programming environ- necting 8 digital outputs.
ment makes all industrially used PLC Integrated 110/230 V/24 V, 4 A
programming languages available, power supply unit
such as AWL, KOP, FUP, STEP 7-SCL, Can be placed on the desk or in an
STEP 7-GRAPH and STEP 7-HiGraph. MPS station.
Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel
EduTrainer Universal with: holder system
Can be extended with 19 simula-
CPU 313C-2DP (MPS) tion modules Pages 102 103 1 S7-313C-2DP (MPS) 567103
64 KB RAM for program and data 2 S7-314C-2PN/DP (MPS) 8034581
Includes MMC 3 S7-315F-2PN/DP (MPS) 567104
Interfaces: MPI, PROFIBUS DP
Inputs/outputs: Recommended accessories:
16 digital inputs (24 V DC) I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031
16 digital outputs Analog cable, parallel, 2 m 529141
(24 V DC, 400 mA) Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817
PC adapter, USB 539006
CPU 314C-2PN/DP (MPS) Programming software STEP 7 www.festo-didactic.com
192 KB RAM for program and data IEC power cable 90 Page 115
Includes MMC
Interfaces: MPI, PROFIBUS DP, Other accessories:
PROFINET Digital I/O module SM323 8E/8A 184550
Inputs/outputs: Digital I/O module SM323 16E/16A 529142
24 digital inputs (24 V DC) Front-panel connector, screwed contacts 184554
16 digital outputs Front-panel connector, screwed contacts 660560
(24 V DC, 500 mA) Analog I/O module S7-SM334-4E/2A 184804
4 analog inputs, 12 bit, 20 ms, AS-Interface master upgrade S7-300 CP 343-2 AS-i Master 533028
(10 V, 0 10 V, 20 mA, Trainer Package Internet link S7-300, CP343-1 Advanced 533027
0/4 20 mA), 1 Pt100 input Analog cable, crossover, 2 m 533039
2 analog outputs, (10 V,
0 10 V, 20 mA, 0/4 20 mA)
2 3
CPU 315F-2PN/DP (MPS)
256 KB RAM for program and data
Includes MMC
Interfaces: MPI, DP, PN
SM 323:
16 digital outputs
(24 V DC, 500 mA)
EduTrainer Universal Preferred version MPS

A4 rack with Festo CECC-LK CODESYS V3.5
World language IEC 61131-3 The mounting system

EduTrainer A4 rack, desktop
The CECC controllers are the latest variant, size 1, W x H 305 x 300 mm
generation of compact controllers 19 module simulation plate with
from Festo. A CECC controller can be 2x SysLink plug connector for
programmed for IL, LD, FBD, ST, SFC MPS station and control panel,
and CFC with CODESYS provided each with 8 digital inputs and
by Festo in accordance with IEC 8 digital outputs and 1x Sub-D
61131-3. 15-pin plug connection with
4 analog inputs and 2 analog out-
EduTrainer Universal with: puts, emergency stop jumper to
Festo CECC-LK (MPS) necting 8 digital outputs.
Interfaces: Integrated power supply unit
4x IO Link master 110/230 V/24 V, 4 A
1x IO Link device Can be placed on a desk or in an
Ethernet connection MPS station.
USB connection Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel
CANopen mounting system
Can be extended with 19 simula-
Inputs/outputs: tion modules Pages 102 103
CECC-LK (MPS) 8043320 12 digital inputs (24 V DC)
Notes 8 digital outputs (24 V DC, 500 mA)
The CODESYS V3.5 programming software can be downloaded for free on the Festo IO-Link extension module:
website. 8 digital inputs (24 V DC)
8 digital outputs (24 V DC, 500 mA)
Recommended accessories:
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031
Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817 CODESYS
IEC power cable 90 Page 115 CODESYS is a development environ-
ment for programmable logic control-
lers (PLC) in accordance with the
IEC 61131-3 standard for applica-
tion development in industrial auto-
mation.
The point-to-point communication of

the IO-Link interface enables a sim-
ple and safe three-conductor wiring
between the controller, sensors or
actuators, and also makes remote
parameterization possible. A wide
variety of IO-Link devices are avail-
able on the market. They are mostly
sensors, actuators or a combination
of these as well as special IO-Link
nodes to increase the number of in-
puts/outputs or to use standard sen-
sors and actuators.

A4 rack with Festo CPX-CEC CODESYS V2.3/CODESYS V3.5
World language IEC 61131-3 The holder system 1

EduTrainer A4 rack, desktop
Benefit from automation program- variant, size 1, W x H 305 x 300 mm
ming in a world language, based on 19 module simulation plate with
IEC 61131-3. 2x SysLink plug connector for
MPS station and control panel,
Increased performance each with 8 digital inputs and
CPX-CEC means improved cycle times 8 digital outputs and 1x Sub-D
and more connectable actuators. 15-pin plug connection with
The modular I/O system offers com- 4 analog inputs and 2 analog out-
plete flexibility. Intelligent pneumatic puts; emergency stop jumper to
and electric axes can be activated via connect a safety circuit for discon-
fieldbus. The extensive CODESYS necting 8 digital outputs.
function library provides diagnostics Integrated 110/230 V/24 V, 4 A
and condition monitoring options. power supply unit
Open- and closed-loop control the The size 1 rack can be placed on a
solution for efficient automation of table or in an MPS station.
workstations or via remote control. Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel
holder system
EduTrainer Universal with: Can be extended with 19 simula-
tion modules Pages 102 103
CPX-CEC CODESYS 2.3 (MPS) 1 CPX-CEC CODESYS 2.3 (MPS) 567274
400 MHz processor 2 CPX-CEC CODESYS 3.5 (MPS) 8065602
Data memory 32 MB flash/ Notes
32 MB RAM Includes Ethernet cable for programming the CPX-CEC.
Integrated web server The Codesys V2.3 and V3.5 programming software can be downloaded for free on the
Master CANopen fieldbus Festo website.
Communication via Ethernet
(Modbus/TCP, EasyIP, TCP/IP) Recommended accessories:
Process visualization using I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031
operator unit CDPX or OPC server Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817
Inputs/outputs: IEC power cable 90 Page 115
16 digital outputs
(24 V DC, 500 mA)
2
CPX-CEC CODESYS 3.5 (MPS)
800 MHz processor
Data memory 32 MB flash/
256 MB RAM
Integrated web server
Master CANopen fieldbus
Communication via Ethernet
(Modbus/TCP, EasyIP, TCP/IP)
Process visualization using
operator unit CDPX or OPC server
Inputs/outputs:
16 digital outputs
(24 V DC, 500 mA)

A4/A4 rack with Allen-Bradley CompactLogix and
19 simulation modules
1 The standard in North America The mounting system

Allen-Bradley CompactLogix control- (W x H) 305 x 300 mm
lers of the series 1769 are ideal for Can be placed on a desk or in an
small to compact control applica- MPS station
tions that do not require axis control Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel
or safety functions. These controllers mounting system
offer integrated serial, EtherNet/IP Integrated power supply unit
or ControlNet channels and modu- 110/230 V/24 V, 4 A
lar DeviceNet communications.
All EduTrainer systems include all
EduTrainer Universal with: the required equipment with simula-
tion modules:
AB CL 1769-L24ER-QB1B 19 module 16IN (12 HP),
(digital) 16 digital inputs on 4 mm safety
Main memory: 0.75 MB sockets and 16 switches/pushbut-
1 GB SD memory card included tons for signal simulation
Interfaces: 2x EtherNet/IP, 1x USB 19 module 16OUT (12 HP),
Inputs/outputs: 16 digital outputs on 4 mm safety
16 digital inputs (24 V DC) sockets
16 digital outputs (24 V DC/0.5 A) 19 module 4AIN/2AOUT (12 HP),
1 AB CL 1769-L24ER-QB1B (digital) 8022737 analog processing 4 analog inputs
2 AB CL 1769-L24ER-QBFC1B (digital/analog) 8022848 AB CL 1769-L24ER-QBFC1B on 4 mm safety sockets can be
(digital/analog) switched to simulation via potenti-
Recommended accessories: Main memory: 0.75 MB ometer and 2 analog outputs on
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031 1 GB SD memory card included 4 mm safety sockets (not with
Analog cable, parallel, 2 m 529141 Interfaces: 2x EtherNet/IP, 1x USB order no. 8022737)
Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817 Inputs/outputs: 19 module 24 V/0 V (9 HP),
IEC power cable 90 Page 115 16 digital inputs (24 V DC) 8x 4 mm safety sockets, red for
Programming software RSLogix 8034585 16 digital outputs (24 V DC) 24 V distribution, 8x 4 mm safety
4 universal analog inputs sockets, blue for 0 V distribution
Other accessories: 2 universal analog outputs 19 module simulation plate with
Analog cable, crossover, 2 m 533039 4 high-speed counters 2x SysLink plug connector for
MPS station and control panel,
8 digital outputs and 1x Sub-D
2 15-pin plug connector with
4 analog inputs and 2 analog out-
puts; emergency stop jumper to
necting 8 digital outputs

sector.
EduTrainer Universal Preferred version MPS

A4 rack with Allen-Bradley CompactLogix
The standard in North America The mounting system

Allen-Bradley CompactLogix control- (W x H) 305 x 300 mm
lers of the series 1769 are ideal for Can be placed on a desk or in an
small to compact control applica- MPS station
tions that do not require axis control Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel
or safety functions. These controllers mounting system
offer integrated serial, EtherNet/IP Integrated power supply unit
or ControlNet channels and modu- 110/230 V/24 V, 4 A
lar DeviceNet communications. 19 module simulation plate with
2x SysLink plug connector for
EduTrainer Universal with: MPS station and control panel,
AB CL 1769-L24ER-QB1B (MPS) 8 digital outputs and 1x Sub-D 15-
Main memory: 0.75 MB pin plug connection with
1 GB SD memory card included 4 analog inputs and 2 analog out-
Interfaces: 2x EtherNet/IP, 1x USB puts, emergency stop jumper to
Inputs/outputs: connect a safety circuit for discon-
16 digital inputs (24 V DC) necting 8 digital outputs.
AB CL 1769-L24ER-QB1B (MPS) 8034582
Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817
IEC power cable 90 Page 115
Programming software RSLogix5000 8034585

sector.
Control technology PLC, operation and networking > EduTrainer Compact Preferred versions
EduTrainer Compact Preferred version

with SIMATIC S7-1512SP
The ultimate in power and efficiency The mounting system

EduTrainer Compact for ER mount-
The controller family SIMATIC S7- ing frame, size 2 (W x H x D)
1500 represents the new controller approx. 364 x approx. 170 x
generation in the TIA portal and a approx. 80 mm
milestone in automation. It d
elivers 19 modules with 4 mm safety
maximum performance and u ser- plug, SysLink system connector or
friendliness for medium and high- 24 V/0 V Pages 102 103
end applications in machine and Suitable for ER mounting frame or
plant automation. freestanding on the table
Lightweight injection-molded
EduTrainer Compact with: housing
The units are supplied fully
CPU S7-1512SP assembled
Main memory: 300 KB for program Other combinations are possible
and 1 MB for data via the online configurator
Interface: PROFINET IRT with 3-port
switch Recommended training media
Memory card included WBT: PLC programming in accor-
S7-1512SP F-1 PN 8065601 Ethernet cable included dance with IEC 61131 Page 19
Notes Programming software included
Order no. 8065601 is based on a Siemens SCE Trainer Package and contains one Inputs/outputs:
EduTrainer including programming cable and programming software Step 7 TIA-Portal. 16 digital inputs (24 V DC)
When Siemens updates these Trainer Packages, the controllers are replaced by successor 8 digital outputs (24 V DC/0.5A)
models. Subject to technical implementation.
Power supply unit for mounting frame Page 115
4 mm Safety laboratory cables Page 115
Ethernet cable Page 114

sector.
EduTrainer Compact Preferred versions

with SIMATIC S7-300
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Compact The mounting system

The S7 EduTrainer Compact is well ing frame in three different sizes
equipped with the compact version with height and depth of approx.
of the S7-300 series. Integrated 170 x 80 mm:
digital and analog inputs and out- Width for size 1 (ER1): 242 mm
puts, as well as controllers with Width for size 2 (ER2): 364 mm
PROFIBUS-DP, are available. A wide Width for size 3 (ER3): 486 mm
variety of PLC programming lan- 19 modules with 4 mm safety
guages such as AWL, KOP, FUP, STEP plug, SysLink or AS-Interface sys-
7-SCL and STEP 7-GRAPH can be tem connector Pages 102 103
used thanks to the STEP 7 program- Suitable for ER mounting frame or
ming environment. unfastened on the table
Lightweight injection moulded
EduTrainer Compact with: housing
Expandable to some extent with
CPU 312C 19 simulation modules
64 kB RAM for program and data Data buffering for S7-300 with 1
Includes MMC micro memory card (included in
Interface: MPI scope of delivery)
Inputs/outputs: The units are shipped fully
10 digital inputs (24 V DC) assembled 1 S7-312C (ER2/19DIO-SL) 573885
6 digital outputs (24 V DC, 400 mA) S7-300 individual components 2 S7-313C (ER1/19SL) 573880
upon request 3 S7-313C-2DP (ER1/19SL) 573881
CPU 313C Other combinations are possible 4 S7-313C (ER2/19DIO-SL) 573887
128 kB RAM for program and data via the online configurator 5 S7-314C-2PN/DP (ER1/19SL) 576626
Includes MMC
Interface: MPI Recommended training media Recommended accessories:
Inputs/outputs: WBT PLC programming in accordance I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031
24 digital inputs (24 V DC) with IEC 61131 Page 19 Analog cable, parallel, 2 m 529141
16 digital outputs Power supply unit for mounting frame Page 115
(24 V DC, 400 mA) 4 mm Safety laboratory cables Page 115
PC adapter, USB 539006
CPU 313C-2DP Programming software STEP 7 www.festo-didactic.com
128 kB RAM for program and data
Includes MMC
Interface: MPI, PROFIBUS-DP
Inputs/outputs:
16 digital outputs
(24 V DC, 400 mA)
SM 334 (analog add-on):
4 analog inputs, 8 bit
(0 to 10 V, 0 to 20 mA)
2 analog outputs 2 3
(0 to 10 V, 0 to 20 mA)
CPU 314C-2PN/DP
192 kB RAM for program and data
Includes MMC
Interfaces: MPI, PROFIBUS-DP,
PROFINET
Inputs/outputs:
16 digital outputs (24 V DC,
500 mA)
4 analog inputs, 12 bit, 20 ms, 4 5
(10 V, 0 to 10 V, 20 mA,
0/4 to 20 mA), 1 Pt100 input
2 analog outputs (10 V,
0 to 10 V, 20 mA, 0/4 to 20 mA)

with SIMATIC S7-1200
The modular mini control system The mounting system

from Siemens EduTrainer Compact for ER mount-
ing frame in three different sizes
For solutions in discrete and stand- with height and depth of approx.
alone automation applications in the 170 x 80 mm:
lower performance range. The family Width for size 1 (ER1): 242 mm
of SIMATIC S7-1200 controllers is Width for size 2 (ER2): 364 mm
equipped with an integrated engi- Width for size 3 (ER3): 486 mm
neering system: SIMATIC STEP 7 19 modules with 4 mm safety
Basic for controller and HMI. plug, SysLink system connector or
24 V/0 V Pages 102 103
EduTrainer Compact with: Suitable for ER mounting frame or
unfastened on the table
CPU S7-1214C Lightweight injection-molded
50 kB RAM, 2 MB loading buffer housing
Interface: RJ45 The units are shipped fully
Inputs/outputs: assembled.
1 14 digital inputs (24 V DC) S7-1200 individual components
10 digital outputs upon request
(24 V DC, 500 mA) Other combinations are possible
2 analog inputs, 10 bit (0 10 V) via the online configurator
1 S7-1214C (ER2/19DIO-A-SL)* 573902
2 6x S7-1214C-TP (ER2/19DIO-A-SL)** 573892 CPU module: Recommended training media
3 S7-1214C (ER2/19DIO-A-24V/0V)* 573901 WBT PLC programming in accordance
4 6x S7-1214C-TP (ER2/19DIO-A-24V/0V)** 573891 SB 1232 AQ analog output with IEC 61131 Page 19
Notes AO 1x 12 Bit ( 10 V DC, 0 20 mA)
*Order no. 573902 and 573901 contain one EduTrainer without programming cable
(Ethernet cable) or programming software. The programming software Step 7 can be
ordered in different packages at www.festo-didactic.com.
**Order no. 573892 and 573891 are based on Siemens SCE Trainer Packages and contain
six EduTrainers each, including programming cable (Ethernet cable) and programming
software STEP 7 Basic. When Siemens updates these Trainer Packages, the controllers are
replaced by successor models. Subject to technical implementation.
Analog cable, parallel, 2 m 529141
Programming software STEP 7 www.festo-didactic.com
Bundle of 6
Bundle of 6
** Special license rules apply

sector.
3 4

with LOGO! 8
LOGO! EduTrainer Compact The mounting system

Compact trainer devices that provide ing frame, size 2 (W x H x D)
users with an introduction to logical approx. 364 mm x approx. 170 mm
signal processing within a mini con- x approx. 80 mm
trol system. 19 modules with 4 mm safety
plug, SysLink system connector
Features of LOGO! modules: Pages 102 103
Suitable for ER mounting frame or
LOGO! 12/24 RCE (V8) freestanding on the table
With LOGO! 8 the successful S iemens Lightweight injection-molded
logic module enters the next housing
generation. Expandable to some extent with
New logic module generation 19 simulation modules
Display with new look and feel The units are supplied fully
Ethernet communication assembled
Integrated web server Other combinations are possible
New software in new design via the online configurator 1
EduTrainer Compact with:
LOGO! 8 2 1x LOGO! 8* 8041133

Basic functional module 12/24 RCE 1 6x LOGO! 8 TP** 8041132
8 digital inputs Notes
4 relay outputs *Order no. 8041133 contains one EduTrainer without programming software. The
DM8 extension module: matching programming software LOGO! can be ordered separately, if necessary.
4 digital inputs **Order no. 8041132 is based on a Siemens SCE Trainer Package and contains six
4 relay outputs EduTrainers including programming software LOGO! Soft Comfort V8.
Programming software LOGO! Soft Comfort V8 8040050
Bundle of 6
** Special license rules apply

sector.

with Festo CECC
The compact controller from Festo The mounting system

The CECC controllers are the latest ing frame, size 2 (W x H x D)
generation of compact controllers approx. 364 mm x approx. 170 mm
from Festo. A CECC controller can be x approx. 80 mm
programmed for IL, LDR, FCH, ST, SFC 19 modules with 4 mm safety plug
and CFC with CODESYS provided Suitable for ER mounting frame or
by Festo in accordance with IEC freestanding on the table
61131-3. Lightweight injection-molded
housing
EduTrainer Compact with: The unit is supplied fully
assembled
Festo CECC-LK Other combinations are possible
Festo CECC-LK is a compact and pow- via the online configurator
erful PLC. The industrial design con-
troller has 12 digital inputs, 8 digital Recommended training media
outputs, and 2 fast digital inputs. In WBT PLC programming in accordance
1 addition, a wide variety of interfaces with IEC 61131 Page 19
are available as standard features on
board:
4x IO Link Master
1x IO Link Device
1 CECC-LK 577602 Ethernet connection
2 CECC-D 8024002 USB connection
Note CANopen
The free Codesys V3.5 programming software is available for download on the Festo
homepage. Festo CECC-D
Festo CECC-D EduTrainer Compact,
Recommended accessories: like CECC-LK, but without IO-Link.
Ethernet cable Page 114 CODESYS
Codesys is a development environ-
ment for programmable logic con-
trollers (PLC) in accordance with the
IEC 61131-3 standard for applica-
tion d
evelopment in industrial auto-
mation.
The point-to-point communication of

the IO-Link interface enables a sim-
ple and safe three-conductor wiring
between the controller, sensors or
actuators, and also makes remote
2 parameterization possible. A wide
variety of IO-Link devices are avail-
able on the market. They are mostly
sensors, actuators or a combination
of these as well as special IO-Link
nodes to increase the number of
inputs/outputs or to use standard
sensors and actuators.
Control technology PLC, operation and networking > CODESYS controllers
CODESYS starter kit with Festo CECC CODESYS V3

CECC-LK and EasyPort USB compact controller
An ideal tool for newcomers to PLC System requirements Codesys is a development environ- In addition, there is a wide variety of
technology. PC with Win 2000 SP4/XP SP2/ ment for programmable logic control- interfaces available as standard fea-
Vista lers (PLC) in accordance with the IEC tures on board:
With the compact and powerful PLC At least Pentium200 MHz 61131-3 standard for application de- 4x IO-Link master
CECC-LK, a 24 volt PC interface 32 MB RAM velopment in industrial automation. 1x IO-Link device
(EasyPort USB) and the necessary 10 MB free space on hard disk The free Codesys programming soft- Ethernet connection
software and hardware. CD-ROM drive ware is available for download on the USB connection
Internet Explorer 5.0 or Netscape Festo homepage. CANopen
The PLC is programmed from your PC 4.0 or higher
using Codesys provided by Festo, 1 free Ethernet and USB port The point-to-point communication A comprehensive CODESYS function
in accordance with IEC 61131, and of the IO Link interface enables a library enables stand-alone open
information is exchanged with the simple and safe 3-conductor wiring and closed-loop control and efficient
visualization program via the PC in- between the controller, sensors or automation of, for example, manual
terface. The visualization software actuators, and also makes remote workstations to IEC 61131.
provides various process models parameteriZation possible. There is
from the world of technology and a variety of IO-Link devices on the Individual device or integratable
everyday situations, such as lev- market. They are mostly sensors, via CODESYS V3.
el crossings, multi-storey car parks, actuators or a combination of these Simple programming and naviga-
sorting systems, washing machines, as well as special IO-Link nodes to tion to IEC 61131-3.
garage doors, wind generators, lift- increase the number of inputs/out- Hybrid: use CANopen Master and
ing luggage and more. A Getting puts or to use standard sensors and integrated IO-Link to directly acti-
Started kit is provided to explain how actuators. vate electric and pneumatic drives
to use the hardware and software. and connect valve terminals.
For industrial use, quick and easy to Communication: PROFINET, Ether-
All the necessary accessories such install: net IP and Modbus TCP are easy to
as cables, 100 240 V/24 V power integrate in higher-order systems
supply unit and screwdriver are in- Festo CECC-LK is a compact and
cluded. All that is needed is a PC and powerful PLC. The industrial design Festo CECC-D, like CECC-LK, but with-
a country-specific IEC power cable controller has 12 digital inputs, 8 out IO link.
for the power supply unit (e.g. order digital outputs, and 2 fast digital
no. 247661 for de, fr, es, etc.) then inputs.
youre off!.
Order no. 8024001
Festo CECC-LK see figure 8023951

Festo CECC-D 8023952
I/O data cable with one SysLink connector as per IEEE 488 ...
... and bare cable-end sleeves, 2.5 m 167122
Control technology PLC, operation and networking > Simulation modules
19 simulation modules
1 7 1 19 module 16IN (12 HP) 7 19 module 4AIN/2AOUT (12 HP)

16 digital inputs on 4 mm safety Analog value processing 4 ana-
sockets and 16 switches/push- log inputs on 4 mm safety socket
buttons for signal simulation. switchable to simulation via poten-
Order no. 567111 tiometer and 2 analog outputs on
4 mm safety sockets
2 19 module 8IN (6 HP), Display for measured value indica-
without switch tor with selector switch for channel
8 digital inputs on 4 mm safety selection
sockets. Voltage range: 0 10 V; -10 +10 V
2 8 Order no. 576620 Order no. 567119
3 19 module 16OUT (12 HP) 8 19 module 4AIN/2AOUT (6 HP)

16 digital outputs on 4 mm safety 4 analog inputs at 4 mm safety
sockets. sockets
Order no. 567112 2 analog outputs at 4 mm safety
sockets
4 19 module 8IN (6 HP) Order no. 574197
8 digital inputs on 4 mm safety sock-
ets and 8 switches/push-buttons for 9 19 module word processing
3 9 signal simulation. (12 HP)
Order no. 567113 Two-line display for showing the
input word and output word in HEX,
5 19 module 8OUT (6 HP) DEZ and BCD. Changing of the input
8 digital outputs on 4 mm safety word via keypad.
sockets. Order no. 567118
Order no. 567114
10 19 module system connector
6 19 module 4OUTR (6 HP) 37-pin (9 HP)
4 relay outputs at eight 4 mm 1x 37-pin Sub-D connector for
4 10 safety sockets 16 digital inputs
Maximum load: 24 V, 4.5 A 1x 37-pin Sub-D socket for
Order no. 573278 16 digital outputs
Emergency stop jumper for 8
digital outputs
Order no. 567116
11 19 module ASI (6 HP)

Two 2-pin M12 sockets for pre-
assembled AS-interface cables
5 11 Integrated AS-interface filter for
24 V DC
Order no. 567115
12 19 module system connector

SysLink (9 HP)
2x SysLink with 8 digital inputs and
8 digital outputs each
1x 15-pin Sub-D socket for
4 analog outputs and 2 analog
6 12 inputs
Emergency stop jumper for
8 digital outputs
Order no. 567122
Control technology PLC, operation and networking > Simulation modules
1 19 module 24V/0V (9 HP) 4 19 blanking plate 1 4

8x 24 V on 4 mm safety sockets, 42 TE 8022733
red 18 TE 8022732
8x 0 V on 4 mm safety sockets, 12 TE 567123
blue 9 TE 567124
Order no. 567195 6 TE 567125
3 TE 567126
2 19 module 24V (6 HP)
8x 24 V on 4 mm safety sockets, red 5 16-pin flat cable
Order no. 567120 16-pin flat cable, open at one end
to connect 19 modules with analog 2
3 19 module 0V (6 HP) connection to any PLC with screw or
8x 0 V on 4 mm safety sockets, blue CageClamp contacts, 500 mm long. 5
6 10-pin flat cable

10-pin flat cable, open at one end
to connect 19 modules with digital
connection to any PLC with screw or
CageClamp contacts, 500 mm long. 6
Order no. 567197 3
Control technology PLC, operation and networking > EduTrainer for mini control systems
EduTrainer for mini control systems

For a basic introduction to control and monitoring tasks
Basic trainer for The EduTrainer for mini control

mini control systems systems provides a broad basic plat-
form for your project work. The board
Mini control systems are becoming is designed to hold mini control sys-
increasingly common in industry and tems and expansion modules, for ex-
trade. They are used for numerous ample the Siemens LOGO! 8, the
small control and monitoring tasks EATON Easy family or a Controllino.
for which a PLC would be oversized.
Mini control systems or programma- Up to 12 inputs can be picked off on
ble control relays control and oper- 4 mm safety sockets. Four of these
ate conveyors, monitor doors and inputs can also be connected directly
gates, control heating, and so on. on the device using a latch/pushbut-
ton. 8 of the up to 12 relay outputs
For training purposes, they repre- can be changed to digital outputs
sent the link between classic safety using a toggle switch.
circuits and programmable logic con-
trollers. Functions can be implement- The device also includes two con-
ed quickly and easily based on the trollable analog encoders, which can
learned ladder diagram or function be used to bridge voltages from 0
chart methodology using simple pro- to 10 V at two inputs. An RJ45 Ether-
gramming software. net socket can connect the controller
to the programming unit or network
Mini control systems are character- switch.
ized by the large number of features
that they provide. They are easy to Please request a quotation for your
program and to connect, are flexi- individual requirements.
ble and low-cost, and are therefore
indispensable in basic training.
Another advantage of these small

and compact devices, which are suit-
able for mounting in 35 mm H-rails,
is that they implement many func-
tions in a single device.
Mini control systems include:

Controllers
Indicators
Diagnostic tools
Text displays with operating
buttons
Interfaces to fieldbus systems
Web servers
and many more.
Numerous extension modules

expand the possible functions.
Control technology PLC, operation and networking > Operation and networking in basic training
Operation and networking in basic training

Control panels (HMI) and switches
Used in A4 frame or as a
desktop device
Used with pneumatics/hydraulics

on workbenches
Control technology PLC, operation and networking > Control panels (HMI) and switches
Touch panel CDPX-X-A-W-7 Touch panel TP700

EduTrainer EduTrainer
Training device for an A4 mounting Scope of delivery Training device for an A4 mounting Scope of delivery
frame or as a desktop device. The Festo CDPX-X-A-W-7 touch panel frame or as a desktop device. The Siemens TP700 Comfort Touch
communication connections for set-up on an A4 board communication connections for Panel set up on an A4 board
2x TCP/IP, 1x RS-232 and 2x USB 1x PROFIBUS, 2x PROFINET and Ethernet cable
are accessible at the front via sturdy System requirements 2x USB are accessible at the front via (CAT 6, crossed, 6 m)
plug connectors. Windows XP/7/8/10 (32/64 bit) robust plug connectors. Engineering, options and runtime
software and license for WinCC
Festo CDPX panels are high- Technical data The Touch Panel TP700 Comfort of Advanced (TIA portal)
performance processors combined Front panel: 266 x 297 mm the Siemens HMI series is a 7 touch
with wide-screen technology. They Device depth: 90 mm panel for advanced applications. Special license rules apply for
provide more functions at a higher Supply voltage: 24 V DC Comfort panel features include: schools and educational institutes in
resolution for man-machine inter- Comprehensive high-end function- the commercial sector.
faces. ality: archive, VB scripts and
various viewers for displaying System requirements
Features of the CDPX panels: system documentation (e.g. as 64 Bit: Windows 7 Professional,
Open for web and multimedia PDF files) or in the form of Inter- Enterprise, Ultimate SP1, Windows
applications net pages 8.1 Professional, Enterprise
Incorporation of standard Multiple interfaces for process 32 Bit: Windows 7 Professional,
documents communication Enterprise, Ultimate SP1
Multiple interfaces for process Integrated PROFINET switch
communication from 7 Technical data
Integrated Ethernet switch Programming from WinCC Comfort Front panel: 266 x 297 mm
Programming with Designer Studio V11 (TIA portal) Device depth: 90 mm
Supported PLC protocols: Supply voltage: 24 V DC
CODESY 2.3 and 3.5, Modbus TCP
client, TCP server, RTU client, RTU
server
Touch panel CDPX-X-A-W-7 EduTrainer 8042283 Touch panel TP700* 8022729
Recommended accessories: Recommended accessories:

4 mm Safety laboratory cables Page 115 4 mm Safety laboratory cables Page 115
Ethernet cable Page 114 Ethernet cable Page 114
Programming software available as download www.festo-didactic.com
* Special license rules apply

sector.
Touch panel KTP700 Ethernet switch XB005

frame or as a desktop device. The Siemens KTP700 Basic PN Touch frame or as a desktop device. The Siemens Ethernet Switch XB005 set
communication connections for Panel set up on an A4 board universal Siemens Ethernet switch up on an A4 board
1x PROFINET and 1x USB are Siemens Ethernet Switch Scalance Scalance XB005 allows you to set up
accessible at the front via robust XB005 small star and linear structures and Technical data
plug connectors. 2 Ethernet cables provides a simple way of showing Front panel: 133 x 297 mm
(CAT 6, crossed, 6 m) how PLCs, touch panels (HMI) and Device depth: 90 mm
The KTP700 Basic PN Touch Panel is Programming software not other components are networked. Supply voltage: 24 V DC
a 7 touch panel with 8 additional, included. It is included in the
programmable, tactile function but- recommended accessories for the The device is used in combination
tons and is part of the new basic part numbers or must be ordered with PLCs and Touch Panel EduTrain-
Siemens HMI series for simple separately. ers.
applications.
For schools and educational
Features of the basic panel: institutes in the commercial sector.
Touch and button functionality
Interface for connecting to various System requirements
PLCs 64 bit: Windows 7, Windows 8 SP1
Archiving via USB stick 32 bit: Windows 7
Programming as of WinCC Basic
V13 (TIA portal) Technical data
Front panel: 266 x 297 mm
Device depth: 90 mm
Supply voltage: 24 V DC
1x Touch panel KTP700 EduTrainer* 8022731 Ethernet switch Scalance XB005 4473300
6x Touch panel KTP700 EduTrainer* 8041505
Trainer Package SIMATIC S7-1200 DC/DC/DC* 567238
6x S7-1200-TP (ON)* 567241
6x S7-1200-TP* 567240
Available as a package: Touch panel KTP700 EduTrainer + Ethernet switch XB005 EduTrainer*
1x Touch panel KTP700 EduTrainer + 1x Ethernet switch XB005 EduTrainer* 8062740
6x Touch panel KTP700 EduTrainer + 6x Ethernet switch XB005 EduTrainer* 8062741
Touch panel PanelView Plus 7 Ethernet switch US5T

frame or as a desktop device. The Allen-Bradley Touch Panel PanelView frame or as a desktop device. The Allen-Bradley Ethernet Switch US5T
communication connections for didactically set up on an A4 board universal Allen-Bradley Ethernet set up on an A4 board
1x Ethernet and 1x USB are accessi- switch US5T allows you to set up
ble at the front via sturdy plug con- System requirements small network structures and pro- Technical data
nectors. Windows XP Professional SP3 vides a simply way of showing how Front panel: 133 x 297 mm
32 bit PLCs, touch panels (HMI) and other Device depth: 90 mm
The PanelView Plus 7 standard Windows 7 SP1 Enterprise, components are networked. Supply voltage: 24 V DC
panels monitor and control devices Ultimate Edition
connected to ControlLogix controllers Windows 8 Professional, Enterprise The device can be used in combi-
in an Ethernet/IP network. Edition 32 bit, 64 bit nation with PLCs and Touch Panel
EduTrainers.
Features of the PanelView Plus 7 Technical data
standard panels: Front panel: 266 x 297 mm
Ethernet communication that sup- Device depth: 90 mm
ports networks with linear and star Supply voltage: 24 V DC
topologies.
PDF display functions for accessing
PDF files stored on the terminal.
Programming with FactoryTalk View
Touch panel panelView Plus 7 EduTrainer 5007887 Ethernet switch US5T EduTrainer 4994634
EduTrainer Universal with Allen-Bradley controllers Pages 94 95
Programming software On request
Touch panel KTP400 Ethernet switch XB005

EduTrainer Compact EduTrainer Compact
Training device for an ER mounting Scope of delivery Training device for an ER mounting Scope of delivery
frame (pneumatics/hydraulics). The Siemens Touch Panel KTP400 Basic frame (pneumatics/hydraulics). The Scalance XB005 switch, set up on a
communication connections for PN didactically set up on a mount- universal Ethernet switch Siemens mounting frame housing
1x PROFINET and 1x USB are acces- ing frame housing Scalance XB005 allows you to set up
sible at the front via sturdy plug con- Siemens Ethernet switch Scalance small star and linear structures and Technical data
nectors. XB005 is supplied (not set up on a provides a simple way of showing Height x depth:
housing for an ER mounting frame) how PLCs, touch panels (HMI) and approx. 170 x approx. 80 mm
The Touch Panel KTP400 Basic PN 2 Ethernet cables other components are networked. Device width: 123 mm
is a 4 touch panel with 4 addition- (CAT 6, crossed, 6 m) Supply voltage: 24 V DC
al, programmable, tactile function Programming software SIMATIC The device is used in combination
buttons and is part of the new ba- WinCC Basic with PLCs and Touch Panel EduTrain-
sic Siemens HMI series for simple ers.
applications. For schools and educational insti-
tutes in the commercial sector.
Features of the basic panel:
Touch and button functionality System requirements
Interface for connecting to various 64-bit: Windows 7, Windows 8 SP1
PLCs 32-bit: Windows 7
Archiving via USB stick
Programming as of WinCC Basic Technical data
V13 (TIA portal) Height x depth: approx. 170 x
approx. 80 mm
Device width: 245 mm
Supply voltage: 24 V DC
Touch panel KTP400 EduTrainer Compact* 8041758 Ethernet switch XB005 EduTrainer Compact 8041755
EduTrainer Compact with Siemens controllers Pages 96 99
Available as a package: Touch panel KTP400 EduTrainer Compact + Ethernet switch XB005 EduTrainer Compact*
1x Touch panel KTP400 EduTrainer Compact + 1x Ethernet switch XB005 EduTrainer Compact* 8022734
6x Touch panel KTP400 EduTrainer Compact + 6x Ethernet switch XB005 EduTrainer Compact* 8022735
Control technology PLC, operation and networking > Equipment set TP 301
Equipment set TP 301

Basic PLC programming
1 2 3 Complete equipment set TP 301 167101
The most important components at a glance:

1 1x Signal input, electrical 162242
2 1x Indicator unit and distributor, electrical 162244
3 1x Proximity sensor, inductive, M12 548643
4 1x Proximity sensor, capacitive, M12 548651
4 5 6 5 1x Proximity sensor, optical, M12 572744
6 4x Proximity sensor, electronic, with cylinder mounting 2344752
7 1x 5/2-way solenoid valve with LED 567199
8 1x 5/2-way double solenoid valve with LED 567200
9 1x Single-acting cylinder 152887
10 2x Double-acting cylinder 152888
11 1x Start-up valve with filter control valve 540691
7 8 9 12 1x Manifold 152896
13 2x Plastic tubing, 4x 0.75 silver 10 m 151496
Aluminum profile plate Page 112
Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) 162231
10 11 12 4 mm Safety laboratory cables Page 115
EduTrainer Pages 87 100
Supplementary equipment set from TP 201 to TP 301
Supplements the Electropneumatics basic level equipment set, TP 201, to form

13
a complete Programmable Logic Controllers equipment set, TP 301.
Complete supplementary equipment set TP 201 TP 301 167102

3 1x Proximity sensor, inductive, M12 548643
4 1x Proximity sensor, capacitive, M12 548651
6 2x Proximity sensor, electronic, with cylinder mounting 2344752
Training aims A PLC (SIMATIC S7-300 or Allen Brad-

Benefits of the PLC compared to ley) is required to carry out the tasks.
conventional solutions, such as Connection with universal connec-
electrical, electropneumatic or tion unit and I/O data cable (SysLink)
electrohydraulic solutions or with 4 mm safety connectors. I/O
Functions of system components modules can be connected via 4 mm
of a PLC safety connectors.
Commissioning a PLC
Application criteria for mechanical, Also order:
optical, capacitive and inductive
proximity sensors Workbook Programmable Logic
Sequence control and parallel logic Controllers, Basic level
Systematic programming of a PLC Campus license ( Page 55):
in accordance with international de 93313
standard IEC 1131-3 en 93314
IEC 1131-3 programming languages 94427
es: Function Block Diagram,
Ladder Diagram, Statement List, Recommended training media
Structured Text and Sequence Textbook Programmable Logic
Language Controllers, Basic level
110 24-month Festo Didactic warranty

Control technology PLC, operation and networking > Interfaces to the process
Interfaces to the process
With an EduTrainer or any PLC, 1. Simulation of the PLC inputs and 2. Control of virtual processes 3. Process model:
you can control the process of your display of the PLC outputs Control of actual modules
choice.
The programmer (PC), controller and Testing a PLC program using the Industry-oriented, cost-effective Using equipment sets and MPS
processes are connected via various simulation box PLC training by means of simulation stations
interfaces software, e.g. CIROS
EduTrainer or PLC of your choice
I/O Data cable

I/O data cable with SysLink connec-
tors for EduTrainer at both ends (or-
der no. 034031/167197) or with Sys-
Link connectors at one end and open
cable end sleeves for any PLC (order
no. 167122)
Interface
EasyPort USB
(order no. 548687)
Cable set
with safety plugs
(order no. 167091)
Process model
Digital simulation box (order no.
170643) or simulation box
digital/analog (order no. 526863)
Simulation software
CIROS
FluidSIM
EasyVeep
Equipment sets and MPS stations
Connected Learning
Tec2Screen
Control technology PLC, operation and networking > Accessories and optional components
Accessories and optional components
1 1 Aluminum profile plate 3 Rubber feet

The anodized aluminum profile For non-slip, protective mounting of
plate forms the basis for all train- profile plates on tabletops of any
ing packages. All of the compo- type. Set (4 pieces).
nents fit securely and safely into the Order no. 158343
grooves on the profile plate. There
are grooves on each side and, if 4 Plug-in adapter set
required, both sides can be fitted The plug-in adapter set can be used
with components. The grooves are to mount the ER units directly on the
2 compatible with the ITEM profile sys- blue plug-in board or on the alumi-
tem. Grid dimensions: 50 mm. num profile plate. One set is required
to mount one unit.
For installation on tables we recom- Order no. 541122
mend the appropriate rubber feet
(order no. 158343). 5 A4 ER mounting frame
The ER mounting plate can be
Sizes 350 x 1100 mm and installed in any A4 mounting frame.
3 350 x 250 mm supplied without side A cut-out permits installation of
caps (H x W). 2 large or 4 small Festo Didactic ER
350 x 250 mm 159333 units (H x W).
350 x 1100 mm 162360 297 x 500 mm 536200
700 x 350 mm 162386
700 x 350 mm* 170395 6 Digital caliper
700 x 550 mm 159409 Measuring range: 0 150 mm
4 700 x 700 mm 159410 Resolution: 0.01 mm
700 x 1100 mm 159411 Display: LCD display, 5-digit
* with cable guide Power supply: 1.5 V button cell
Order no. 35653
2 Slotted mounting plate
All components with the Quick-Fix
mounting system can be mounted on
5 slotted mounting plates. The slotted
mounting plates are fitted with
elastic buffers and can be used hor-
izontally on a table top. Order no.
159331 can also be inserted in con-
ventional A4 mounting frames. The
slotted mounting plates are not
intended for use with actuators.
694 x 297 mm 159331
700 x 550 mm 544246
(overall external dimensions H x W)
1 Simulation box, digital 3 Connection unit, analog 5 Sensor tester 1

The simulation box is used to display Permissible voltage range: The sensor tester speeds up commis-
the input and outputs signals of an 22 27 V DC sioning of systems with integrated
MPS station or PLC. Two modes of Reference: GND sensors and proximity sensors. It can
application are possible: 4 analog voltage inputs: be used for:
Simulation of inputs for testing of Range: -10 V +10 V (max. 30 V), Quick and simple checking of
a PLC program. Use I/O data cable input resistance: 200 k contacts
(SysLink) (order no. 034031) for 4 analog current inputs: Range: Rapid fine adjustment
this purpose 0 20 mA (max. -4 +24 mA), Unambiguous detection of 2
Setting of outputs (with separate input voltage: max. 30 V switch outputs
24 V supply) in order to operate an 2 analog outputs: Voltage: Order no. 158481
MPS station. The cable (order no. -10 +10 V, short-circuit-proof,
167106, 2.5 m) required for this max. 30 V, fuse-protected, 6 AS-Interface addressing device
purpose is included in the scope current: max. 20 mA Addressing device with LCD display
of delivery. for determining slave addresses and
Using an analog cable (order no. re-addressing slaves. 3
The simulation box contains a 529141), the unit can also be used Order no. 18959
SysLink socket. as an analog connection unit for the
Order no. 170643 EduTrainer PLC or EasyPort USB. AS-Interface addressing cable
Order no. 567232 Addressing cable for connecting vari-
2 Simulation box, digital/analog ous slaves to the addressing device.
The digital/analog simulation box 4 Universal connection unit, digital Order no. 18960
additionally allows the simulation (SysLink)
and display of analog signals The universal connection unit con- 7 BNI IOL network interface with 4
(0 10 V). The simulation box is sup- nects all 4 mm safety plugs with the 8 programmable inputs/outputs
plied without connection cables. 24-pin system connector as per IEEE For use as a decentralized module
488 (SysLink). It thus becomes a uni- for connecting standard binary
The following connection cables are versal interface between units with sensors and controlling actuators. An
recommended for flexible applica- 4 mm connection technology and IO-Link device communicates with
tion: devices equipped with SysLink con- the IO-Link master module via the IO-
I/O data cable, parallel: nectors as per IEEE 488: Link protocol.
Order no. 034031 (e.g. SimuBox Connection to an I/O terminal of an Order no. 8024926
with SPS EduTrainer or EasyPort) MPS station via an I/O cable with 5
Analog cable, parallel: SysLink connectors at both ends, 8 BNI IOL network interface with
Order no. 529141 (e.g. SimuBox order no. 034031 16 programmable inputs/outputs
with EasyPort) I/O coupling via the 4 mm labora- For use as a decentralized module for
Analog cable, crossover: tory connectors of a PLC using an connecting standard binary s ensors
Order no. 533039 (e.g. SimuBox open I/O cable (IEEE 488 connec- and controlling actuators. An
with MPS Analog-Terminal) tor bare wires), order no. 167122 IO-Link device communicates with 6
I/O data cable, crossover: Simple connection of actuators and the IO-Link master module via the
Order no. 167197 sensors via 4 mm laboratory con- IO-Link protocol.
Order no. 526863 nectors with the EasyPort interface Order no. 8024927
unit for FluidSIM
Inputs: 7
3 safety sockets each for 8 t hree-wire
sensors
Outputs:
2 safety sockets each for 8 actuators
Connections:
4 mm safety sockets for 24 V DC,
SysLink connector (IEEE 488)
I/O status display: Via LED
Order no. 162231 8
Accessories and optional components
1 2 1 I/O data cable with SysLink 10 Ethernet cable

connectors (IEEE 488) RJ45, CAT5
For connection of SysLink interfaces, 0.5 m 8062902
for example an EduTrainer PLC, with 1m 8062903
the universal connection unit, digital 1.5 m 8062904
(Order no. 162231). 2m 567280
2.5 m 34031
11 Safety laboratory cable, 3 m
3 4 2 I/O data cable with one SysLink For connecting an EduTrainer
connector as per IEEE 488 and bare Universal without a power supply
cable-end sleeves unit to an external 24 V power supply
For connecting EasyPort to the I/O unit. 3 m long, 3 x 4 mm safety plugs
terminals of a PLC. (blue, red, green/yellow).
2.5 m 167122 Order no. 571817
3 I/O data cable, crossover, with 12 Plug-in adapter, electrical

5 6 terminal socket Adapter for inserting cables with
Connects the EduTrainer Universal safety plugs into sockets without
of an MPS station with EasyPort, shock-hazard protection. This is no
order no. 548687. Adapter cable for longer compliant with DIN EN 61010
the connection: any PLC with an (IEC 1010). Set of 10 adapters.
open I/O data cable, order no. Order no. 185692
167122, and universal connection
unit, order no. 162231. Connecting cable for solenoid
7 8 0.3 m 167197 valves with M8 central plug
Connecting cable (4-pin plug) for
4 PC data cable RS232 connecting solenoid valves with an
For connection of the interface M8 central plug.
configuration box (EasyPort) to the Cable length 2.5 m with open ends
RS232-interface of the PC. Cable length 1 m with 4 mm safety
female female, 1.5 m 160786 plugs and solenoid coil numbering
male female, 1.5 m 162305 2.5 m with open ends
Order no. 158962
9 10 5 Analog cable, parallel 1 m with safety plugs
EasyPort/PLC connection for a real Order no. 540703
process or a simulation box.
2 m 529141 Components for S7-300:
Front-panel connector
6 Analog cable, crossover Screwed contacts, 20-pin
EasyPort with actual PLC and/or Order no. 184554
simulation box. Screwed contacts, 40-pin
2 m 533039 Order no. 660560
11 12 Flat/round cable connector, 20-pin
7 PC adapter Order no. 533663
Cable for the SIMATIC S7 with a USB Flat/round cable connector, 40-pin
port for Win XP/Vista/7 with 32/64 Order no. 533662
bit.
USB 539006 Micro Memory Card
For CPU 313C, 313C-2DP, 314C-2DP,
8/9 PROFIBUS cable ET 200S with IM151/CPU. RAM:
Connection between 2 PROFIBUS 64/512 KByte.
stations. 64 kByte 533030
8 0.5 m 533035 512 kByte 536740
9 2.0 m 533036
1 Power supply unit for 3 4 mm Safety laboratory cables 1 3

mounting frame Plugs with rigid protective sleeve
Input voltage: 85 265 V AC and axial socket
(47 63 Hz) Conductor cross section: 1 mm
Output voltage: 24 V DC, short- 1000 V CAT II
circuit-proof Power rating: 16 A
Output current: max. 4 A
Dimensions: 170 x 240 x 92 mm 4 mm Safety laboratory cables,
Without power cable 50 mm
Order no. 8049382 red 376932
blue 376931
Connector as per CEE 7/VII for DE, FR, black 572102
NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, IT,
DK, IR, ID 4 mm Safety laboratory cables,
Order no. 159396 300 mm 2
Connector as per NEMA 5-15 for US, CA, red 376935
Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR, TW, TH, blue 376934
PH, JP black 572104
Order no. 162411 green-yellow 572107
Connector as per BS 1363 for GB, IE, MY,
SG, UA, HK, AE 4 mm Safety laboratory cables,
Order no. 162412 500 mm
Connector as per AS 3112 for AU, NZ, red 376937
CN, AR blue 376936 CEE 7/VII AS 3112
Order no. 162413 black 572108
Connector as per SEV 1011 for CH green-yellow 572111
Order no. 162414
Connector as per SANS 164-1 for ZA, IN, 4 mm Safety laboratory cables, NEMA 5-15 SEV 1011
PT, SG, HK, (GB), (AE) 1000 mm
Order no. 162415 red 376939
blue 376938
2 IEC power cable 90 black 572112
One end fitted with a 90 IEC connec- green-yellow 572115 BS 1363 SANS 164-1
tor and the other fitted with a coun-
try-specific connector. Preferred ver- 4 mm Safety laboratory cables,
sion for EduTrainer Universal. 1500 mm
Connector as per CEE 7/VII for DE, FR, red 376941
NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, IT, blue 376940
DK, IR, ID black 572116
Order no. 549860 green-yellow 572119
Connector as per NEMA 5-15 for US, CA,
Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR, TW, TH,
PH, JP
Order no. 549861
SG, UA, HK, AE
Order no. 549862
Connector as per AS 3112 for AU, NZ,
CN, AR
Order no. 549863
Connector as per SEV 1011 for CH
Order no. 549864
Connector as per SANS 164-1 for ZA, IN,
PT, SG, HK, (GB), (AE)
Order no. 549865
Control technology PLC, operating and networking > PLC Applications LabVolt Series
PLC Applications LabVolt Series

Control systems replicating real technological applications
Understand PLC principles and Main features Detailed courseware Topic coverage
concepts Tabletop systems Each application comes with a Each PLC application covers a
The PLC Applications from the Lab- Cost-effective applications student manual and an instruc- specific topic related to PLC con-
Volt Series aim to further develop Realistic components and tor guide. The student manuals are trols. Through practical examples,
student understanding of PLC applications divided into job sheets detailing students gain a strong knowledge of
programming. Basic principles are Can be interconnected with relevant information and providing PLCs and of the studied applications.
integrated with more advanced con- other training systems for inter clearly stated objectives and pro- Traffic Lights
cepts in order to design small-scale disciplinary training applications cedure steps. The instructor guides Electro-Pneumatics
systems typical of what can be found Modular systems accessories contain ladder programs and answer Electro-Mechanical
in the industry. available to make the applications keys for all exercises and questions DC or stepper motor
more complex in the student manuals. Wind Turbine
Fault-insertion capabilities Level Process Control
Comprehensive curriculum Troubleshooting skills Bottling Process
included with each application The training capabilities of the sys-
PLC sold separately (users can tems are enhanced by their modular-
purchase one of the recommended ity and by the ability to use instruc-
PLCs or use their own) tor-inserted faults. Fault switches
enhance troubleshooting activities
by simulating open coils and con-
tacts, defective contacts, shorted
connections, and crossed wires.
Control technology PLC, operating and networking > PLC Training systems LabVolt Series
Traffic Light Electro-pneumatic

Training System Training System
This System is a classic PLC system PLC requirements This System uses a modular d esign PLC requirements
allowing the implementation of vehi- 3x 24 V DC inputs approach to study the control of 5x 24 V DC inputs
cle and p
edestrian traffic control at 10x 24 V DC outputs an electric, residential forced-air 4x 24 V DC outputs
an intersection. system.
Recommended PLC Recommended PLC
Features AB MicroLogix 1200 Features AB MicroLogix 1100
N-S/E-W traffic control with Siemens ET200S IM151-8 Two double-acting cylinders AB MicroLogix 1200
pedestrian crossing Two reed switches and one Siemens ET200S IM151-8
Another unit can be added to mechanical limit switch for PLC
create a full, four-direction traffic feedback
light Control valve station featuring
Flow management with proximity single- and double-solenoid valves
detectors (optional) Applications: stamping, hold and
Traffic light synchronization punch, filling process, etc.
Traffic Light Training System en es Electro-pneumatic Training System en es

Order no. 582532 582833 Order no. 588682 588683
Note: This product is currently not fully compliant with EU directives. Note: This product is currently not fully compliant with EU directives.
Recommended accessories: Additional required accessories:

Push Buttons and Lights 582166 Air Compressor 588108
Conditioning Unit (single port) 588111
Push Buttons and Lights 582166
Toggle Switches and Lights 582167
Rotary Switches 582168
Emergency Switch 582169
Wiring Module 582170
Signal Tower 582351
More information about

the recommended PLCs:
Pages 122 125
Electro-mechanical Wind Turbine

This System enables diverse PLC PLC requirements This System uses a PLC to monitor PLC requirements
controlled positioning and motion System with the stepper motor: the speed and direction of the wind 6x 24 V DC inputs
processes. Available with a DC 5x 24 V DC inputs and control the position of the wind 1x 0 10 V DC/4 20 mA input
or stepper motor. 3x 24 V DC outputs turbine nacelle. 2x 24 V DC outputs
Features System with the DC motor: Features Recommended PLC

Industrial 1800 r/min, 90 V DC 8x 24 V DC inputs System comprised of a nacelle AB MicroLogix 1100
motor or high-torque stepper motor 2x 0 10 V DC/4 20 mA input simulator and a wind generator AB MicroLogix 1200
Two magnetic limit switches for (for the optional exercise only) Nacelle equipped with DC motor Siemens ET200S IM151-8
PLC feedback 3x 24 V DC outputs and mechanical clutch
Perforated base to accommodate Two limit switches with NO and The Analog I/O Expansion Kit
optional sensors Recommended PLC NC contacts corresponding to the selected PLC
100 ppr optical encoder required AB MicroLogix 1100 Analog position sensor for is required to perform all the
for the stepper motor, optional for AB MicroLogix 1200 determining wind direction exercises.
the DC motor Siemens ET200S IM151-8 Variable-frequency pulse-train
signal for measuring wind speed
System with the stepper motor
120 V, 60 Hz en es Wind Turbine Training System en es
Order no. 582538
Order no. 582542 582543
220 V, 50 Hz Note: This product is currently not fully compliant with EU directives.
Order no. 582539 582540
240 V, 50 Hz Recommended accessories:
Order no. 582541
System with the DC motor Wiring module 582170
120 V, 60 Hz
Order no. 582534
220 V, 50 Hz
Order no. 582535 582536
240 V, 50 Hz
Order no. 582537
Note: This product is currently not fully compliant with EU directives.
Additional required accessories:

Optical encoder (for the DC motor only) 582178
Toggle Switches and Lights 582167
Rotary Switches 582168
Emergency Switch 582169 More information about
Wiring Module 582170 the recommended PLCs:
Optical encoder (Stepper motor only) 582178 Pages 122 125
Signal Tower 582351
Level Process Bottling Process

This System introduces level control PLC requirements This System is a small-scale repro- PLC requirements
using a PLC, control relays, a pump, 6x 24 V DC inputs duction of a widespread industrial 5x 24 V DC inputs
and a set of sensors. 1x 0 10 V DC/4 20 mA input process that combines pneumatics, 6x 24 V DC outputs
(for the optional exercise only) motion c ontrol, and PLC sequencing. 2x 24 V DC high-speed outputs
Features 6x 24 V DC outputs (for the optional exercise only)
Submersible variable speed pump 1x 0 10 V DC/4 20 mA output Features
Level process column (for the optional exercise only) Film canister capping process Recommended PLC
Float switch Two high-torque stepper motors AB MicroLogix 1100
Capacitive and magnetic level Recommended PLC Dual stepper motor drive
switches AB MicroLogix 1100 Inductive proximity switch
Solenoid and manual valves AB MicroLogix 1200 Mechanical switch
Optional analog level sensor Siemens ET200S IM151-8 Single solenoid directional valve
Self-regulating process allows a Double-acting cylinder
variety of PLC control schemes The Analog I/O Expansion Kit DC power supply
corresponding to the selected PLC is
required to perform all the exercises. Bottling Process Training System
120 V, 60 Hz en es
Level Process Training System Order no. 588684
120 V, 60 Hz en es 220 V, 50 Hz
Order no. 582544
Order no. 588685 588686
Order no. 582545 582546
240 V, 50 Hz Additional required accessories:
Order no. 582547
Air Compressor 588108
Note: This product is currently not fully compliant with EU directives. Conditioning Unit (single port) 588111
Additional required accessories: Push Buttons and Lights 582166
Level Sensor 582180 Toggle Switches and Lights 582167
Recommended accessories: Rotary Switches 582168
Push Buttons and Lights 582166 Emergency Switch 582169
Toggle Switches and Lights 582167 Wiring Module 582170
Rotary Switches 582168 Signal Tower 582351
Emergency Switch 582169
Wiring Module 582170
Signal Tower 582351
More information about

the recommended PLCs:
Pages Pages 122 125
Accessories
1 4 1 Push Buttons and Lights 4 Emergency Switch

Features two NO and one NC momen- Introduces students to safety stan-
tary push buttons, as well as three dards and provides a readily avail-
LED indicator lights. The module can able way to promptly terminate a
be used to implement a Start/Pause/ problematic process. This model fea-
Stop station with indicator lights. tures one emergency switch with two
Order no. 582166 sets of NO contacts (one for low volt-
Note: This product is currently not fully age and the other for line voltage).
compliant with EU directives. Order no. 582169
Note: This product is currently not fully
2 Toggle Switch and Lights compliant with EU directives.
Features three toggle switches and
three LED Indicator Lights. 5 Wiring Module
2 5 Note: This product is currently not This module uses 2 mm leads and
fully compliant with EU directives. jacks for easy interfacing between
Order no. 582167 PLCs and PLC applications . The
Note: This product is currently not fully module can also be used to prac-
compliant with EU directives. tice w
iring skills using the terminal
blocks.
3 Rotary Switch Order no. 582170
Features two three-position, dual- Note: This product is currently not fully
pole switches with NO contacts. compliant with EU directives.
Order no. 582168
compliant with EU directives.
Control technology PLC, operating and networking > PLC Training Systems LabVolt Series
1 Signal Tower 4 Power Supply 24 DC 1 4

The signal power provides v isual The DC Power Supply converts
signals of the FMS states. Lights the AC line voltage into a 24 V DC
are stacked one upon another. voltage. It is protected against short
Each module is easily programma- circuits by an automatic current/limit
ble without any special wiring or circuit.
tools. Acoustic alarm available as an 120 V, 60 Hz
option. Order no. 587962
Signal tower 582351 220 V, 50 Hz
Acoustic alarm 779418 Order no. 587963
Note: This product is currently not fully 240 V, 50 Hz
compliant with EU directives. Order no. 587961
2 Level Sensor compliant with EU directives.
This sensor provides a signal propor-
tional to the position of its floating
device. It is specially designed for
the Level process Training System.
Order no. 582180
3 Optical Encoder 2
The Optical Encoder is an add-on
that provides position feedback
signals (100 ppr) compatible with
the 24 V DC inputs of PLCs. Special-
ly designed for use with the Electro-
mechanical Training system with the
stepper motor.
Order no. 582178
PLC Training Systems LabVolt Series

Operating, programming and troubleshooting PLCs
PLC Allen-Bradley MicroLogix 1100 Five push-buttons, five toggle PLC Siemens ET200S IM151-8 PID Capability
switches Requires Step 7 programming
Features PID Capability Features software
Digital and analog I/Os: Onboard traffic light simulator Digital I/Os: 8x 24 V DC inputs and For programming, an Ethernet
10x 24 V DC digital inputs, Easy expansion using rackless 12x 24 V DC outputs cable is included
6x 24 V DC digital outputs, I/O modules 24 V DC built-in power supply Includes SIEMENS resource
2x analog inputs (0 10 V DC) Compatibility with MicroLogix 8x fault switches curriculum CD-ROM (no Festo
Built-in 10/100 Mbps Ethernet/ and SLC instruction set 4x push-buttons, 4x toggle switches Didactic curriculum included)
IP port for peer-to-peer messaging Includes curriculum Easy expansion using rackless
and programming I/O modules (Analog Expansion
Eight fault switches Module, Model 3244-B)
Online editing, embedded Web Based on SIEMENS S7-300
server, and LCD screen technology (IM151-8 CPU)
120 V, 60 Hz en es fr 120 V, 60 Hz en
Order no. 587530 587532 587531 Order no. 587534
220 V, 50 Hz 220 V, 50 Hz
Order no. 587533 588991 Order no. 588461
Order no. 587529
Note: This product is currently not fully compliant with EU directives. Additional required accessories:
PLC Software (TIA Portal) 1 User 587904
Additional required accessories: Optional accessories:
RSLogix Micro programming software 587552 Analog I/O expansion kit 587548
Optional accessories:
Analog I/O expansion kit 587547
PLC Siemens ET200S IM151-8 4x push-buttons and 4x toggle PLC Allen-Bradley MicroLogix 1100 Digital and analog I/Os:
with case switches with case digital (24 V DC): 10x inputs
Based on Siemens S7-300 (four 40 kHz high-speed),
Features technology (IM151-8 CPU) Features 6x outputs (two 40 kHz high-
Rugged suitcase for easy transpor- Requires the Step 7 programming Rugged suitcase for easy speed)
tation and storage software transportation and storage analog (0 10 V DC): 2 inputs
Includes storage compartment for For programming, an Ethernet Includes a storage compartment PID Capability
cables and accessories cable is included with the trainer for cables and accessories 5x push-button and ve toggle
Digital I/Os: 8x 24 V DC inputs and Includes Siemens Resource Curric- Built-in 10/100 Mbps Ethernet/IP switches
12x 24 V DC outputs ulum CD-ROM (no other curriculum port for peer-to-peer messaging Easy expansion using rackless
8x fault switches included) 8x fault switches I/O modules
PID Capability Embedded Web server and Onboard trafc light simulator
Easy expansion using rackless LCD screen
I/O modules Online editing functionality
120 V, 60 Hz en 120 V, 60 Hz en es
Order no. 587535
Order no. 588462 588463
Note: This product is currently not fully compliant with EU directives. 220 V, 50 Hz
Order no. 588464
Additional required accessories: Note: This product is currently not fully compliant with EU directives.
PLC Software (TIA Portal) 1 User 587904
Optional accessories: Additional required accessories:
Analog I/O expansion kit 587549 RSLogix Micro programming software 587552
PLC Training Systems LabVolt Series

Operating, programming and troubleshooting PLCs
PLC Allen-Bradley MicroLogix 1200 PID Capability PLC Allen-Bradley MicroLogix 1100 Used with the Hydraulics and
with case Easy expansion using rackless (LV Series 3270-7) Pneumatics training systems,
I/O modules Models 6080 and 6081, includes
Features 3x push-button and 4x toggle Features courseware
Rugged suitcase with removable lid switches Compact design Form factor compatible with the
for easy transportation (includes Compatibility with MicroLogix and Digital I/O: 8x inputs (24 V DC) and perforated work surfaces of the
storage compartment for cables SLC instruction set 6x outputs (24 V DC) LabVolt Series hydraulics and
and accessories) Requires the RSLogix Micro Fully configurable, integrated PID pneumatics training systems
Digital I/Os: 14x inputs and 10x programming software controller
relay outputs, hard-wired to Programming serial cable included Requires programming software
24 V DC (with a serial-to-USB converter) and communication cable
24 V DC built-in power supply Includes curriculum
12x fault switches en
Order no. 587570
120 V, 60 Hz en es Note: This product is currently not fully compliant with EU directives.
Order no. 587542 587543
220 V, 50 Hz
Order no. 587544 587545
240 V, 50 Hz
Order no. 587541
Note: This product is currently not fully compliant with EU directives.
Additional required accessories:

RSLogix Micro programming software 587552
Optional accessories:
Analog I/O expansion kit 582184
Advanced PLC Training System (Rockwell Automation)

Programming high-end Rockwell PLCs and touchscreen
Advanced PLC programming Industrial components of the

Automated production lines can be latest technology
quite complex to design and assem- CompactLogix 5370 controller
ble, but there is even more to consid- (1769-L24ER-QBFC1B)
er. The PLCs that are at the center of PanelView Plus 7 graphic terminal
all the tasks must be programmed to Stratix 2000 industrial Ethernet
ensure safe and reliable operation. switch
16 digital inputs
Programming a PLC efficiently 16 digital outputs
requires a strong familiarity with 4x universal analog inputs
the specifics of the programming 2x configurable analog outputs
environment and languages. This is 3x high-speed counters
exactly the purpose of the Advanced 2x high-speed counter output
PLC Training System with high-end points
products from Rockwell Automation. 2x NO push-buttons
Students learn how to establish com- 2x NC push-buttons
munication, program, and transfer 4x toggle switches
1 projects to a PLC and a touchscreen. 2x potentiometers
8x indicator lamps
Your benefits
This compact system uses Rock- Eight switches allow the addition of
well software and hardware that electrical faults during troubleshoot-
are used in actual factories. ing exercises.
Comprehensive curriculum with
120 V, 60 Hz hands-on exercises accompanies Topic coverage
Order no. 588969 the system. Familiarization with Studio 5000
Note: This product is currently not fully compliant with EU directives. The system is mounted in a rug- and FactoryTalk View Studio2
ged suitcase with casters for easy Using standard PLC instructions
Additional required accessories: transportation and storage. Programming in four different
Studio 5000 Logix Designer Lite Edition 587890 The system can be used alone or in IEC 61131 languages with focus
FactoryTalk View Studio ME 587898 conjunction with existing PLC appli- on ladder logic
cations from the LV Series. Designing human-machine
Communication between d evices interfaces
is accomplished using either an Troubleshooting
industrial Ethernet switch, SysLink
connectors, or 2-mm jacks. The system allows students to
acquire hands-on experience with
Interdisciplinary training industrial control equipment.
applications Realistic examples are used to
The exercises provided with the motivate students. These examples
Advanced PLC Training system are are displayed on the graphic ter-
inspired by the Traffic Lights, Elec- minal, and correspond to real PLC
tro-Pneumatics, and Level Process applications that can be interfaced
Control PLC applications from the with the trainer. A student m
anual
LabVolt Series. Students can connect is provided, as well as an Instruc-
these additional components while tor guide.
developing their programs or simu-
late the inputs and outputs instead.
A SysLink interface also allows con-
nection to Modular Production Sys-
tem (MPS) stations from Festo.
CNC technology
126
CNC technology from EMCO...........................................................................128
Concept MILL.................................................................................................130
Concept TURN................................................................................................131
MaxxMill........................................................................................................132
Software........................................................................................................133
CNC Lathe and Mill Training Systems LabVolt Series...................................134

127
CNC technology
CNC technology from EMCO

Efficient turning and milling
The training program
Festo Didactic integrates CNC train-

ing into its learning system, thus
meeting the requirements of mod-
ern basic and advanced training in
the metals sector. CNC program-
ming and cutting, a key task in m any
metalworking companies, places
high d
emands on students.
Market leading CNC technology EMCO CNC machines Perfect solutions for basic and
Machine manufacturer EMCO offers a By the industry, for the industry advanced training
unique training concept consisting of EMCO provides intelligent solutions You can benefit from this know-how.
high quality machines, modular soft- for CNC turning and milling cutting EMCO machines for basic and
ware and supporting teachware. for the industrial sector. EMCOs advanced technical training feature:
extensive product range includes Design and quality that meet the
EMCO is the leading machine manu- everything from conventional turning current industry standards
facturer in CNC training. All machines and cutting machines to CNC turning Long service life and consistently
are tailored to the specific require- centers through to fully automatic high precision of parts produced
ments of a training situation: safety production cells. Range and design of functionality
engineering compliant with CE direc- corresponding to modern
tives, variety of controllers, available industrial machines
space and price. With the EMCO ma-
chines, a complete solution can be
offered, from conventional systems
right up to CNC machines.

CNC technology
CAD/CAM and simulation
CAMConcept from EMCO provides

you with a CAD/CAM system for
turning and milling with 3D graphi-
cal simulation. Design simple parts
with the integrated CAD function-
ality and create your CNC program
without any controller-specific CNC
knowledge.
As an option, the WinNC machine

controller can also be supplement-
ed with 3D simulation. Win3D-View
allows easy 3D simulation for turn-
ing and milling.
Changing controller? No problem! Individual machine or CNC turning and milling technology Please contact us for individual solu-
Standard CNC machines are perma- CNC laboratory integrated in systems tions. Well be happy to advise you.
nently linked to a CNC controller. If The controller software is also avail- Our realistic systems accurately www.festo-didactic.com
you need a different controller for able as an offline programming work- reflect the complexity of modern
training, this change almost always station. In conjunction with individ- vocational apprenticeships. We have For information on our Industry 4.0
involves buying a new machine. ually available controller keypads, years of experience in FMS/CIM, and and automation technology exper-
However, the PC controlled turning we will be happy to plan a complete offer solutions using state-of-the-art tise, see the section on CP Factory
and milling machines are different: CNC training laboratory for you, production technologies as well as Pages 264 273.
It is easy to change the controller with different controllers such as the latest control technology. A
lso,
keypad, load different software and SINUMERIK, Fanuc or HEIDENHAIN. thanks to the switchable control of
start cutting. This allows you to use the EMCO Concept CNC machines,
all standard industrial controllers on they are always one step ahead
a single machine. when it comes to CNC technology.
Worldwide at your fingertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com 129
CNC technology
Concept MILL
High-End training solutions
Milling machine Concept MILL 55 Highlights

Stable, gray cast iron construction,
This compact milling machine is well suitable for industrial use
suited to the training bench and has Clockwise/anticlockwise spindle
almost all the features of an industri- rotation
al machine: optional with 8-station Infinitely variable main drive
tool changer with swivel arm and Automatic reference points
pick-up system, NC indexing device Fully covered working area
as fourth axis, minimum quantity Integrated EMCO EASY CYCLE
lubrication and latest state-of-the art control system
control technology.
Automation options: integration in

the FMS or CIM systems on request.
Concept MILL 55 without tool changer 538395

Concept MILL 55 with tool changer 538865

Stable, gray cast iron construction,
The compact machine is fitted with suitable for industrial use
an infinitely variable main drive, 10-station tool changer with
10-station tool changer, pneumatic directional logic
vice and NC dividing attachment as Backlash-free bearing of the work-
an optional 4th axis. The slides and ing spindle in precision, lifetime-
load-bearing elements of the Con- lubricated, angular ball bearings
cept MILL 105 are made of gray cast Infinitely variable main and feed
iron, ensuring the highest precision. drives
Realistic execution of all important
Automation options: integration in milling operations
the FMS or CIM systems on request. Integrated EMCO EASY CYCLE
control system
Concept MILL 105 534590

High drive speed
Training at its best: with 7 kW drive 20-station tool magazine
power and a 20-station tool maga- Robust and compact machine
zine with fast double gripper. Thanks design
to its sturdy and compact design, the Best view when fully enclosed
Concept Mill 260 fits into the small- Crane loading possible
est of spaces. Servo motor technology in all axes
USB and Ethernet interfaces
Automation options: can be inte- 21.5 TFT touchscreen monitor
grated in FMS or CIM systems on including Easy2control on-screen
request. keyboard
Concept MILL 260 8048100

CNC technology
Concept TURN
High-End training solutions
Lathe Concept TURN 60 Highlights

Compact desktop CNC lathe
The Concept TURN 60 is a PC-con- Inclined design suitable for
trolled 2-axis CNC desktop lathe industry
which conforms to the industry stan- High-resolution axis motors
dard in terms of design and func- Clockwise/anticlockwise rotating
tion. Building on the successful CT spindle
55 model, the CT 60 offers the user Infinitely variable main drive
greater performance and functional- Automatic 8-position tool changer
ity, all according to the current lathe Automatic referencing
standard ISO 23125. Profile rail guides (linear guides)
Safety technology according to
Automation options: integration in the latest lathe standard
FMS or CIM systems on request.
Concept TURN 60 8029475

Stable, gray cast-iron inclined-bed
The PC-controlled 2-axis lathe with construction
table format not only easily fulfills all Three-point support for machine
basic requirements for technical ed- bed
ucation and training but also mani- Hardened guideways
fests the finest technology: All pre- Central lubrication system
cision components on the Concept 8-station tool changer
TURN 105 such as headstock, slide, Fully enclosed working area
tool system, and tailstock are in- Integrated EMCO EASY CYCLE
stalled on a rigid, vibration-damping, control system
gray cast-iron inclined bed. Gener-
ously sized motors ensure high feed
forces and acceleration values.

the FMS or CIM systems on request.
Concept TURN 105 534575

Extremely solid machine bed,
Uncompromising quality down to the maximum thermal stability
last screw at an unbeatable price. Top machining precision
With an extremely solid machine Extremely compact machine design
bed, a thermally symmetrical spin- Switchable WinNC controller
dle stock, precision spindle bearing, Switches between the WinNCs in
pre-tensioned roller bearing guides a few minutes
in all axes and a rapid tool revolver. Top European quality of work
Also the switchable controller EMCO manship
WinNC. 21.5 TFT touchscreen monitor
including Easy2control on-screen
Automation options: integration in keyboard
Concept TURN 260-T 8048094

Concept TURN 260-TC 8048095
Concept TURN 260-TM 8048096
Concept TURN 260-TCM 8048097
CNC technology
Concept TURN and MaxxMill

On the way to series production

Universal application
A new dimension in industrial CNC Digital drive technology
training. Equipped with a C-axis, Extraordinary dynamic response
powered tools and digital drive Optimal thermal stability
technology, the function and per- Top machining precision
formance of a Concept TURN 460 is Compact machine design
equivalent to that of a modern indus- 21.5 TFT touchscreen monitor
trial machine. including Easy2control on-screen
keyboard
Concept TURN 460-TC 8068168

Concept TURN 460-TCM 8068169
Milling machine MaxxMill 400 Highlights

Spindle power 7 kW/S6
The MaxxMill 400 is a new dimen- Rotational speed 50 12,000 rpm
sion in industrial high-tech CNC train- Travel X/Y/Z350/250/300 mm
ing. Equipped with 5 axes and digital Table: driven by a worm gear unit
drive technology, the function and or torque motors
performance of the MaxxMill 400 is Table dimensions: 400 mm
equivalent to that of a modern indus- Drum magazine with mountings for
trial machine. From 5-axis machining 20 tools
to simultaneous 5-axis machining, Tool change time (tool tool)
MaxxMill 400 sets new standards in 2 seconds
practical CNC training. Either the in-
dustrial standard Heidenhain TNC
640 or Sinumerik Operate can be
used as the control technology.
MaxxMill 400 On request
Automated CNC machines Highlights

Fully automated CNC machine
Integrating CNC machines in instal- Modular structure
lations like the CP Factory allows Implementation of the latest
trainees to be taught using com- production technologies
plex systems. It brings together all Latest control technology
subsections of modern production Can be combined with mobile ro-
plants logistics, manufacturing, as- botics
sembly and order management. The
individual systems can be separat-
ed using mobile robotics. Thanks to
their switchable controllers, the con-
trol technology of the EMCO Concept
machines is always up to date so
there is no need to change the com-
plete machine.
Automated CNC machines On request

CNC technology
Software
The principle of the interchangeable controller
1 2 3
EMCO Easy2control The keys and rotary knobs can be op- Win NC control software CAMConcept
erated using the mouse or directly on
EMCO Easy2control is a software the touchscreen. Operation using soft keys as in an CAMConcept is an innovative soft-
package that displays the control- original industrial controller ware for complete CAD/CAM and NC
ler-specific and machine keyboards EMCO Easy2control 2D graphical simulation with auto training from design to production.
of WinNC controllers on a 16:9 full On request zoom function All the core functions of CAD pro-
HD screen. Modern user interface grams are available. Clear graphical
Wide range of operating options CNC cycles allow rapid programming,
The different control panels for the Various language versions while 3D simulations and collision
machine, the controller and the quick checks guarantee reliable program
access functions can be switched Equipment monitoring.
via tabs. Installation of interchangeable
controllers on concept machines CAMConcept turning/milling
1 Machine keyboard and/or PC
The operating area of the controller Controller-specific keypad on Network capable CAD/CAM program-
is reduced to essentials concept machines and/or PC ming system for turning or milling.
Easy replacement of key-specific
2 Quick access functions module in just one minute CAMConcept
Operating area of the machine On request
Sinumerik 810D/840D turning/milling
3 Controller-specific keyboard On request
Operating area of the CNC controller Sinumerik Operate turning/milling
On request
Fanuc turning/milling
On request
HEIDENHAIN milling
On request
CNC technology > LabVolt Series
CNC Lathe and Mill Training Systems

LabVolt Series
Practical learning aims Programming software On-board microprocessor Connection to work cells
The systems allow students to Each machine can be programmed Each machine has an on-board The CNC Lathes and Mills are
practice CNC code programming using the LabVolt CNC Lathe or Mill microprocessor that stores down- designed to support low-voltage
and editing, learn to operate lathe software program. loaded part programs, thereby elim- communications with robotic units
and mill components, controls, and inating the need for a dedicated and accessories through TTL connec-
tools, set a programmed reference Both programs feature a parametric- computer to control the machine. tors to create automated work cells
zero, follow the steps necessary to based graphical tool editor, a 3D ideal for flexible manufacturing sys-
turn a specified part, and apply the (three-dimensional) Tool Path Emu- Each machine connects directly tems (FMS) and computer integrated
machine code language to current lator, and an easy-to-use graphical to a PCs Ethernet or serial port to manufacturing (CIM).
lathe and mill technologies. interface. The software can import provide simultaneous programming
NC part programs created with other and parts processing. No additional
CAM programs that support the G interface card is required.
and M codes.

Superior CNC training
The LabVolt Series lathe and mill

training focuses on the skills
required to perform Computer
Numerical Controlled (CNC) turn-
ing and milling tasks, both simple
and more sophisticated.
These systems provide training in

computer-aided manufacturing
(CAM) using microprocessor-
driven, light- or heavy-duty CNC
lathes and mills.
Virtual learning tools

The CNC lathe and mill software
programs offer a user-friendly
environment for effective learning
of CNC machining. Using a com-
puter, students can develop practi-
cal skills at programming, simulat-
ing, and controlling CNC lathes and
mills from the LabVolt Series.
Convenient control panel Safety Features Selection of stock materials

Easy-to-use membrane keypad Safety panels around the work area The lathe and the mill can machine
enables students to operate and Key-released emergency stop pieces of soft materials, such as
control the machine push-button plastic and wax, as well as harder
Ability to restart programs from Sensor switches for over-travel materials, such as aluminum, mild
stopping point after a safety protection on all axes steel, and brass.
interruption Magnetic interlocks automatically
20-character by four-line LCD stop the operation if a door is Assortments of machining tools and
display opened during machining stock materials of different sizes are
Stall light indicator/push-button offered as options to enhance and
abort key expand training system capabilities.
Parameters (spindle speed, feed
rate, reference point, axes coor-
dinates) can be set by accessing
different menus these parame-
ters are displayed on the screen
during operation
Manual mode controls
CNC Lathe Training System

Light Duty
CNC Lathe System Light Duty Also order:

CNC Lathe Software
The CNC Lathe Light Duty consists
of a horizontal lathe, a head-stock,
and a tailstock. It can machine piec-
es of soft materials, such as plastics
and waxes, as well as harder mate-
rials, such as aluminum and brass.
Pieces can be turned into a variety
of cylindrical bumps, grooves, and
hollows. Stock is mounted o nto the
lathe using a three-jaw chuck that The CNC Lathe Software is a
centers the stock and holds it in Windows-based software that
place. features a parametric-based
graphical tool editor, a 3D tool path
Main features emulator, and an easy-to-use graph-
Software allowing the program- ical interface. The software can
ming of up to 20 tools import NC part programs created
Includes a three-jaw, using other CAM software CAM that
self-centering chuck support the G and M codes.
Each axis driven by its own
DC stepper motor The included user guide covers the
Programmable speeds of installation of the software program,
120 V, 60 Hz en es 0 36 cm/ min (0 14 in/min) an overview of the CNC lathe soft-
Order no. 582511 589103 60 W (0.08 hp) DC variable-speed ware, the menus, the part program
220 V, 50 Hz spindle motor editors, and tutorial exercises.
Order no. 582512 Programmable spindle motor with
240 V, 50 Hz chuck speed of 0 2800 r/min CNC Lathe Software 1 user
Order no. 582513 en 582278
Note: This product is currently not fully compliant with EU directives. es 582280
fr 582279
The most important components, at a glance:
CNC Lathe Light Duty Several license options are available.
Black and white Acetal turning stock set (50 stocks, 19 mm diameter x 76.2 mm L) Please contact us.
CNC Lathe Software 1 user
Recommended accessories
Black and white Acetal turning stock set (50 stocks, 19 mm diam. x 76.2 mm L) 763431
Black Acetal turning stock set (100 stocks, 19 mm diam. x 76.2 mm L) 763432
White Acetal turning stock set (100 stocks, 19 mm diam. x 76.2 mm L) 763433
Aluminum turning stock set (100 stocks, 19 mm diam. x 50.8 mm L) 763434
Aluminum turning stock set (100 stocks, 12.7 mm diam. x 63.5mm L) 763437
Brass turning stock set (25 stocks, 12.7 mm diam. x 76.2 mm L) 763435
Four-jaw chuck 587842
Turning tool set 582226
Basic turning set 763436
Carbide tool set 582121
Parting-off tool and holder 582165

CNC Lathe Training System

Heavy Duty
CNC Lathe System Heavy Duty Also order:

CNC Lathe Software
The CNC Lathe Heavy Duty u ses
two ball screws, each driven by a
stepper motor, to move the cross
slide that carries the cutting tool
along the Z-axis (right and left) and
X-axis (in and out) with m aximal
positional accuracy. The speed
of each stepper motor can be
programmed separately for feed
rates up to 762 mm/min (30 in/min). The CNC Lathe Software is a
A 746 W (1.0 hp) motor rotates the Windows-based software that
spindle and three-jaw chuck, and features a parametric-based
thus the stock, at speeds program- graphical tool editor, a 3D tool path
mable up to 3400 r/min. emulator, and an easy-to-use graph- 120 V, 60 Hz en es
ical interface. The software can 582517 582518
Main features import NC part programs created with automatic tool changer 582522 582523
An optional 10-tool automatic using other CAM software CAM that 220 V, 50 Hz
tool changer is available support the G and M codes. 582519 582520
Capable of threading using an with automatic tool changer 582524 582525
optical-encoder feedback loop The included user guide covers the 240 V, 50 Hz
Batch mode for independent oper- installation of the software program, 582520
ation or operation in CIM cells an overview of the CNC lathe soft- 582526
with automatic tool changer
Software allowing the program- ware, the menus, the part program Note: This product is currently not fully compliant with EU directives.
ming of up to 10 tools editors, and tutorial exercises.
745 W (1 hp) constant-torque The most important components, at a glance:
DC spindle motor CNC Lathe Software 1 user CNC Lathe Heavy Duty
Quick-change tool post en 582278 Black and white Acetal turning stock set (50 stocks, 19 mm diameter x 76.2 mm L)
Z-axis ball screw protected by a es 582280 CNC Lathe Software 1 user
dust cover, facilitating maintenance fr 582279
Several license options are available. Black and white Acetal turning stock set (50 stocks, 19 mm diam. x 76.2 mm L) 763431
Please contact us. Black Acetal turning stock set (100 stocks, 19 mm diam. x 76.2 mm L) 763432
White Acetal turning stock set (100 stocks, 19 mm diam. x 76.2 mm L) 763433
Aluminum turning stock set (100 stocks, 19 mm diam. x 50.8 mm L) 763434
Aluminum turning stock set (100 stocks, 12.7 mm diam. x 63.5mm L) 763437
Brass turning stock set (25 stocks, 12.7 mm diam. x 76.2 mm L) 763435
Four-jaw chuck 763508
Standard Carbide tool set 587844
Parting-off tool and holder 587846
Automatic tool changer 582276
Machining kit 587851
Heavy-duty drill chuck 587849
Indexable boring tools 587848
External threading tool 587847
CNC Mill Training System

Light Duty
CNC Mill System Light Duty Also order:

CNC Mill Software
The CNC Mill Light Duty consists of
a milling table, a headstock c arrying
the spindle motor, and a vertical
column with dovetail slide. The stock
can either be mounted directly on
the mill table or secured in a vise
that holds it to the table.
Main features
Software included with full 3D tool The CNC Mill Software is a 32-bit
path emulator and easy-to-use software that runs under Windows.
graphical interface, allowing the It features a parametric-based
programming of up to twenty tools graphical tool editor, a 3D tool path
12-key membrane keypad with emulator, and an easy-to-use graph-
20-character by four-line LCD ical interface. The software can im-
display port NC part programs created with
Feed-rate and spindle-speed other CAM programs that support
override capability the G and M codes.
Removable side panel for access
to robot The included user guide covers the
Connects to host computer through installation of the software program,
120 V, 60 Hz en es RS-232 or Ethernet port an overview of the CNC mill software,
Order no. 582514 589220 the menus, the part program editors,
220 V, 50 Hz and tutorial exercises.
Order no. 582515
240 V, 50 Hz CNC Mill Software 1 user
Order no. 582516 en 582321
Note: This product is currently not fully compliant with EU directives. es 582323
fr 582322
The most important components, at a glance: Several license options are available.
CNC Mill Light Duty Please contact us.
Wax milling stock set (100 stocks, 50.8 x 50.8 x 12.7 mm)
CNC Mill Software 1 user
Wax milling stock set (100 stocks, 127 x 63.5 x 12.7 mm) 763438
Wax milling stock set (100 stocks, 50.8 x 50.8 x 12.7 mm) 763439
Plexiglas milling stock set (15 stocks, 127 x 63.5 x 12.7 mm; ...
... 10 stocks, 152.4 x 76.2 x 12.7 mm; 15 stocks 50.8 x 50.8 x 12.7 mm) 763440
Plexiglas milling stock set (100 stocks, 127 x 63.5 x 12.7 mm) 763441
Plexiglas milling stock set (100 stocks, 50.8 x 50.8 x 12.7 mm) 763445
Aluminum milling stock set (50 stocks, 50.8 x 50.8 x 12.7 mm) 763444
Engraving plate set 763442
End mill set 582231
Intermediate milling set 582232
Pneumatic vise 582234
Mill vise 789762

CNC Mill Training System

Heavy Duty
CNC Mill System Heavy Duty Also order:

CNC Mill Software
The CNC Mill Heavy Duty consists
of a milling table, a headstock carry-
ing the spindle motor, and a cast-iron
vertical column with dovetail slide.
Two ball screws, each driven by a
stepper motor, are used to move the
table along the X axis (left and right)
and Y axis (backward and forward)
to feed the stock through the periph-
ery of the end mill. A third ball screw, The CNC Mill Software is a 32-bit
also driven by a stepper motor, is software that runs under Windows.
used to move the headstock along It features a parametric-based
the Z axis (up and down) for position- graphical tool editor, a 3D tool path
ing the end mill. emulator, and an easy-to-use graph-
ical interface. The software can im-
Main features port NC part programs created with
12-key membrane keypad with other CAM programs that support
20-character by four-line LCD the G and M codes.
display
746 W (1 hp) motor The included user guide covers the
Rear panel input for 5250 TTL installation of the software program,
control an overview of the CNC mill software,
Pneumatic vise output the menus, the part program editors,
Connects to host computer through and tutorial exercises. 120 V, 60 Hz en es
RS-232 or Ethernet port Order no. 582527 582528
Sturdy construction, with larger, CNC Mill Software 1 user 220 V, 50 Hz
more powerful components than en 582321 Order no. 582529 582530
the light-duty CNC Mill es 582323 240 V, 50 Hz
Speed of each stepper motor fr 582322 Order no. 582531
can be programmed separately for Several license options are available. Note: This product is currently not fully compliant with EU directives.
feed rates up to 508 mm/min Please contact us.
(20 in/min) The most important components, at a glance:
CNC Mill Heavy Duty
Wax milling stock set (100 stocks, 50.8 x 50.8 x 12.7 mm)
CNC Mill Software 1 user
Wax milling stock set (100 stocks, 127 x 63.5 x 12.7 mm) 763438
Wax milling stock set (100 stocks, 50.8 x 50.8 x 12.7 mm) 763439
Plexiglas milling stock set (15 stocks, 127 x 63.5 x 12.7 mm; ...
... 10 stocks, 152.4 x 76.2 x 12.7 mm; 15 stocks 50.8 x 50.8 x 12.7 mm) 763440
Plexiglas milling stock set (100 stocks, 127 x 63.5 x 12.7 mm) 763441
Aluminum milling stock set (50 stocks, 50.8 x 50.8 x 12.7 mm) 763444
Engraving plate set 763442
Four-jaw chuck set 582312
Quick tool changing system 582310
Heavy-duty milling vise 582313
Intermediate milling set 582314
Engraving tool set 582317
Pneumatic vise 582319
MPS The modular production system
140
System description........................................................................................142
Solution Center..............................................................................................144
Controlling processes as in industry..............................................................146
MPS Transfer system....................................................................................148
MPS Stations................................................................................................158
System description....................................................................................158
The stations at a glance.............................................................................166
Modules.....................................................................................................196
Safety engineering.....................................................................................200
Accessories................................................................................................202
EasyKit.......................................................................................................209
MPS 200 Complete systems.........................................................................210
ProLog Factory...............................................................................................218
141
MPS > System description
MPS The modular production system

From module to learning factory
Practical at every level
The modular production system

MPS sets the right challenges and
provides appropriate learning envi-
ronments for various requirements:
Differentiated functions
Individual and combined units
Different drive technologies
Material and information flow
Modern and variable control
concepts
Modular variety
The MPS transfer system fits in a

cabinet but can also be combined to
create networked production lines.
The MPS stations are supplied with

trolleys, provide space for the con-
trol system, are fully assembled and
can be a basis for complex learning
factories.
MPS transfer system MPS stations

The ideal system for anyone focused The system for anyone who values
on process and automation: industrial basic and advanced train-
One line, various drives, numerous ing, mechatronics and automation,
modules and functions with state value retention and robustness of
of the art technology the equipment:
Transportable, designed for cabi- Since 1991, the system for the
nets, individually and combined in mechatronics world championships
different layouts Stations represent the most
Defined interfaces enable individu- common sub-processes in any
al modules to be viewed and quick- automated production system
ly changed to rapidly adapt to the Platform for problem based practi-
required learning content. cal training
Maximum industrial relevance
in automation and handling tech-
nology
MPS > System description
Real and virtual
The MPS is not only the platform for

training with maximum transfer to
industrial practice, it also provides
unique flexibility for choosing the
appropriate methods:
All MPS stations and systems
are identical to the models in the
CIROS process simulation
PLC training and troubleshoot-
ing can be provided using the real
model and the 3D models in
CIROS
MPS 500-FMS MPS 200 complete system

Once you have mastered the Combining stations into systems for
sub-processes in the MPS stations, selected areas and complexity levels:
you can use the MPS 500 FMS to fo- Topic-specific complete solutions
cus on thinking and operating in net- including control system, network-
worked systems. ing, application and learning soft-
The belt rotation system and bus ware
concept allow variable system con- For process-oriented, cross-
cepts technology courses at schools
Sub-processes on the one hand and technical schools
and the overall system on the other Ready to use immediately and
provide project tasks and challeng- expandable
es for working in a team Versions for small and large
All FMS systems are guaranteed budgets
Since 1991, the modular production ready-to-use when delivered
system MPS has been the compe-
tition platform for the mechatronics
world championships.
MPS > Solution Center
Innovative learning systems and solutions by the Solution Center

Customized solutions for specific customer needs
Ideal training for Industry 4.0

Technical education
The Solution Center team offers

several learning solutions that are Process Automation Mechatronics Factory Automation
well-integrated into the Festo
Didactic portfolio.
CP Factory
The solutions cover a wide range of
topics, from entry-level mechatronics
through Cyber Physical Systems, en- AFB Factory
abling students to develop the right
skills and to acquire the knowledge ProLog Factory
relevant to Industry 4.0.
MPS 500-FMS
The learning solutions can integrate
MPS PA stations or MPS stations,
or even both, combined in a hybrid Robot Vision Cell
factory concept. As an introduction
to the Cyber-Physical Factory, the MPS PA stations combined with MPS stations
CP Lab is also an important founda-
tion in the Qualification for Industry
4.0. Other solutions tackle related MPS PA complete systems CP Lab
subjects, including robotics, logis-
tics, flexible manufacturing, and inte- MPS PA Compact Workstation MPS Transfer systems
grated systems.
MPS > Solution Center
The Festo Didactic Solution Center

team provides innovative learning
systems and solutions that fit cus-
tomer-specific needs and require-
ments.
The team brings a very high level of

technical education expertise in the
fields of process automation, mecha-
tronics, and factory automation,
developing equipment and learn-
ing scenarios that faithfully replicate
todays industry.
To contact the Solution Center:

did_sc@festo.com
Professional advice
and support
Modular and future-proof Experience and expertise Context-specific solutions

What characterizes the learning sys- Drawing on 20 years of experience, Customized solutions are designed
tems created by the Solution Center the Solution Center team involves and produced according to the needs
is their high practical relevance mechanical, software and electrical of teachers, trainers, and research-
achieved through the use of real in- engineers, overlay sales, purchasing, ers. Solutions enhance training and
dustrial components combined with and production, as well as delivery increase the qualification of students
the intuitive teaching of the edu- services and training. This multi- and workers alike, whether in voca-
cational content. The systems are disciplinary team works hard to tional schools, technical colleges,
modular, allowing for expansion and make sure the development of the training centers, universities
flexibility, making your investment tailored solution goes smoothly and research organizations, or industrial
future-proof with no dead-ends. efficiently. companies.
MPS > Controlling processes as in industry
Actuating, networking, operating, monitoring, optimizing

Controlling processes as in industry
Close to reality
In MPS as in real production

plants controllers are responsible
for signal processing. The signals in
the system can be transferred direct-
ly from the station to the controller
via I/Os or various fieldbus systems
or between controllers to support in-
formation exchange.
Market leading industrial standards
The MPS is based on industrial Choice of PLC Reliable safety modules

standards. Automation solutions and optimized for training use Hardly any issue affects so many
trends from the market leaders are We can fit an EduTrainer, providing employees in a company as health
part of the MPS concept. a completely assembled and wired and safety. Emergency stop, safety
Programmable logic controllers PLC rack, with the PLC of your choice curtains, safety doors and failsafe
from the market leaders and, if required, fieldbus compo- control systems are all part of a sys-
Project planning and programming nents as well. The advantage of the tem made up of MPS stations.
tools complying with IEC 61131 EduTrainer in the MPS station is
clear: you can remove the controller
The most commonly used fieldbuses: and use it for other processes or in
PROFINET, PROFIBUS, AS-Interface, laboratory furniture.
Ethernet
MPS > Controlling processes as in industry
ERP Company level
Data recording
MES Operations management level
Planning
SCADA (Process) management level
PLC Control level
Input/output signals Field level
Manufacturing/production process Process level
From field to company level
All control technologies and sys-

tems used in industrial production
can be integrated into the modular
production system and the learn-
ing factories from Festo Didactic.
This gives basic and advanced
training a high level of practical
relevance at all levels of the CIM
pyramid.
Plug and run Hot topic energy saving Optimizing processes

The station, the control console and On the trail of waste: identifying Ensuring quality in production
the EduTrainer are all equipped with potential savings means first of all Production defects or tolerance devi-
standardized SysLink interfaces. measuring current consumption. The ations identified too late or not at all
All you have to do is plug them in; Wattmeter acts as a smart m eter for often lead to expensive, consequen-
there is no need to wire different training systems with a 24 V DC pow- tial damage or recalls.
connectors. er supply and a maximum of 120
Watts. Optional modules in the MPS are
responsible for continuous q uality
A switchable interface for 0 10 V DC inspection. Laser sensor and a nalog
or 4 20 mA is integrated for data sensors measure the workpiece
transmission. Ethernet is available as height. A signal converter can then
an option. digitize the analog signal.
MPS > MPS Transfer system
MPS Transfer system

Get moving with mechatronics and electronics training
Keeping training moving
The MPS transfer system has been

developed for everyone who wants
to make headway with training, be
it for the electrical or metal trades
or for training technicians and engi-
neers in mechatronics.
The key features of the MPS trans-

fer system are its innovative technol-
ogy and the consistent use of indus-
trial components.
Transfer line Drive concept Modules
The transfer line is made of solid pro- DC motor, AC motor, servo motor or The individual modules are complete
files and can be used to transport stepper motor the belt can be com- automated units that can easily be
workpieces or workpiece holders. bined with all motor types with just integrated into a single transfer line.
Top quality, flexible, well thought-out a few simple actions. Professional The MPS transfer system focuses
and modular, it is the basis for nu- clutches and toothed belt gearing on topics such as sensors, electri-
merous successful projects. simulate practical industrial applica- cal positioning, handling, assembly,
tions while providing optimum train- camera inspection, barcode scan-
ing flexibility. ning, RFID and many more, making
it an ideal platform for forward-look-
ing projects.
MPS > Transfer system
Multimedia support Just as in industry
Digital training programs for spe- Belts play a crucial role in auto-
cific topics relating to the MPS mated production. Products are
transfer system facilitate effective transported using belts of differ-
training, including the very latest ent widths or even double belts.
trends in a utomation technology. On the MPS transfer system,
The Machine Vision training pro- material is transported on a stan-
gram provides the perfect intro- dard industrial belt.
duction to modern industrial im-
age processing.
Control Workstation
The transfer system is c ompatible A range of laboratory equipment and
with microcontrollers such as the a trolley specially tailored to the
LOGO! or more complex control sys- MPS transfer system creates the
tems with a wide variety of config- optimum working environment for
urations. We can produce the ideal you.
control system for you, tailored to
your needs.
MPS > MPS Transfersystem
Control and configure
The choice is yours Components Configuration and programming Advantages
Testing and commissioning Easy commissioning of MPS

with the simulation box transfer line
Testing and commissioning
for modules
Control with EasyPort Control the MPS transfer line

from a PC
Implement simple relay or
logistic controllers with FluidSIM
Control the MPS transfer line
with PLCSIM
Simulation The comprehensive model library

of CIROS contains 3D process
models of selected MPS transfer
system modules.
The models can be controlled
straightaway with the integrated
virtual S7-PLC.
The powerful error simulation
contains various error scenarios
including adjustment errors for
sensors.
Programming Programming using controllers

and networking components from
market leaders Festo, Siemens,
Rockwell and Mitsubishi
We produce the ideal controller for you:

Configure your EduTrainer PLC to meet your needs Page 86
System overview
MPS transfer lines can be flexibly In sequence

combined and used in a variety of Simply connecting transfer lines in
different ways: sequence provides combinations of
different sizes.
With MPS
The MPS transfer lines can also be
combined with the MPS modular
production stations from Festo
Didactic without the need for addi-
tional components. This results in an
unmatched variety of systems.
MPS TS Compact Trainer I4.0

The MPS transfer system forms the
basis for the MPS TS Compact Train-
er I4.0. A CPS (Cyber Physical Sys-
tem) is built using automation com-
ponents already available. A modern
industrial control, the S7-1500, is the
heart of this autonomous and highly
communicative unit. An RFID read/
write system that communicates with
the controller via an IO-Link inter-
face is responsible for exchanging
data with the intelligent workpiece.
Transfer line
Combine and expand
[X]
Design and function Modular expansion

The transfer line is the basic compo- The transfer line can easily be
nent of the MPS transfer system. It expanded with different motors,
is made up of a belt, drive, controls controllers, inverters, control units
and sensors and comes fully assem- and connection technologies such as
bled. The transfer line can be used AS-interface or I/O technology.
to transport workpieces or work- Each line can be supplemented with
piece holders. The transfer line can a wide range of modules. However,
be fitted with up to two mechatronic even in stand alone mode, the
modules. transfer line can cover various
important topics in automation tech-
nology:
Familiarization with different
drive types
Use of sensors
Experimenting with relay and
reversing contactors and logic
circuits
Parameterization and commission-
ing of various drive controllers
152 [X] Illustration includes accessories

MPS transfer line MT DC C93100 Scope of delivery Recommended learning media

MPS transfer line MT DC AS interface C93101 MPS transfer line MT DC: WBT Sensor technology 2
MPS transfer line MT AC C93102 DC motor Sensors for object detection
MPS transfer line MT AC400 C93104 Control panel
Four-quadrant drive controller
Accessories, also order: Optical sensors at beginning
Cylinder bodies workpiece set C94407 and end of belt
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-313C 567098 MPS transfer line MT DC
Sinamics G120 EduTrainer www.festo-didactic.com AS-interface:
MicroMaster 420 EduTrainer 8036812 DC motor
Cable set to connect MM420 to transfer line C94419 AS-interface control panel
MPS Transfer System Frequency Converter MM420: Workbook Page 64 AS-interface drive controller WBT LOGO! Training
Optical sensors at beginning WBT Actuators DC motor
and end of belt WBT Safety engineering
MPS transfer line MT AC: WBT Machine Vision
AC motor Mechatronics Assistant
Control panel
Optical sensors at beginning
and end of belt
MPS transfer line MT AC400:
AC motor for star-delta circuit
Control panel
Optical sensors at beginning
and end of belt
Other configurations and compo-

nents on request.
Individual equipment Intelligent connection technology Clockwise or anticlockwise rotation Variable sensors
We equip the 19 frame with various The design of the system connec- The four-quadrant drive controller The sensors at the beginning and
operation and control components tions enables all additional modules allows both. The controller is actu- end of the belt take the form of f iber
based on your preferences. Expan- to be easily connected to the transfer ated directly using I/Os or the AS- optic through-beam sensors. The
sions and additions are possible at line. We also provide additional free interface. The buttons on the control- mounts for the fiber optics can easi-
any time. terminals for your own projects. ler enable the connected drive to be ly be fixed to the belt profile and ad-
controlled manually during commis- justed depending on the application.
sioning, maintenance or diagnostics. A variety of different sensors can
also be added.
Transfer line
Modules
Stacking magazine module The module is completely assembled

with a pneumatic cylinder with end-
The module separates workpieces position sensors, a retro-reflective
from a magazine. sensor for magazine level monitor-
ing, valve terminal and electrical con-
nection block.
Complete with connecting cable.
Transfer line and workpieces are not

included.
Stacking magazine, I/O C93200

Stacking magazine, AS-Interface C93201
Stacking magazine, PROFIBUS-DP C93202
Drill hole monitoring module The module is completely assembled

with a connection block.
The module monitors whether there
is a drill hole in workpieces. To do Complete with connecting cable.
this, a test pin is inserted into the
workpiece (with a solenoid). An Transfer line and workpieces are not
inductive proximity sensor monitors included.
if the test pin has reached its end
position.
Drill hole monitoring, I/O C93203

Drill hole monitoring, AS-Interface C93204
Drill hole monitoring, PROFIBUS-DP C93205
Turning module The module is completely assembled

with a valve terminal and two electri-
The module turns workpieces. The cal connection blocks.
workpieces on the conveyor belt are
detected by an optical diffuse sensor. Complete with connecting cable.
A linear slide, swivel cylinder and lin-
ear gripper are used in the module. Transfer line and workpieces are not
included.
Also order:
MPS Transfer System Turning
Module: Workbook Page 64
Turning, I/O C93206

Turning, AS-Interface C93207
Turning, PROFIBUS-DP C93208

Drilling module The module is completely assembled

with a valve terminal and an electri-
The module drills workpieces cal connection block.
(symbolically). The workpieces on
the conveyor belt are detected by an Complete with connecting cable.
optical diffuse sensor. The drilling
machine is moved by a pneumatic Transfer line and workpieces are not
linear slide. included.
Drilling, I/O C93209

Drilling, AS-Interface C93210
Drilling, PROFIBUS-DP C93211
Measuring module, analog The module is completely assembled

with an electrical connection block.
The module checks the height of
workpieces. The workpieces on the Complete with connecting cable.
conveyor belt are detected by an op-
tical diffuse sensor. An analog laser Transfer line and workpieces are not
distance sensor is mounted above included.
the workpiece. The measuring range
of the sensor is 0 30 mm with Also order:
0 10 V analog output and 2 PNP MPS Transfer System Measuring
switching outputs. The switching Module, analog: Workbook
outputs can be freely configured Page 64
using the teach-in function.
Measuring, analog, I/O C93212

Measuring, analog, AS-Interface C93213
Measuring, analog, PROFIBUS-DP C93214
Ejection module, pneumatic The module is completely assembled

The module sorts workpieces onto a cal connection block.
slide. The workpieces on the convey-
or belt are detected by an optical dif- Complete with connecting cable.
fuse sensor. A second sensor (capac-
itive) above the workpiece detects Transfer line and workpieces are not
if the workpiece needs to be sorted included.
onto the slide. Sorting is carried out
using a slide gate, which is actuated Also order:
by a pneumatic linear cylinder. MPS Transfer System Ejection
Module, pneumatic: Workbook
Page 64
Ejection, pneumatic, I/O C93221

Ejection, pneumatic, AS-Interface C93222
Ejection, pneumatic, PROFIBUS-DP C93223
Transfer line
Modules
RFID module The module is completely assembled

The module sorts workpieces onto cal connection block.
a slide. The workpieces on the con-
veyor belt are detected by an optical Complete with connecting cable and
diffuse sensor. A read-write head is PROFIBUS DP interface for the RFID
used to read and check the data from element.
the RFID chip on the workpiece. New
data, based on various criteria, can Transfer line and workpieces are not
be ascribed to the workpieces, which included.
are then sorted onto the slide or
transported further on the belt. Sort-
ing is carried out using slide gate,
which is actuated by a pneumatic
linear cylinder.
RFID, PROFIBUS-DP C93224
Inspection camera module The module is completely assembled

The module sorts workpieces onto cal connection block.
a slide. An intelligent color camera
with integrated lighting detects the Complete with connecting cable, in-
workpieces on the conveyor belt and telligent color camera system and
sorts them onto the slide depending image processing software.
on various criteria. Sorting is carried
out using a slide gate, which is actu- Transfer line and workpieces are not
ated by a pneumatic linear cylinder. included.
Inspection camera C93225
Detection module Control topics:

Linking of information
The module checks the workpiece Coding of information
properties. The workpieces are BCD coding
detected on the conveyor belt by an Control of a segment display
optical diffuse sensor. Three addi-
tional sensors (optical, inductive) Transfer line and workpieces are not
are attached above the workpiece in included in the scope of delivery.
order to detect the workpiece prop-
erties. The evaluation of the work-
piece information can be displayed
via a segment display.
Detection C93257
Insertion module The module is completely assembled

with valve terminal and connection
The module consists of a pneumatic block.
2-axis handling system and inserts
round metal materials into the main Transfer line and workpieces are not
body. For this purpose, the handling included in the scope of delivery.
device is equipped with a pneumatic
gripper. The workpieces are detect-
ed on the conveyor belt by an optical
diffuse sensor. In addition, the mod-
ule is equipped with end-position
switches on the linear slides and a
pressure switch.
Insertion, I/O C93263

Insertion, PROFIBUS-DP C93265
Insertion, PROFINET C93269
Press-fitting module The module is completely assembled

The press-fitting module consists of block.
a pneumatic cylinder that presses in
the materials used. The workpieces Transfer line and workpieces are not
are detected on the conveyor belt by included in the scope of delivery.
an optical diffuse sensor.
Press-fitting, I/O C93266

Press-fitting, PROFIBUS-DP C93268
Press-fitting, PROFINET C93270
Automatic warehouse module The module is completely assembled

In the automatic warehouse module, block.
up to 20 stock locations can be filled
with workpieces. The handling de- Transfer line and workpieces are not
vice is equipped with an angle grip- included in the scope of delivery.
per. The workpieces are detected on
the conveyor belt by an optical light
barrier, the belt is stopped and the
workpiece is brought from there to
the appropriate storage location po-
sition by the gripper.
Automatic warehouse, I/O C93256

Automatic warehouse, PROFIBUS-DP C93258
Automatic warehouse, PROFINET C93285
MPS > MPS Stations > System description
MPS Stations
Mechatronic systems for world champions
The MPS makes history
Since 1991, the stations from the

modular production system MPS
have been the sporting equipment
at the mechatronics world champion-
ships. In national and international
competitions, MPS has demonstrat-
ed that its concept, the stations and
control systems and its functionality
involved provide exactly those fea-
tures that characterize automated
production throughout the world:
integrating mechanical systems, Each station has its own focus Combine: As you like it! State-of-the-art: With a new robot
electrical engineering and IT to form Two stations are sufficient to repre- All stations can be combined with As a part of the system, the MPS
mechatronics. sent a simple, industry like process others to create systems. This adds Robot station is used for the most
for basic training in automation tech- learning content and increases the mechatronically advanced process:
Anyone who trains using MPS can nology: distributing and sorting. flow of material and information. It is robot-supported assembly. The new
be confident that numerous com- up to you whether you network the RV-2FB represents the wide range
panies, schools and universities all This simplest of all combinations stations or operate them in stand- of advancement options within the
over the world are doing exactly the provides numerous basic functions alone mode with a separate PLC. MPS, as a 6-axis robot with articu-
same. The stations in the modular of automated production: separat- lated arm kinematics Page 226.
production system are the origin and ing, feeding, identifying, sorting. Combination with other processes
role model for almost all mechatronic Each additional station adds new is also possible, e.g. with the MPS
training systems. learning objectives and each station transfer system or the MPS PA
can be used to achieve a particular stations.
The MPS is the original. objective. This means that the trans-
fer of knowledge to the actual oper-
ation of modern automated produc-
tion is as efficient as possible.
3D: Like real life
The MPS stations provide plen-

ty of material for varied training.
But in practice not every station is
always available.
Thats why all MPS stations are

also available as a simulation. The
virtual stations in CIROS behave
just like the real stations. There CIROS Pages 44 49
is no difference in commissioning
and troubleshooting. The same
PLC can be used for control.
The virtual CIROS stations e nable

you to:
add more functions of an auto-
mated system to your learning
scenario
provide multiple learners with
the same stations at the same
time
design more individual training
without having access to all r eal
stations
Sensitive: Safety modules Manufacturing and assembly Choice of PLC Since 1991, the modular
Hardly any issue affects so many What is important? If simple h andling The PLC normally controls the indi- production system MPS
employees in a company as health tasks are sufficient for your learn- vidual stations, unless you are u
sing has been the competition
and safety. Emergency stop, safety ing scenario, the workpiece set with the virtual mini control system in platform for the mecha-
curtains, safety doors and failsafe bodies of various materials can be FluidSIM for example. tronics world champion-
control are all part of a system made used. If you want handling to involve ships.
up of MPS stations. simple assembly, the bodies with As for the PLC, we recommend an
measuring instruments or contain- EduTrainer Universal. We will fit the
ers with covers are ideal. For com- PLC of your choice, as well as field-
plex assembly with robots, a sym- bus components if required. The
bolic single-acting cylinder provides advantage of the EduTrainers in
just the right challenges. If you want the MPS Station is clear: you can
to program a microcontroller sys- remove the control and use it for
tem, MPS offers the EasyKit as the other processes or in a workbench.
perfect starter package.
From modules to systems

The right combination for successful learning
MPS offers the right products for every requirement
No matter whether you require individual components to expand existing

systems, a combination of several modules on one station or carriage or
a complete system: the modular production system MPS with its many
possible combinations allows the right system to be assembled for every
teaching requirement.
Conveyor module Pick&Place module
The Conveyor module is intended for mounting on a profile plate, profile foot The Pick&Place module is a universal, 2-axis handling device for Pick&Place
or slotted mounting plate with freely positionable DC motor. It is suitable for tasks. The position of the limit switches, as well as their mounting position and
transporting and separating workpieces with a diameter of 40 mm (e.g. Cyl- height, can be adjusted on this module. The module is supplied complete with
inder bodies or Cylinder for assembly workpiece sets). The module is sup- a vacuum generator, pressure switch, vacuum filter and suction cup, valve ter-
plied fully assembled. minal, pressure limiter and electrical interface. In another version, a parallel
gripper is fitted instead of vacuum technology.
Pick&Place station Pick&Place station including trolley
The Pick&Place station is equipped with a two-axis Pick&Place module and a Compact and mobile the station is easy to mount on the trolley. Appropriate
Conveyor module. Optical diffuse sensors or light barriers detect the workpiece passages in the side walls and backwalls enable orderly routing of cables. The
housing placed onto the conveyor. The conveyor transports the workpiece to symmetrical design of the trolley means that there are mounting options on
the electric feed separator. The Pick&Place module picks up a workpiece insert both sides for the control panel, the intermediate bottom and for drawers. A
from the slide and places it on the workpiece housing. The complete workpiece lifting column can be integrated in the center of the trolley to facilitate ergo-
(housing and insert) is released by the feed separator and transported to the nomic work on the profile plate. There is space for the assembly board for the
end of the conveyor. electrical connections and the PLC rack on both sides of the trolley. The profiles
for DIN A4 mounting allow additional EduTrainer units to be used on the trol-
ley. An optional attachable door protects the equipment inside.
The modular basis

Connectivity in all directions
One module Many options!
Thanks to the great modularity and the defined interfaces, different learning
scenarios can be designed on one module by using additional components.
Get to know one module and connect to a control with 4 mm lines.

Connect this module to a control with open wiring and terminal block.
Connect this module to a control with a plug connector and start program-
ming immediately.
Connect this module to a bus coupler with a plug connector and start with
network technology immediately.
No matter where you start, the path is always right.
Well connected with the bus node CTEU for valve terminals and The interface box allows safe wiring using 4 mm safety plugs
the IO-Link DA Interface
The wired sensors and actuators in the module are connected to a defined
The fieldbus node supports fieldbus-capable modules. The bus node module interface. These are connected via the interface box to 4 mm safety s ocket
is therefore a low-cost means of exploring the extensive world of fieldbus pro- contacts. This applies both to digital and analog signals and the power s upply.
tocols, including CANopen, PROFIBUS and DeviceNet. This communication
interface is based on the Festo I-Port as a universal M12 connection. It can
be equipped with the new bus modules CTEU or configured with IO-Link.
Fast commissioning thanks to a uniform interface The I/O terminal The central unit of the MPS SysLink concept
A uniform interface allows all modules and components to be connected to the It is used to wire eight digital inputs and eight digital outputs which are con-
modular system. The defined interface (I/O interface) helps ensure fast system nected to a socket contact. Contact is established via spring-loaded terminals.
commissioning. LEDs are included on the input and output terminals which make it easy to
monitor the switching status and enable systematic troubleshooting. The inter-
face can be mounted on an H-rail.
Short description and possible combinations of the stations
Station Function Modules Topics PLC required

(Contol Panel included)
Distributing/Conveyor Distributes and transports Stacking magazine Electropneumatics 16 DIN/16 DOUT

the workpieces Belt Distribution
Transporting
Measuring Measures the height of the Rotating and lifting Quality inspection 16 DIN/16 DOUT
workpieces outside the pro- Belt Analog value (1 IN)
cess Transporting
Pick&Place Transports and assembles Pick&Place Vacuum 16 DIN/16 DOUT

the workpieces Belt Handling
Transporting
Separating Transports the 2x Belts Test workpiece 16 DIN/16 DOUT

workpieces in different Analog value (1 IN)
directions Transporting
Sorting Sorts the workpieces Detection Sensors 16 DIN/16 DOUT

to three different slides Belt Classification
Logistics
Transporting
Storage Distributes the workpieces in Detection Embedded Controller 16 DIN/16 DOUT
six different levels with eight Planar surface gantry with Logistics
positions per level gripper Sensors
Robot with modules Assembles a cylinder Robot Robotics No SPS

Robot handling Handling (Robot control with
Robot assembly Assembling RIA box)
Programming Programs the microcontroller Belt Bit communication 16 DIN/16 DOUT

Programming Embedded controller
Programming microcontroller
Packaging Packages the workpieces Belt Pneumatic control system 24 DIN/24 DOUT
Handling stepper Stepper motor
Packaging Handling
Station Downstream Distributing/ Pick&Place Separating Sorting Measuring Storage Packaging Programming Robot Handling
station Conveyor
Preceding station
Distributing/Conveyor
Pick&Place
Separating
Sorting
Measuring
Storage
Packaging
Programming
Robot
Handling
With these possible combinations, the PLC sample programs do not have to be adapted.
Possible MPS Systems
Stations Stations
Distributing Distributing
Sorting Measuring
Assembly
Topics: Sorting
Distributing
Conveying Topics:
Detection Distributing
Conveying
Detection
Pick&Place
Vacuum
Separating
Joining
Measured data acquisition
Statistical measurement control
Identification of defective parts
Stations Stations
Measuring Measuring
Sorting Assembly
Storing
Topics:
Distributing Topics:
Conveying Distributing
Detection Conveying
Pick&Place Detection
Separating Pick&Place
Measured data acquisition Vacuum
Statistical measurement control Separating
Identification of defective parts Joining
Measured data acquisition
Statistical measurement control
Identification of defective parts
Storage technologies
Stations Stations
Robot stations Separating with Pick&Place
with modules PG module (joining)
Sorting Sorting and rear
distribution of a
Topics: microcontroller
Distributing Programming
Conveying
Detection Topics:
Robotics Distributing
Separating Conveying
Joining Detection
Pick&Place
Parallel grippers
Joining
Automated programming
MPS > MPS Stations > The stations at a glance
The stations in the Modular Production System at a glance
A production line in a factory can be

made up of individual production
cells. Each cell has a specific function
in the process (distribution, testing,
processing, handling, assembly, stor-
age). You can select an application
or process that meets your require-
ments from a range of individual sta-
tions.
By effectively combining individual

stations, you can assemble your pro-
duction system.
Learn about the functions and train-

ing aims of the individual stations as
well as their possible combinations Distributing station Processing station
on the following pages.
Make more of your potential
Either:
Simple to set up/commission
yourself:
Mount control console to the
trolley with 2 screws
Place EduTrainer Universal in
trolley
Connect the EduTrainer Universal
to the control console and the
station using our universal SysLink
plug connector
... finished!
Or:
MPS commissioning service Handling station, pneumatic Handling station, electrical
On request, we can also commission
systems for you particularly in the
case of larger systems to ensure
that your training projects run
smoothly right from the start.
Additional services
Pages 276 277
Fluidic muscle press station Punching station
MPS > MPS Stations > The stations at a glance
Distributing/Conveyor station Measuring station Separating station Pick&Place station
Robot station Robot station with MPS modules Storing station Sorting station
Programming station Packaging station
24-month Festo Didactic warranty 167

MPS > MPS Stations
Distributing/Conveyor station
Start-up
Function
The Distributing/Conveyor station
separates workpieces stored in the
magazine tube of the stacking maga-
zine. A double-acting cylinder push-
es the workpieces out one at a time.
The Conveyor module transports
the workpiece to the right or left.
If required, the workpiece can be
stopped and separated on the con-
veyor.
Topic: Separating
Both simple and complex program-
ming topics are communicated using
the simple magazine structure. Dif-
ferent workpieces can be used in the
MPS Stacking magazine module.
Topic: Conveying
The MPS Conveyor module offers a
range of training subjects including
clockwise/anticlockwise rotation,
stopping, separating and opto-elec-
trical sensors.
MPS > MPS Stations
Distributing/Conveyor station, mounted 8034566 Recommended training media

CIROS
Additional equipment, also order: WBT Actuators DC motor
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 8033590 WBT Pneumatics
Control console, SysLink 195764 WBT Electropneumatics
EduTrainer Universal Pages 87 95 WBT GRAFCET
FluidSIM Pneumatics design
Recommended accessories: and simulation program
Simulation box, digital 170643 Textbook Basic principles of
PA workpiece set 554301 pneumatics and electropneumatics
Basic level workbook
The most important components at a glance: MPS conveyor module, PLC programming
Basic level
1x Aluminum profile plate, 700 x 350 mm, with cable guide 170395 PLC programming MPS Conveyor module
1x Conveyor module, 350 x 40 mm, DC 8032692 Tec2Screen Courses MPS

Workbook
1x Stacking magazine module, without workpiece holder 8032172 Stacking Magazine module With CD-ROM
1x Start-up valve with filter control valve 540691 Commissioning

IN1
& OUT
IN2
1x Cable holder with hook-and-loop fastener (pack of 10) 8034300 Logic programming IN1
IN2
1x C-interface 8025738 Tec2Screen Courses MPS OUT
1x Quick-Fix clamping adapter 8026327 Conveyor Module

Commissioning
Training content Technical data Logic programming
Belt control Operating pressure:
Festo Didactic
8046580 en
Reading circuit diagrams 600 kPa (6 bar)

Buffering and separating Power supply: 24 V DC
Basic principles of pneumatics Square/round workpiece
Sensor technology: magnetic limit dimensions: max. 40 mm
switches, opto-electrical sensors 6 digital sensors
Connecting tubing and wiring 4 digital actuators
Light barrier Valve slice

The light barrier consists of a sensor 5/2-way single solenoid valve,
with a cable and mounting bracket including 0.5 m valve cable.
for a profile or profile plate and a Order no. 3035724
fiber-optic cable. Available in three
designs.
1 with holder 196960
without holder 532935
with sleeve 526205
Distributing/Conveyor station with additional equipment
MPS > MPS Stations
Measuring station
Quality inspection
Function
The Measuring station picks work-
pieces out of the running process in
order to place them on a measuring
table and determine their height. The
belt transports the workpieces to
the rotary/lifting module. The work-
piece is placed under the diffuse
sensor by a lifting and swiveling mo-
tion. Then it is returned to the pro-
cess. Depending on the result of the
measurement, the workpiece is sep-
arated out onto a slide by an electric
quarter-turn actuator or is moved to
the end of the belt. Optoelectrical
sensors with fiber-optic cables mon-
itor the material flow on the belt.
The belt can be operated in both
directions.
Topic: Analog and digital

The diffuse sensor supplies both an
analog and a binary output signal.
This facilitates different training lev-
els. The binary switching output can
be adapted to the measurement
requirement by means of a simple
teach-in process.
Topic: Pneumatic drives

The rotary/lifting module features a
linear and swivel motion as well as a
pneumatic gripper. Statistical mea-
suring tasks can be automated, or
random samples taken from the
process.
MPS > MPS Stations
Measuring station, mounted 8038623 Recommended training media

EasyPort
Additional equipment, also order: CIROS
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 8033590 WBT Electropneumatics
Control console, SysLink 195764 WBT GRAFCET
EduTrainer Universal Pages 87 95 WBT PLC programming in
accordance with IEC 61131
Recommended accessories: FluidSIM design and simulation
Simulation box, digital 170643 program
Simulation box, digital/analog 526863 Textbook Fundamentals of
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), crossover 167106 pneumatics and electropneumatics
Analog cable, crossover 533039 Basic level and advanced level PLC programming
Advanced level
PA workpiece set 554301 workbooks MPS Conveyor module
MPS conveyor module,

Workbook
The most important components at a glance: PLC programming With CD-ROM
1x Aluminum profile plate, 700 x 350 mm, with cable guide 170395
3
T3_4 -BG2*-BG3
4
1x Conveyor module, 350 x 40 mm, DC 8032692 Technical data (T1_2)

1
2
-SF1 * -BG1
-MM1 +
Operating pressure:
(T2_3) -BG2
1x Rotary/lifting module 8035936

(5s/X3)
3 -MM1
(T3_1) -BG1
1x Slide module 653393 600 kPa (6 bar)

1x Measuring table 8040204 Power supply: 24 V DC
1x Stopper, simple, with valve 8046324 Round workpiece dimensions:
max. 40 mm
Festo Didactic
1x Start-up valve with filter control valve 540691

8063317 en
1x Cable holder with hook-and-loop fastener (pack of 10) 8034300 8 digital sensors
1x C-Interface 8025738 7 digital actuators
1x Quick-Fix clamping adapter 8026327 1 analog input
Training content Connecting DC motors and

Station design motor controllers
Fundamentals of pneumatics Belt control system
Sensors optoelectrical sensors, Programming and processing
digital and analog standards
Connecting tubing and wiring Analog signal processing
Reading circuit diagrams
Slide module Stopper, simple, with valve

The slide comes complete with a Stopper module, complete with
retainer for mounting on a profile single-acting pneumatic cylinder with
plate. valve and mounting accessories for a
Application: guide rail and connecting cable.
As end slide or segregating slide Stroke: 10 mm
Length: 250 mm Order no. 8046324
Standard height:
117 20 mm (adjustable)
Order no. 653393
Measuring station with additional equipment
MPS > MPS Stations
Separating station
Flexibility
Function
The Separating station d ifferentiates
workpieces based on their drilled
hole depth and separates them
into two different material flow
directions. Workpieces placed on
the belt are transported to the depth
measurement point. An analog dif-
fuse sensor checks the hole depth.
Workpieces with a deep hole are
transported to the end of the belt.
Workpieces with a shallower hole
or a skewed workpiece are directed
towards the rear via the second belt
using an electric deflector with quar-
ter turn actuator. Fiber-optic through
beam sensors with optoelectrical
sensors monitor the material flow on
the belts.
The Separating station can be

supplemented with MPS down-
stream stations in two directions and
the belts can be operated in both
directions.
Topic: Analog and digital

The diffuse sensor supplies both an
analog and a binary output signal.
This facilitates different training
levels. The binary switching output
can be adapted to the measurement
requirement and the signal type by
means of a simple teach-in process.
Topic: Flexible assembly line

The Separating station permits the
creation of flexible assembly lines
using MPS stations. Combined
assembly processes such as cylinder
assembly and assembly of workpiece
inserts in the housing can be realized
using the Separating station.
MPS > MPS Stations
Separating station, mounted 8038802 Recommended training media

EasyPort
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 8033590 WBTs Sensors
Control console, SysLink 195764 WBTs Electrical system
PA workpiece set 554301 Basic level and advanced level
workbooks MPS conveyor
The most important components at a glance: module, PLC programming
1x Conveyor module, 300 x 40 mm, DC 8033135
1x Conveyor module, 350 x 40 mm, DC 8032692 PLC programming
Basic level
1x Diffuse sensor, analog 541120 MPS Conveyor module
1x Stopper, simple, with valve 8046324

Workbook
1x Start-up valve with filter control valve 540691 With CD-ROM
1x Cable holder with hook-and-loop fastener (pack of 10) 8034300

IN1
& OUT
IN2
1x C-Interface 8025738
IN1
IN2
1x Quick-Fix clamping adapter 8026327 OUT
Training content Technical data

Station design Operating pressure:
Sensors optoelectrical sensors, 600 kPa (6 bar)
Festo Didactic
8046580 en
digital and analog Power supply: 24 V DC

Connecting tubing and wiring Round workpiece dimensions:
Reading circuit diagrams max. 40 mm
Connecting DC motors and motor 6 (5) digital sensors
controllers 6 digital actuators
Belt control system 1 analog input (alternative)
Programming of alternative (OR)
branches
Analog signal processing
Diffuse sensor, analog Sorting gate/separator module

The optical sensor comes c omplete For mounting on a conveyor. Includes
with holder for mounting on the mounting accessories.
guide rail profile of the conveyor. 1 pneumatic* 534367
Measuring range 0 30 mm with 2 electrical 532952
analog output 0 10 V and PNP Sensor set for end-position sensing
switching output. The switching (2 inductive sensors) 536432
output can be freely adjusted via a * 5/2-way pneumatic valve necessary.
teach-in process. Supplied complete
with connecting cable.
Order no. 541120
Separating station with additional equipment
MPS > MPS Stations
Pick&Place station
Small is beautiful
Function
The Pick&Place station is equipped
with a two-axis Pick&Place m odule
and a Conveyor module. Optical
diffuse sensors or through-beam
sensors detect the workpiece hous-
ing placed on the conveyor. The
conveyor transports the workpiece
to the electric feed separator. The
Pick&Place module picks up a work-
piece insert from the slide and plac-
es it on the workpiece housing. The
complete workpiece (housing and
insert) is released by the separator
and transported to the end of the
conveyor.
Additional functions can be produced

using the Pick&Place station.
Rejection of workpieces (housing
or cylinder bodies) on the slide
Alternative feeding of workpieces
(housing or cylinder bodies) from
the slide
Topic: Linear slide units

Slide units from Festo can be used
to further extend the versatility of
the Pick&Place module. Variable
stops, silencers and an attachment
that can be adjusted in all directions
provide the ideal solution for every
Pick&Place task. This permits a wide
range of projects to be implemented.
Topic: Vacuum technology

The vacuum components, vacuum
generators, pressure switches,
vacuum filters and suction cups are
harmonized for optimum perfor-
mance. They clearly demonstrate
the principle behind vacuum appli-
cations: v acuum generation using
a generator, the correct suction cup
with matching filter and the teach-in
electronic pressure switch with free-
ly programmable switching points for
pressure sensing.
MPS > MPS Stations
Station Pick&Place, mounted 8034567 Recommended training media

CIROS
Additional equipment, also order: WBT PLC programming in
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 8033590 accordance with IEC 61131
Control console, SysLink 195764 WBT Pneumatics
EduTrainer Universal Pages 87 95 WBT Electropneumatics
WBT Sensor technology 1 and 2
Recommended accessories: FluidSIM Pneumatics design and
Simulation box, digital 170643 simulation program
PA workpiece set 554301 Textbook Basic principles of
pneumatics and electropneumatics
PLC programming
The most important components at a glance: Equipment set TP 230 Vacuum Advanced level
1x Aluminum profile plate, 700 x 350 mm, with cable guide 170395 technology, Advanced Level MPS
Pick&Place module
1x Conveyor module, 350 x 40 mm, DC 8032692 Workbook Basic principles of Workbook
1x Pick&Place module, with vacuum technology 8031659 vacuum technology, TP 230 With CD-ROM
1x Start-up valve with filter control valve 540691 Basic level and advanced level
3
T3_4 -BG2*-BG3
4
1x Cable holder with hook-and-loop fastener (pack of 10) 8034300 workbooks MPS conveyor (T1_2)
1
2
-SF1 * -BG1
-MM1 +
1x C-Interface 8025738 module, PLC programming

(T2_3) -BG2
(5s/X3)
3 -MM1
(T3_1) -BG1
1x Quick-Fix clamping adapter 8026327 Basic level and advanced level

workbooks MPS Pick&Place
Training content Technical data module, PLC programming
Basic principles of pneumatics Operating pressure:
Festo Didactic
8063327 en
Sensor technology: magnetic limit 600 kPa (6 bar)

switches, opto-electrical sensors Power supply: 24 V DC
Connecting tubing and wiring Square/round workpiece
Reading circuit diagrams dimensions: max. 40 mm
Getting to know handling systems 7 digital sensors
Vacuum technology/gripper 6 digital actuators
technology
Belt control
Buffering and separating
Diffuse sensor DC motor controller for clockwise/

The diffuse sensor consists of a anti-clockwise rotation
sensor with a cable and mounting Motor control for 24 V DC brushed
bracket for a profile/profile plate and DC motors. Control voltage 24 V DC,
a fiber-optic cable. Available in two galvanic isolation between input and
designs. output circuits, reverse polarity pro-
1 with holder 196959 tection on input side, can be clicked
without holder 526212 onto the DIN bus bars EN 50022 and
EN 50035.
Order no. 567245
Station Pick&Place with additional equipment
MPS > MPS Stations
Storing station
In and Out
Function
The Storing station can d ifferentiate
among workpieces based on their
color and store up to 48 w orkpieces
across six levels in two rows. The
product on the receiving slide is
identified based on color with the
help of a combination of sensors,
and stored on one of six storage lev-
els. A Cartesian handling system
with stepper motors and robotic
functionality is positioned to this
end. A pneumatic gripper mounted
on a stepper motor with screw axis
picks the workpiece from the holder
and places it in the storage area. The
storage area can be located both at
the start (removal from storage) and
at the end (placement into storage)
of a production line, or as a buffer
station within a production line, by
means of appropriate programming.
There is also a slide on the goods
issuing side.
Topic: Material detection

Inductive and optoelectrical s ensors
detect the color and material of
workpieces. These can be placed into
storage as appropriate to the work-
piece type.
Topic: Workpiece sorting

Actuated stepper motors transport
the workpiece into the appropriate
storage positions.
Topic: Embedded systems

The warehouse is operated using
a Cartesian handling system with
stepper motors, robotic functionality,
and a pre-programmed controller
with a web interface. The command
is provided by external control sig-
nals.
Project work
Like all the other MPS stations, the
great modularity of the Sorting
station makes it particularly suited
for project work conveyor instead
of slide or programming and testing
various storage strategies?
MPS > MPS Stations
Storing s tation including trolley 8049013 Recommended training media

EasyPort
Control console, SysLink 195764 WBT Electropneumatics
EduTrainer Universal Pages 87 95 WBTs Electric drives 1 and 2
WBT PLC programming in
Recommended accessories: accordance with IEC 61131
Simulation box, digital 170643 FluidSIM design and simulation
PA workpiece set 554301 program
Textbook Fundamentals of stepper
The most important components at a glance: motor drive technology
1x MPS trolley, 700 x 350 8033248
1x Aluminum profile plate, 700 x 350 mm, with cable guide 170395 General technical data:
1x Detection module 8044527 Operating pressure:
2x Slide On request 600 kPa (6 bar)
1x Start-up valve with filter control valve 540691 Power supply: 2x 24 V DC/4.5 A
1x Cable holder with hook-and-loop fastener (pack of 10) 8034300 Square/round workpiece
1x I/O-Terminal 8025736 dimensions: max. 40 mm
1x Festo CECC CODESYS V3 compact controller 8023951 5 digital sensors
1 digital actuator
Training content Storage strategies Dimensions (W x D x H):
Learning about a Cartesian Learning about and applying 350 x 700 x 904 mm
handling system embedded systems Overall height with trolley:
Sensors: optoelectrical and Using web interfaces to control and 1,654 mm
inductive sensors, digital monitor the station
Connecting tubing and wiring Controlling storage and retrieval
Reading circuit diagrams functions for storage slot and color
Learning about and actuating via bit codes
stepper motors
Storing station Web-Interface
MPS > MPS Stations
Sorting station
Last but not least
Function
This station sorts workpieces onto
three slides. Workpieces placed
on the start of the conveyor are
detected by a diffuse sensor. A pneu-
matic stopper with integrated valve
stops the workpiece before the sort-
ing p rocess. Sensors upstream of
the stopper detect the workpiece
features (black, red, metal). The
cylindrical workpieces are sorted on-
to the appropriate slides via electric
deflectors. A retro-reflective sensor
monitors the fill levels of the slides.
Topic: Material detection

Inductive and opto-electrical sen-
sors detect the color and material of
workpieces. A short-stroke cylinder
stops the workpieces on the m oving
conveyor and passes them on for
sorting onto one of three slides.
Project work
Like all MPS stations, the great
modularity of the Sorting station
makes it particularly suited for
project work. An example: Camera
system or RFID instead of sensors?
MPS > MPS Stations
Sorting station, mounted 8046325 Recommended training media

EasyPort
PA workpiece set 554301 Textbook Basic principles of
1x Conveyor module, 350 x 40 mm, DC 8032692
1x Detection module 8044527
3x Slide module 653393
1x Sorting gate/separator module, electrical 532952
1x Stopper, simple, with valve 8046324
1x Quick-Fix clamping adapter 8026327

Station setup Operating pressure:
Sensor technology 600 kPa (6 bar)
Connecting tubing and wiring Power supply: 24 V DC
Reading circuit diagrams Square/round workpiece
Connecting DC motors and motor dimensions: max. 40 mm (1.6 mm)
controllers 8 digital sensors
Belt control system 4 digital actuators
Programming sorting functions
Inductive sensor Retro-reflective sensor for guide rail

The inductive sensor is complete The component comprising the
with holder for mounting on the transceiver and mirror can be
guide rail profile of the conveyor or mounted d irectly on the guide rail
a slide. of a conveyor or slide. Includes
Order no. 196968 mounting accessories and connect-
ing cable.
Order no. 8063218
Sorting station with additional equipment
MPS > MPS Stations
Programming station
Do your own thing!
Function
The Programming station transports
and programs the EasyKit workpiece
attachment. The Conveyor module
transports the workpiece attach-
ment to the loading position of the
programming module. The module
control unit loads, aligns, programs
and ejects the workpiece attach-
ment.
The control unit stores up to seven

different programs for the EasyKit
microcontroller system. The inte-
grated Touch Panel or an external
PLC actuates the control unit of the
module.
The programmed EasyKit is trans-

ported to the end of the conveyor.
Topic: Workpiece detection

and transport
Optical proximity sensors detect
the position of the workpiece. The
Conveyor module transports the
workpiece through the station. A
double-acting cylinder loads and
unloads the programming module.
Topic: Workpiece alignment

A capacitive proximity sensor iden-
tifies the orientation of the EasyKit
workpiece attachment. A DC motor
rotates the EasyKit into the correct
position for programming.
Project work
Like all other MPS stations, the
great modularity of the Programming
station makes it particularly suited
for project work.
Feeding the EasyKit via the convey-
or or external handling systems.
Extension of the station with a
stacking magazine.
MPS > MPS Stations
Programming station, mounted 8059892 Recommended training media

EasyPort
Control console, SysLink 195764 WBT Actuators DC motor
EduTrainer Universal Pages 87 95 WBT GRAFCET
WBT PLC programming in
Recommended accessories: accordance with IEC 61131
Simulation box, digital 170643 FluidSIM design and simulation
EasyKit microcontroller system 8049530 program
Textbook Fundamentals of pneu-
The most important components at a glance: matics and electropneumatics
1x Aluminum profile plate, 700 x 350 mm, with cable guide 170395 Workbooks Basic level and
1x Conveyor module, 350 x 40 mm, DC 8032692 Advanced level MPS conveyor
1x Programming module 8046521 module, PLC programming

Sensors 600 kPa (6 bar)
Connecting tubing and wiring Power supply: 24 V DC
Connecting DC motors and dimensions: max. 40 mm
motor controllers 6 digital input signals for
Belt control system embedded controllers
Programming controllers 6 digital output signals from
Bit communication with embedded controllers
embedded systems
EasyKit microcontroller system

Page 209
Order no. 8049530
Programming station with additional equipment
MPS > MPS Stations
Packaging station
Into the box, set, go
Function
The Packaging station is responsible
for packaging workpieces fully
automatically. A conveyor carries the
object into the collecting position
to the two-axis handling module. A
box is then separated and folded in
the Packaging module. The box is
then prepared for loading. The work-
piece is placed into the box with the
two-axis handling module via a step-
per motor into the x-axis and a cylin-
der connected in steps in the z-axis.
The box is then sealed and transport-
ed back to the Conveyor module. The
fully packaged workpiece is trans-
ported to the end of the conveyor.
Stepper motor
The stepper motor with c ontroller
moves the linear axis to various
positions with a high positioning
accuracy.
Pneumatic control system

Pneumatic limit sensors detect the
position of the cylinder, controlling
the boxs closing mechanism.
Project work
Like all other MPS stations, the
Packaging station is particularly
suitable for project work due to its
modularity. Logististical processes
expand the flow of materials and
offer wide-ranging training content.
MPS > MPS Stations
Packaging station, mounted 8062644 Recommended training media

EasyPort
EduTrainer Universal On request WBT PLC programming in
Workpiece set Pages 206 207 Textbook Fundamentals of
The most important components at a glance: Workbooks Basic level and PLC programming
Basic level
1x Aluminum profile plate, 700 x 350 mm, with cable guide 170395 advanced level MPS conveyor MPS Conveyor module
1x Conveyor module, 350 x 40 mm, DC 8032692 module, PLC programming

Workbook
1x Two-axis handling module with a stepper motor 8049257 With CD-ROM
1x Packaging module 8043505

IN1
& OUT
IN2

IN1
IN2
1x Cable holder with hook-and-loop fastener (pack of 10) 8034300 OUT
Box size 1 (50 piece): 48 x 42 x 50 8064300
Festo Didactic
Box size 2 (50 piece): 48 x 42 x 60 8064301

8046580 en

Sensors 600 kPa (6 bar)
Connecting tubing and wiring Power supply: 24 V DC/4.5 A
Pneumatic control systems dimensions: max. 40 mm
Belt control system 15 digital input signals
Actuating DC and stepper motors 14 digital output signals
via motor controllers Dimensions (W x D x H):
Bit communication with 350 x 700 x approx. 900 mm
motor controller
Packaging process
Boxes
Box size 1 (50 piece) (L x W x H): 48 x 42 x 50 8064300
Box size 2 (50 piece) (L x W x H): 48 x 42 x 60 8064301
Packaging station with additional equipment
MPS > MPS Stations
Distributing station
Getting started with MPS
Function
The Distributing station separates
workpieces. Up to eight workpieces
are stored in the magazine tube of
the stacking magazine. A double-act-
ing cylinder pushes the workpieces
out one at a time. The Changer mod-
ule grips the separated workpiece
via a suction gripper. The swivel arm
of the changer, which is driven by a
rotary actuator, moves the workpiece
to the transfer point of the down-
stream station.
Special technology:
Semi-rotary actuator
The Distributing station utilizes
various actuators, all of which are
industrial components. The rotary
actuator of the swivel arm can be set
to various angles between 90 and
270. The end positions are sensed
by means of micro switches. A dou-
ble-acting linear cylinder pushes
workpieces out of the stacking mag-
azine. The end positions are sensed
using proximity sensors.
Special grippers:
Suction gripper
The suction gripper of the C hanger
module grips the workpiece. The
vacuum is generated in the v acuum
slice of the CP valve terminal by
means of the Venturi principle and
is monitored by a pressure switch.
The switching point of the pressure
switch is adjustable.
[X]

MPS > MPS Stations
Distributing station, mounted 195780 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Kit Distributing station 526880 Mechanical: WBT Discover MPS 200
Mechanical set-up of a station
Additional equipment, also order: Pneumatics:
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 8033590 Installation of tubing for
Control console, SysLink 195764 pneumatic components
EduTrainer Universal Pages 87 95 Vacuum technology
Pneumatic linear and rotary
Recommended accessories: drives
Simulation box, digital 170643 Electrical:
Workpiece set Cylinder bodies 167021 Correct wiring of electrical WBT PLC programming in
components accordance with IEC 61131
Technical data Sensors: WBT GRAFCET
Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar) Correct application of limit WBT Pneumatics
Power supply 24 V DC switches Mechatronics Assistant
7 digital inputs PLC:
5 digital outputs Programming and application
of a PLC
Structure of a PLC program
Programming an operating
mode section
Orderly RESET sequence
Programming an EMERGENCY
STOP Training document Distributing
station
Design and simulation program
FluidSIM Pneumatics
Virtual process environment
CIROS
Textbook Pneumatics, Basic level
Textbook Programmable logic
controllers, Basic level
Tec2Screen Courses MPS
Stacking Magazine module
Commissioning
Logic programming
Tec2Screen Courses MPS
Changer module
Commissioning
Logic programming
Start-up valve with Changer module Vacuum switch

filter control valve The Changer module is a pneumatic Mechanical vacuum switch with
Filter control valve with Pressure handling device. A suction cup is adjustable switching point and
gauge and Start-up valve mounted used to pick up workpieces and re- switching status display (LED).
on adapter with ajustable angle. The locate them to positions from 0 to Order no. 196973
Start-up valve pressures/exhausts 180 using a semi-rotary drive. Sen-
the connected pressure zone. sors assume end-position detection.
MPS > MPS Stations
Processing station
Purely electrical
Function
In the Processing station, workpieces
are tested and processed on a rotary
indexing table. This station only us-
es electrical drives. The rotary index-
ing table is driven by a DC motor. The
table is positioned by a relay circuit,
with the position of the table being
detected by an inductive sensor. On
the rotary indexing table, the work-
pieces are tested and drilled in two
parallel processes. A solenoid probe
with an inductive sensor checks
that the workpieces are inserted in
the correct position. During drilling,
the workpiece is clamped by a sole-
noid actuator. Finished workpieces
are passed on via the electrical sort-
ing gate.
Attention!
Drilling operation
Drill feed is undertaken by an electri-
cal linear axis with a DC motor, which
is controlled via a reversing start-
er. The end positions are sensed by
means of micro switches. The drill is
fully functional, but for safety rea-
sons the drilling processes are only
simulated.
Electrical only:
Many different drives
The station requires the program-
ming of two processes executed in
parallel: drilling and drill-hole test-
ing. This station also offers a range
of different drives:
DC drill
DC motor on rotary indexing table
Electrical linear drive for drill feed
Electrical sorting gate
Solenoid actuator in the clamping
module and the Testing module
[X]

MPS > MPS Stations
Processing station, mounted 195782 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Kit Processing station 526882 Mechanical: WBT Actuators DC motor
Additional equipment, also order: Selection of linear drives
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 8033590 Electrical:
Control console, SysLink 195764 Correct wiring of electrical
EduTrainer Universal Pages 87 95 components
Sensors:
Recommended accessories: Correct application of limit
Simulation box, digital 170643 switches
Workpiece set Cylinder bodies 167021 PLC: Mechatronics Assistant
Programming of logic controllers
Technical data and parallel step sequences
Power supply 24 V DC Troubleshooting:
8 digital inputs Systematic troubleshooting
8 digital outputs in a production system
Handling technology:
Checking incoming workpieces
Textbook Programmable logic

controllers, Basic level
CIROS
Tec2Screen Courses
MPS Processing station
Rotary Indexing Table module
Drilling module
Testing module Drilling module Rotary indexing table module Clamping/ejecting module
The Testing module consists of a The Drilling module comprises a drill- Rotary indexing table with 6 work- For mounting on a profile plate. An
solenoid probe with an inductive ing machine attached to a linear axis piece positions. The table is driven electrical solenoid is used for the
sensor for sensing. The module can driven by a DC motor. The end posi- by a DC-geared motor with a series drive (Working stroke = 9 mm).
be used for the testing of workpiec- tions are sensed by means of micro resistor. Order no. 526218
es: simple drill-hole checking, simple switches. Order no. 654972
height checking, workpiece position Order no. 196974
checking.
Order no. 195773
MPS > MPS Stations
Handling station, pneumatic

All-rounder with pneumatic linear drive
Function
The Handling station, pneumatic,
is equipped with a flexible two-axis
handling device. Workpieces insert-
ed into the holder are detected by
an optical diffuse sensor. The han-
dling device picks up the workpieces
from there with the aid of a pneumat-
ic gripper. The gripper is equipped
with an optical sensor which differ-
entiates between black and non-
black workpieces. The workpieces
can be placed on different slides ac-
cording to this criterion. Other sort-
ing criteria can be defined if the sta-
tion is combined with other stations.
Workpieces can also be transferred
to a downstream station.
Good example:
Modular handling system
from Festo
The Handling station, pneumatic,
utilizes industrial handling compo-
nents. A pneumatic linear axis with
flexible end-position adjustment and
cushioning allows fast positioning,
including to intermediate p ositions.
A flat linear cylinder with end-
position detection serves as the lift-
ing cylinder for the Z axis. A modern
pneumatic linear gripper is mount-
ed on the lifting cylinder. The optical
sensor integrated into the jaw of the
gripper recognizes the workpieces.
Project exercise:
New requirements different
grippers
The PicAlfa module, pneumatic, is
highly flexible: stroke length, inclina-
tion of the axes, arrangement of the
end-position sensors and the instal-
lation position can all be adjusted.
This enables the station to be adapt-
ed for a broad range of handling
tasks without the use of additional
[X] elements an ideal project for ad-
vanced trainees.

MPS > MPS Stations
Handling station pneumatic, mounted 195783 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Kit Handling station, pneumatic 526883 Mechanical: WBT Electropneumatics
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 8033590 Installation of tubing for
Control console, SysLink 195764 pneumatic components
EduTrainer Universal Pages 87 95 Pneumatic grippers
Pneumatic linear drives
Recommended accessories: Electrical:
Simulation box, digital 170643 Correct wiring of electrical
Workpiece set Cylinder bodies 167021 components Mechatronics Assistant
Workpiece set For cylinder assembly 162239 Sensors:
Correct application of limit
Technical data switches
Operating pressure 400 kPa (4 bar) PLC:
Power supply 24 V DC Programming and application
8 digital inputs of a PLC
5 digital outputs Control of a handling device
Commissioning:
Commissioning of the entire Design and simulation program
sequence FluidSIM Pneumatics
Optimization of cycle time Textbook Programmable logic
Safety in the event of loss of controllers, Basic level
pneumatic or electrical power
PicAlfa module, pneumatic Holder module Diffuse sensor Slide module

Universal 2-axis handling device for The Holder module comes complete The fiber-optic diffuse sensor can The slide comes complete with a
Pick&Place tasks. Stroke length, with a holder for mounting on a probe mounted directly in the pickup retainer for mounting on a profile
inclination of the axes and arrange- file plate. module, at the end of a slide or on plate.
ment of the end-position sensors Order no. 195777 a gripper. Order no. 653393
and mounting position can be ad- Order no. 526212
justed.
Order no. 526215
MPS > MPS Stations
Handling station, electrical

Up-to-date with electric drives
Function
The Handling station, electrical, is
equipped with a flexible two-axis
handling device. Workpieces insert-
ed into the holder are detected by
an optical diffuse sensor. The han-
dling device picks up the workpieces
from there with the aid of a pneumat-
ic gripper. The gripper is equipped
with an optical sensor which differ-
entiates between black and non-
black workpieces. The workpieces
can be placed on different slides ac-
cording to this criterion. Other sort-
ing criteria can be defined if the sta-
tion is combined with other stations.
Workpieces can also be transferred
to a downstream station.
Good example:
Modular handling system
from Festo
The Handling station, electrical,
utilizes industrial handling compo-
nents. An electrical linear axis with
DC motor allows fast positioning,
including to intermediate positions.
A flat linear cylinder with end-
position detection serves as the lift-
ing cylinder for the Z axis. A modern
pneumatic linear gripper is mount-
ed on the lifting cylinder. The optical
sensor integrated into the jaw of the
gripper recognizes the workpieces.
Project exercise:
New requirements different
grippers
The PicAlfa module, electrical, is
highly flexible: stroke length, inclina-
tion of the axes, arrangement of the
end-position sensors and the instal-
lation position can all be a djusted.
This enables the station to be adapt-
ed for a broad range of handling
tasks without the use of a dditional
elements an ideal project for
[X] advanced trainees.
The valve terminal in the electric

PicAlfa module is equipped with two
individual single-solenoid valves.
This makes it possible to carry out
simple extensions, such as adding a
stacking machine.

MPS > MPS Stations
Handling station electrical, mounted 567203 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Kit Handling station electric 567256 Mechanical: WBT Actuators DC motor
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 8033590 Installation of tubing for pneumatic
Control console, SysLink 195764 components
EduTrainer Universal Pages 87 95 Pneumatic grippers
Pneumatic linear drives
Simulation box, digital 170643 Correct wiring of electrical
Workpiece set Cylinder bodies 167021 components WBT Safety engineering
Workpiece set For cylinder assembly 162239 Sensors: WBT Electropneumatics
Correct application of limit Mechatronics Assistant
Technical data switches
Operating pressure 400 kPa (4 bar) PLC:
7 digital outputs Control of a handling device
Drive technology:
I/O actuation of drive controllers
Commissioning:
Commissioning of electrical Design and simulation program
axes FluidSIM Pneumatics
Commissioning of the entire Textbook Programmable logic
sequence controllers, Basic level
Optimization of cycle time
Safety in the event of loss of
pneumatic or electrical power
PicAlfa module, electrical Valve terminal Smart Cubic Multi-pin plug distributor
Universal 2-axis handling device for The miniaturized valve terminal for For connecting up to 8 sensors
Pick&Place tasks. Stroke length, almost any application. The Smart with a 3-pin Connector M8.
inclination of the axes and arrange- Cubic has a highly compact design Operating voltage range:
ment of the limit switches and with sufficient volumes for miniatur- 10 30 V DC
mounting position can be adjusted. ized drives in the electronics indus- Acceptable current load per slot:
All components for activating the try, and is optimized for Festo minia- 1A
module are on the support profile. ture drives. Total acceptable current load:
Order no. 567255 Multi-pin cable D-Sub, 15-pin 4A
Valve positions: 2 x 5/2-way Including multi-pin cable D-Sub,
monostable, 1 x 5/2-way bistable 15-pin
MPS > MPS Stations
Fluidic Muscle Press station

Powerful
Function
The Fluidic Muscle Press station
presses workpiece inserts into the
housings. The rotary/linear actuator
(transfer device) moves the housing
with the insert placed on it under the
press. The pneumatic muscle per-
forms the pressing operation. The
finished workpiece is then transport-
ed to the transfer position using the
rotary/linear actuator. An optical dif-
fuse sensor is attached to the arm
of the actuator for sensing the work-
piece. The pressing pressure is moni-
tored and displayed using the analog
pressure sensor. The press-in speed
and depth can be varied both man-
ually via throttle and pressure reg-
ulator and electronically via the
proportional pressure regulator.
State of the art

The latest components, such as the
pneumatic muscle, the linear drive
SLG or the semi-rotary actuator
DRQD with adjustable mid-position
enable students to experience the in-
dustrial automation technology of to-
morrow today.
Option:
Analog value processing
The analog pressure sensor provides
an analog signal and also a binary
signal with the help of the program-
mable switching points. The analog
signals are available at a separate
terminal allowing connection to
the simulation box or a PLC with an
analog module. This enables you to
use the station with a controller with
or without analog processing. Both
variants are supported for actuation
of the pneumatic muscle: Analog
via the proportional pressure regu-
lator or binary via a directional con-
trol valve.
[X]

MPS > MPS Stations
Fluidic muscle press station, mounted 535248 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Kit Fluidic muscle press station 538707 Mechanical: WBT Sensor technology 1
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 8033590 Application of linear slide units
Control console, SysLink 195764 Application of semi-rotary drives
EduTrainer Universal Pages 87 95 Application of pressure regulators
Application of pneumatic muscle
Simulation box, digital/analog 526863 Correct wiring of electrical
Workpiece set Housings 534619 components Mechatronics Assistant
Workpiece insert Clock 534621 Sensors:
Workpiece insert Thermometer 534622 Application of end-position sensors
Workpiece insert Hygrometer 534623 and optical diffuse sensors
Mode of operation and applica-
Technical data tions of analog sensors using the
Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar) example of an analog pressure
Power supply 24 V DC sensor
8 digital inputs PLC:
(1 analog input can additionally Programming and application Design and simulation program
be used) of a PLC FluidSIM Pneumatics
7 digital outputs Analog signal processing Textbook Programmable logic
(1 analog output can controllers, Basic level
additionally be used) Textbook Proximity sensors
CIROS
Rotary/linear transfer module Fluidic Muscle Press module Pressure sensor Analog terminal
The module contains a precision SLG The module is used to press work- Pressure sensor with LCD display, Analog signals are passed to a
linear slide unit with adjustable end piece inserts into the housing. The measuring range 0 10 bar with special analog terminal with a 15-pin
stops. The rotary movement is real- press is actuated using a pneumatic analog output 0 10 V and PNP Sub-D socket. To wire up and con-
ized using a DRQD semi-rotary drive. muscle. The module contains a man- switch output, selectable via teach- nect analog signals.
This permits rotation of 90 and ually adjustable pressure regulator In. Supplied complete with connec- Order no. 526213
180. All end positions are sensed by that can be used to adjust the press- tion cable.
means of sensors. in depth. The press-in speed is ad- Order no. 679598
Order no. 535249 justed via supply air flow control.
Order no. 535251
MPS > MPS Stations
Punching station
Hydraulics power
Function
The plastic cylinder end caps for the
cylinder bodies are supplied without
a hole for the piston rod. This station
has the task of punching the hole.
A double-acting cylinder ejects the
semifinished cap from the stacking
magazine. A second cylinder brings
the cap into the punch. After punch-
ing, this second cylinder ejects the
finished cap.
Topic:
Pressure and force
Hydraulics plays a key role in mecha-
tronic systems when great forces
are required. It is an essential part
of drive and control technology for
mechatronics training.
The pressure for the punching pro-

cess is supplied by the hydraulic
power unit. A pressure switch on
the punch itself ensures the correct
pressure for the punching process.
[X]

MPS > MPS Stations
Punching station, mounted 195787 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Kit Punching station 526887 Mechanical: WBT Hydraulics
Additional equipment, also order: Hydraulics:
2x MPS trolley, 700 x 350 8033590 Set-up of a hydraulic control
Control console, SysLink 195764 system
EduTrainer Universal Pages 87 95 Commissioning a rapid traverse
feed circuit
Recommended accessories: Pneumatics:
Simulation box, digital 170643 Installation of tubing for pneumatic
Workpiece set Cylinder end caps 162240 components WBT Electrohydraulics
Hydraulic power pack with a constant-displacement pump, 230 V 152962 Application of pneumatic linear Mechatronics Assistant
Hydraulic oil (DIN 51524), HLP22, 10 Liters 192215 drives CIROS
2x Hose line with quick release couplings, 1500 mm 159386 Electrical: Design and simulation program
Aluminum profile plate, 700 x 350 mm 162386 Correct wiring of electrical FluidSIM Hydraulics
components
Technical data Sensors:
Operating pressure hydraulics Application of inductive and
6 MPa (60 bar) optical sensors
Operating pressure pneumatics Application of pressure switches
600 kPa (6 bar) PLC:
8 digital outputs Structure of a PLC program Textbook Hydraulics, Basic level
Programming of operating modes Textbook Programmable logic
Troubleshooting: controllers, Basic level
Systematic troubleshooting in
a production system
Hydraulic punch station Stacking magazine module

The Hydraulic punch module consists (end caps)
of a hydraulic cylinder (diameter 32) Separation of the cylinder caps for
with guides that punches the hole assembly. This module cannot be
in the end cap of a workpiece for as- used for separation of symbolic
sembly. The moving part is protect- workpieces or the body.
ed against manual intervention via Order no. 162353
plexiglass.
Order no. 162352
MPS > MPS Stations > Modules
Conveyor module Stacking magazine module
1 2
The Conveyor module is intended Technical data The Stacking magazine module Technical data
for mounting on a profile plate, pro- Power supply: 24 V DC separates workpieces or end caps. Operating pressure:
file foot or slotted mounting frame Maximum workpiece width: 40 mm A double-acting cylinder pushes the 600 kPa (6 bar)
with freely positionable DC motor. It Length: 300, 350 or 700 mm workpiece at the bottom out of the Power supply: 24 V DC
is suitable for transporting and sep- Conveyor height above profile: gravity-feed magazine. The cylin- 3 digital sensors
arating workpieces with a diameter approx. 117 mm der position is detected electrical- 1 digital actuator
of 40 mm (e.g. Bodies or Cylinder 3 digital sensors ly by inductive, three-wire sensors. Length with workpiece holder:
for assembly workpiece sets). The 3 digital actuators The speed with which the cylinder 310 mm
module is supplied fully assembled. extends and retracts can be infinite- Length without workpiece holder:
Scope of delivery ly adjusted via one-way flow control 240 mm
Training content Conveyor module including: valves. Through-beam sensors or
Belt control system DC motor: 24 V DC/1.5 A with diffuse sensors can be attached to Scope of delivery
Sensors motor controller right/left the magazine. The magazine offers Plastic injection-molded
Reading circuit diagrams 2 diffuse sensors mounting options for installation on cylinder body and ejector
Buffering and separating Light barrier a profile, profile plate or at conveyor Magazine tube for end caps
Mini I/O terminal height via an optional adapter. It is and cylinder bodies with
Recommended training media Mounting material for profile plate possible to eject products from three diameter/edge length = 40 mm
Tec2Screen Courses Feed separator/stopper, electric magazines at a common position. Mini I/O terminal
Commissioning The module is supplied completely 5/2-way single solenoid valve
Logic programming assembled. Double-acting cylinder
2 magnetic limit switches
Training content Through-beam sensor
Basic principles of pneumatics Mounting accessories for
Sensor technology: profile plate
magnetic limit switches Workpiece holder
Sensor technology: (only with order no. 8032171)
opto-electrical sensors
Connecting tubing and wiring Recommended training media
Reading circuit diagrams Tec2Screen Courses
Commissioning
Logic programming
Conveyor module, DC motor integrated:
300 x 40 mm 8033135
350 x 40 mm, see picture see illustration 8032692
1 Without workpiece holder 8032172
Conveyor module, with motor flange: 2 With workpiece holder 8032171
350 x 40 mm 8037644
700 x 40 mm 8037645 Recommended accessories:
Adapter for Stacking magazine module 8032173
Recommended accessories for the conveyor module, with motor flange: MPS slotted mounting plate 8038504
DC motor controller for clockwise/anti-clockwise rotation 567245 PA workpiece set 554301
DC motor 532941 15-pin D-sub cables: plug connector plug connector, 2.0 m 8033584
Mounting materials On request 15-pin D-sub cables: plug connector open, 2.0 m 8033586
AC motor On request C Interface 8025738
Pick&Place module
The Pick&Place module is a uni- Technical data

versal, 2-axis handling device for Operating pressure:
Pick&Place tasks. The position of 600 kPa (6 bar)
the end-position switches, as well as Power supply: 24 V DC
mounting position and height, can be 4 digital sensors
adjusted on this module. The module 4 digital actuators
is supplied complete with vacuum Stroke length, X-axis: 80 mm
generator, pressure switch, vacuum Stroke length, Z-axis: 50 mm
filter and suction gripper, valve ter- Pick&Place unit, height-adjustable
minal, pressure limiter and electrical Pressure limitation along the Z-axis
interface. In another version, a paral-
lel gripper is used instead of vacuum Scope of delivery
technology. Mini I/O terminal
Valve terminal with 2x 5/2-way
Training content single solenoid valves and
Basic principles of pneumatics 1x 5/2-way double solenoid valve
Sensor technology: 2 double-acting cylinders with
magnetic limit switches guide
Connecting tubing and wiring 3 magnetic limit switches
Reading circuit diagrams Mounting accessories for
Getting to know handling systems profile plate
Vacuum technology/gripper Vacuum switches, Venturi nozzle,
technology soft and hard suction cups
(only with order no. 8031659)
Parallel gripper
(only with order no. 8031660)
with vacuum technology see illustration 8031659

with parallel gripper 8031660
MPS slotted mounting plate 8038504
PA workpiece set 554301
15-pin D-sub cables: plug connector plug connector, 2.0 m 8033584
15-pin D-sub cables: plug connector open, 2.0 m 8033586
C Interface 8025738
Packaging module Two-axis handling module

with a stepper motor
The Packaging module is responsible Technical data The two-axis handling module with a Technical data
for handling the boxes. The thrust Power supply: 24 V DC stepper motor can be used to handle Power supply: 24 V DC
cylinder separates and unfolds the Operating pressure: workpieces and boxes. The X-axis is Operating pressure:
boxes from the magazine. The guide 600 kPa (6 bar) implemented via an electromechani- 600 kPa (6 bar)
cylinder unfolds the upper section of Square/round workpiece cal drive. The stepper motor is actu- Square/round workpiece
the box, pushes the closing flap and dimensions: max. 40 mm ated by a controller. This makes the dimensions: max. 40 mm
then fixes the box lid by advancing Box dimensions (L x W x H): positioning of the axis very precise Stepper motor for motor controller
the stop cylinder to lower the work- 48 x 42 x 50 or 60 mm and easy to configure. The Z-axis is X and Z-axis adjustable at an angle
piece into it afterwards. As soon as Interfaces: 15-pin D-Sub-HD implemented via a guided, pneumat- of 15
the provided box is filled and the 4 digital sensors ic cylinder. Stroke of the X-axis: 600 mm
guide cylinder is moved into the ini- 4 digital actuators Stroke of the Z-axis: 100 mm
tial position, the box can be sealed The integrated pneumatic mini stop Interfaces: 2x 15-pin D-Sub-HD
with the folding mechanism. The Scope of delivery allows the upper and lower end 8 digital input signals
sealed box can then be removed. Module fully assembled and set position and a mid-position to be 7 digital output signals
Sensors: 4x reed contact approached. The electrical interfaces
Valve: 4x 5/2-way valve as well as the valve manifold and the Scope of delivery
Mounting material for profile plate stepper motor-controller are avail- X-axis with belt drive
able on the module. Z-axis with guided cylinder
Technical datasheet Stepper motor
50x box size 1 2 roller lever switches for
50x box size 2 deactivating the X-axis
Diffuse sensor
Gripper jaws for the workpiece
and box
2x mini I/O terminal
Valve: 4x 5/2-way valve
(monostable)
Mounting material for profile plate
Technical datasheet
Order no. 8043505
Recommended accessories: Order no. 8049257

MPS slotted mounting plate 8038504
15-pin D-sub cables: plug connector plug connector, 2.0 m 8033584 Recommended accessories:
15-pin D-sub cables: plug connector open, 2.0 m 8033586 MPS slotted mounting plate 8038504
C Interface 8025738 2x 15-pin D-sub cables: plug connector plug connector, 2.0 m 8033584
Box size 1 (50 pieces) (L x W x H): 48 x 42 x 50 mm 8064300 2x 15-pin D-sub cables: plug connector open, 2.0 m 8033586
Box size 2 (50 pieces) (L x W x H): 48 x 42 x 60 mm 8064301 C Interface 8025738
Programming module RFID module
The Programming module is used to Technical data The RFID module is suitable for use Technical data
program the EasyKit m icrocontroller Power supply: 24 V DC in MPS conveyors or as an individ- Power supply: 24 V DC
system. The module consists of a Operating pressure: ual module for use of slot or profile Supported protocols: Modbus,
control unit with touch panel, a work- 600 kPa (6 bar) plates. EtherNet/IP, PROFINET
piece guide with a double-acting Embedded controller with H-rail mounting for basic
loading cylinder, an alignment unit 10.9 cm touch panel RFID (identification using electro- functional module
with a 24 V DC motor and a pneumat- Alignment motor: 24 V DC/0.13 A magnetic waves) refers to a technol- Sensor mounting to belt guide rail
ic positioning programming plug with Square/round workpiece ogy for transmitter/receiver systems
6 contact pins. dimensions: max. 40 mm for automatic and touchless identifi- Scope of delivery
Interfaces: 15-pin D-Sub-HD, cation and localization of objects via Network interface
The control unit (embedded control- USB, TCP/IP radio waves. Basic functional module with
ler) controls the internal processes 6 digital inputs extension module for 2 RFID
of the module and has interfaces to 4 digital outputs The RFID system consists of a tran- write/read heads
communicate with a PLC. The config- sponder/tag on or in an item, which RFID write/read head including
uration of the operating mode and Scope of delivery contains an identification code, and connecting cable (1 piece)
the display of the current status can Control unit with touch panel a read/write head for reading or writ- Mounting material for basic
also be implemented via the inte- Workpiece guide with ing this identifier. functional module (QuickFix) and
grated touch panel. double-acting loading cylinder for sensor to profile plate and
Alignment unit with electric motor guide rail of MPS Conveyor
The module can be loaded by hand, Positionable programming plug 10x RFID tags with tool inserts
by a handling system or an indus- with 6 contact pins for order no. 554301
trial robot. The fixture is used for Valve: 5/2-way monostable Technical datasheet
automatic loading. The module can solenoid valve, 5/3-way solenoid
be mounted on a profile or slotted valve, pressure regulator
mounting plate and to a MPS 4x solenoid limit switches, diffuse
Conveyor module or to a transfer sensors, capacitive proximity
conveyor with a mounting kit avail- sensor
able separately. Workholder
Mounting material for profile plate
The module is supplied fully assem- 2x EasyKit microcontroller systems
bled.

MPS slotted mounting plate 8038504 MPS slotted mounting plate 8038504
15-pin D-sub cables: plug connector plug connector, 2.0 m 8033584 RFID R/W head with foot mounting 8063437
15-pin D-sub cables: plug connector open, 2.0 m 8033586 RFID interface for 2 RFID write/read heads 8063438
C Interface 8025738 RFID memory 128 kb (10 piece) with insert 8063850
EasyKit microcontroller system 8049530 RFID memory 128 kb (10 piece) 8063848
MPS > MPS Stations > Safety engineering
Safety engineering
MPS module MPS module MPS module MPS module

Safety engineering holder system Light curtain Door Door with active locking mechanism
This mounting kit for MPS safety Contactless light curtains protect According to directive DIN EN ISO According to directive DIN EN ISO
engineering can be used to optimally operating personnel against 12100, Machine Safety, all movable 12100, Machine Safety, all movable
mount the MPS modules door, door undesired or unintentional entry parts on machines must be secured parts on machines must be secured
with active bolt, light curtain and the into the danger zones of technical with protective devices. The MPS with protective devices. The MPS
MPS control console to any MPS systems, such as presses, robot safety engineering product range is safety engineering product range is
station. inserting stations, transfer lines and ideal as part of training on this sub- ideal as part of training on this sub-
Horizontal angle palletizing systems. ject. ject.
19 front cover and short
cable duct The MPS module light curtain is The door includes a safety switch The door includes a safety switch
Assembly instructions used to extend any MPS station in and can be mounted on any MPS and can be mounted on any MPS
Order no. 549849 the area of safety engineering and is station using the MPS module station using the MPS module safe-
mounted on the MPS module safety safety engineering holder system. ty engineering holder system.
engineering holder system. The mod-
Recommended training media, ule consists of a transmitter and a As soon as the protective device is As soon as the protective device is
also order: receiver, mounted opposite one an- opened, the N/C contacts on the opened, the N/C contacts on the
other. The infrared LEDs on the trans- safety switch open. The hazardous safety switch open. The hazardous
Training documentation mitter emit brief light pulses that are machine motion is then stopped. machine motion is then stopped.
The safe system Page 66 received by the receiver diodes. 2 doors (1x 117 mm high, 2 doors (1x 117 mm high,
Light curtain with transmitter 1x 260 mm high) 1x 260 mm high)
The safe system
and receiver 1 safety switch with 2 N/C contacts 1 safety switch with N/C contact,
MPS
Connecting cable (5 m) without active locking mechanism N/O contact and active locking
1 connecting cable (5 m) mechanism (1200 N locking force)
With CD-ROM
Technical data Order no. 549851 1 connecting cable (5 m)

Module size (H x W x D): Order no. 549852
313 x 34 x 30.7 mm Suitable here:
Supply voltage: 24 V DC MPS module holder system Suitable here:
Maximum switching current: Order no. 549849 MPS module holder system
500 mA per OSSD Safety relay from Pilz Order no. 549849
Wavelength: 650 nm Order no. 573283 Safety relay from Pilz
Protection field height: 300 mm 19 emergency stop module (9 HP) Order no. 573283
Festo Didactic
574144 en
Resolution: 14 mm Order no. 573860 19 emergency stop module (9 HP)

WBT Safety engineering Page 21 Range: 0.15 m 10 m Order no. 573860
Order no. 549850 19 request module (3 HP)
Order no. 573861
Suitable here:
MPS module holder system
Order no. 549849
Safety relay from Pilz
Order no. 573283
19 emergency stop module (9 HP)
Order no. 573860
MPS > MPS Stations > Safety engineering
1 1
3
1 2
2
2
1 19 emergency stop module 1 Safety relay from Pilz 1 19 emergency stop panel Emergency stop board
(9 HP) The safety switching device fulfills The emergency stop panel allows The flexible safety concept for the
The 19 emergency stop module the requirements of EN 60947-5-1, integration of the emergency stop MPS provides an easy method of
(9 modular spacing units) makes it EN 60204-1 and VDE 0113-1, and pushbutton into the control panel. switching off components w hether
possible to expand the MPS control can be used in applications with: The pushbutton is connected to a the entire system or parts thereof.
panel to include an emergency-stop Emergency stop pushbuttons EduTrainer or an emergency stop The central emergency stop board
mushroom actuator and a key-oper- Safety switches, Light barriers board via a 2.5 m cable with 2-pin is part of the safety concept in the
ated reset pushbutton. The module Forced relay outputs: screw-terminal plug. Modular Production System and
can be connected to a safety relay, 3 safety contacts (S), undelayed allows you to integrate up to ten
an emergency stop PCB or a failsafe 1 auxiliary contact (), undelayed The emergency off panel can be in- MPS stations into a safety circuit.
PLC with a 2.5 meter long connect- 1 semiconductor output tegrated into the control panel order When combined with emergency
ing cable. 4 mm plugs are required 1 contact expansion block, connect- no. 195764 . A blank panel order no. stop pushbuttons and/or position
for direct connection to the emer- able, operating modes can be adjust- 534630 is required for installation in- switches, it provides a high level of
gency stop jumper of an EduTrainer ed via rotary switch. to the control panel. The blank panel safety. The central emergency stop
Universal. LED display for: is not included. board can be mounted in the trolley
Supply voltage Order no. 534631 of a station along with a EduTrainer
Blank panels are not included in the Input status channel 1 and 2 Universal.
scope of delivery. Switching status of safety contacts 2 19 blank panel (16 HP) for the
Order no. 573860 Starting circuit control panel A 4-pin cable (order no. 535245) is
Error Order no. 534630 required for each station for con-
2 19 request module (3 HP) Plug-in terminals. Connection mate- nection. This cable is not included in
The 19 request module (3 modular rial included. 3 Light tower module the scope of delivery. The connected
spacing units) makes it possible to Order no. 573283 The LED light tower with 3 signal stations can be switched off via max.
expand the MPS control panel to lights (red, yellow, green) shows 6 emergency stop switches. These
include a key-operated request 2 Safety relay from SICK different statuses of a system and is emergency stop switches are not
pushbutton and a reset pushbutton. The safety switching device can be suitable for all MPS stations. With included in the scope of delivery.
The module can be connected to a used in applications with: protection class IP 65. It is secured Inputs (emergency stop switch)
safety relay with a 2.5 meter long Emergency stop switches to the slotted assembly board with 16
connecting cable. Safety switches and safety the materials supplied. Outputs (stations) 1 10
switches with mechanical locking Order no. 195769
Blank panels are not included in the Cross circuit recognition for Delivery includes a base and a 2
scope of delivery. dual-channel control. Outputs: meter connecting cable with open Also order:
Order no. 573861 2 N/O contacts, 1 response delayed ends for connecting to the I/O termi- Connecting cable, 4-pin, for connect-
N/O contact, adjustable from nal of the MPS station. ing an MPS station ( EduTrainer
0.15 3 s or 1.5 30 s. Order no. 549843 Universal) to the emergency stop
3 LEDs: supply voltage, board.
C1/C2 relay (undelayed) and Order no. 535245
C3/C4 relay (delayed)
Manual reset
Automatic reset
Contact expansion for more
outputs
Connection material included.
Order no. 573282
MPS > MPS Stations > Accessories
Accessories
1
1
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 MPS height adjustment 1 MPS A4 mounting frame MPS door
Compact and mobile thanks to the Pure ergonomics. Students can The A4 mounting frame expands the The safety door for the MPS trolley
trolley. The station is easy to mount adjust the height to a level that suits MPS station to provide space for an 700 x 350 is attached to the trolley
on the trolley. Appropriate through- them when working with MPS sta- EduTrainer in A4 format above the from the outside. A lock prevents
holes in the side and rear panels tions. Simply raise the mounted profile plate. Because the EduTrain- unauthorized opening of the door.
enable orderly routing of cables. profile plate, which is infinitely er is mounted on the profile plate,
The symmetrical design of the trol- adjustable, upwards. The integrated it is always at eye level. There is thus Technical data
ley means that there are mounting Bowden cable is used for infinitely space for the PLC in the trolley and Dimensions when fully closed
options on both sides for the con- adjustable lowering. The MPS for the touch panel in the A4 mount- (H x W): 645 x 334 mm
trol panel, the intermediate shelf and trolley 700 x 350 (order no. 8033248) ing frame, for example. Dimensions for trolley with control
for drawers. A lifting column can be can be retrofitted with this height ad- panel (H x W): 500 x 334 mm
integrated in the center of the trol- justment. Technical data Can be hinged on right or left
ley to facilitate ergonomic work on Dimensions (H x W outside x D):
the profile plate. There is space for Technical data 626 x 342 x 84 mm Scope of delivery
the assembly board for the electri- Minimum load: 7 kg Plexiglas door
cal connections and the PLC rack on Height in retracted state: 665 mm Scope of delivery 2 hinges
both sides of the trolley. The profiles Lift height: 400 mm Holder for profiles Handle
for DIN A4 mounting allow additional 2 x A4 mounting profiles Lock with key
EduTrainer units to be used on the Scope of delivery Mounting accessories for profile Mounting accessories
trolley. An optional attachable door Column with adapter plates and and profile plate 1 645 x 334 mm 8033596
protects the equipment inside. Bowden cable Order no. 8033592 2 500 x 334 mm 8033595
Mounting accessories for trolley
Technical data and profile plate
Dimensions (H = including castors to Order no. 8033591 2 MPS mounting profile
top edge of trolley x W x D): The MPS A4 mounting profile
750 x 350 x 700 mm expands the MPS trolley 700 x 350
to include a space in A4 format. The
Scope of delivery PLC or assembly board can therefore
Trolley including castors be hung in the A4 mounting frame.
Intermediate shelf Order no. 8033594
Without height adjustment

Order no. 8033248
With height adjustment
Order no. 8033590
MPS drawer set MPS A4 assembly board MPS slotted mounting plate 1 Cable holder with
Order on the table. The drawer set The assembly board is used to For mounting the MPS modules hook-and-loop fastener (pack of 10)
expands the MPS trolley to provide mount the various terminals or other in order to learn about a particular Reliable and stable fastener for
additional storage space. The draw- components that can be mounted workplace before it is integrated in- guiding cables and tubing in
ers can be stacked on top of one an- on the H-rail. There are two levels to an MPS station. The modules can electrical and pneumatic installa-
other or divided between both sides with a height of approx. 95 mm avail- also be stored safely on the plate. tions of plants.
of the trolley. An intermediate shelf able. The board can be installed
covers the drawer from above. in any A4 mounting frame in the Technical data Technical data
MPS trolley or in the lab table. The Dimensions (H x W): Overall length: 122.5 mm
Technical data board can a lso be hung in the t rolley 297 x 310 mm Band width: 20 mm
Interior dimensions per drawer or attached to the profile plate or Contact width: 30 mm
(H x W x D): 120 x 274 x 300 mm the intermediate shelf in the MPS Scope of delivery Contact length: 34 mm
trolley. The board is fully assembled. Slotted plate
Scope of delivery 4 plastic feet Scope of delivery
2 drawers Technical data Order no. 8038504 10 cable holders
4 ball bearings Dimensions (H x W x D): 10 M4 x 15 screws
Intermediate shelf 279 x 314 x 40 mm 10 T-head nuts for profile plate slot
Mounting accessories Order no. 8034300
Order no. 8033593 Scope of delivery
Assembly plate
2 H-rails, 240 mm long 2 Adapter for
Cable ducts Stacking magazine module
Order no. 8035612 Adapter for mounting the magazine
at MPS conveyor height. Stainless
steel sheet bending parts including
mounting screws.
Order no. 8032173
Accessories
Mini I/O terminal C Interface Digital I/O terminal (SysLink) Analog I/O terminal
The mini I/O terminal is the c entral Simple Plug and Learn intelligent The I/O terminal is the central unit of Analog signals are routed to a
unit of the MPS modules. It is used connection technology. The design the MPS SysLink concept. It is used special analog terminal with a 1 5-pin
to wire four digital inputs, four d
igital of the system connection enables to wire eight digital inputs and eight Sub-D socket. It is used to wire
outputs, two analog inputs and one two modules to be easily connected digital outputs which are connected four analog inputs and two a nalog
analog output which are connected to a PLC via SysLink. If the module is to a socket. Contact is established outputs which are connected to a
to a socket. Contact is established to be equipped with analog signals, via spring-loaded terminals. LEDs are socket. Contact is established via
via spring-loaded terminals. LEDs are these can be picked off via the fitted on the input and output termi- spring-loaded terminals. LEDs are
fitted on the input and output termi- 15-pin Sub-D socket. nals which make it easy to monitor included on the input and output
nals which make it easy to monitor the switching status and enable sys- terminals which make it easy to mon-
the switching status and enable sys- Technical data tematic troubleshooting. The termi- itor the status and enable systematic
tematic troubleshooting. The termi- 24-pin IEEE socket (SysLink) nal can be mounted on an H-rail. troubleshooting. The terminal can be
nal can be mounted on an H-rail. 15-pin Sub-D socket mounted on an H-rail.
2x 15-pin Sub-D HD sockets Technical data
The terminal is available in two Status LEDs 24 V/0 V terminals Technical data
variants: Dimensions (W x D): 68 x 77 mm Inputs: 8 24 V/0 V terminals
15-pin Sub-D HD socket, straight Outputs: 8 Current inputs: 4
15-pin Sub-D socket, Scope of delivery Spring-loaded terminal: Current outputs: 2
90 to the PCB Terminal with H-rail mounting 0.2 1.5 mm2 Voltage inputs: 4
Order no. 8025738 24-pin IEEE socket (SysLink) Voltage outputs: 2
Technical data Status LEDs Spring-loaded terminal:
24 V/0 V terminals Dimensions (W x D): 68 x 77 mm 0.2 1.5 mm2
Inputs: 4 15-pin Sub-D socket
Digital outputs: 4 Scope of delivery Status LEDs
Analog inputs: 2 Terminal with H-rail mounting Dimensions (W x D): 68 x 77 mm
Analog output: 1 Order no. 8025736
Spring-loaded terminal: Scope of delivery
0.2 0.5 mm2 Terminal with H-rail mounting
15-pin Sub-D HD socket Order no. 8025737
Status LEDs
Dimensions (W x D): 45 x 77 mm
Scope of delivery
Terminal with H-rail mounting
1 Straight 8025740
2 90 to the PCB 8025739
1/2 1
4 2
IO-Link DA interface Fieldbus node CTEU 15-pin Sub-D HD cables 19 mini I/O 4 mm module
The IO-Link DA interface is the uni- Well connected with the fieldbus The 19 mini I/O 4 mm adapter
versal interface from modules to node CTEU for valve terminals and 1 Connector connector module is used for wiring the digital
different communication/bus sys- the IO-Link DA Interface. The For the connection of MPS modules and analog inputs and outputs of
tems. An MPS module is connect- fieldbus node supports fieldbus- to the C interface via the mini I/O an MPS module using 4 mm safety
ed via each of the two 15-pin Sub-D capable modules. The bus node terminal. The I/O data cable is used cables. The MPS module is connect-
HD sockets. The M12 I-Port connec- module is therefore a low-cost to connect 24 V/0 V, four digital ed to the 15-pin Sub-D HD socket.
tion provides communication via IO- means of exploring the extensive inputs and outputs as well as two Mounting on an H-rail, a mounting
Link. Bus coupling modules (CTEU) world of fieldbus protocols, including analog inputs and one analog output plate included in the scope of
expand the I-Port interface to include CANopen, PROFIBUS and DeviceNet. in parallel. delivery, or in a 19 mounting frame
various bus systems. The follow- This communication interface is is possible.
ing modules are currently available: based on the Festo I-Port as a Technical data
CANopen, DeviceNet, CC-Link, PRO- universal M12 connection. It can be Wires: 16 x 0.25 mm2 Technical data
FIBUS, EtherCAT. LEDs display the equipped with the new bus modules 15-pin Sub-D HD plug connector 4x 4 mm socket for digital inputs
status of the interface. The interface CTEU or configured with IO-Link. 0.5 m 8033582 4x 4 mm socket for digital outputs
can be mounted in a 19 frame, bolt- 1.0 m 8033583 with LED indicator
ed or on an H-rail. Bus node: 1.5 m 8042954 2x 4 mm socket for analog inputs
1 CANopen* 8039079 2.0 m 8033584 1x 4 mm socket for analog outputs
Technical data 2 DeviceNet* 8039078 2x 4 mm socket for 24 V
M12 I-Port IO-Link interface with 3 CC-Link 1544198 2x 4 mm socket for 0 V
24 V/0 V 4 PROFIBUS DP 570040 2 Connector open 15-pin Sub-D HD socket
2x 15-pin Sub-D HD sockets (each 5 EtherCat 572556 For the connection of MPS modules Dimensions (H x W x D):
4DI/4DO; 2AI/1AO, 24 V/0 V) PROFINET 2201471 to the digital or analog I/O terminal 128.3 mm x 12 HP x 27.7 mm
2 LEDs ASi 572555 via the mini I/O terminal. The I/O da- (5 in x 12 HP x 1 in)
Dimensions (H x W x D): * Including connecting cable ta cable is used to connect 24 V/
approx. 128 mm x 18 HP x 28 mm 0 V, four digital inputs and outputs Scope of delivery
as well as two analog inputs and one Interface with cover and H-rail
Scope of delivery analog output. mounting
Interface with cover, A-coded con- Order no. 8040895
necting cable and H-rail mounting Technical data
Order no. 8038559 Wires: 16 x 0.25 mm2
15-pin Sub-D HD plug connector
2.0 m 8033586
Accessories
Workpiece insert Thermometer Workpiece insert Hygrometer Workpiece insert Clock 1 Workpiece set
Thermometer insert for mounting in Hygrometer insert for mounting in Quartz clock insert for mounting in Cylinder end caps
housing. housing. housing. Parts set consisting of 50 end caps
External diameter: 40 mm External diameter: 40 mm External diameter: 40 mm for cylinder assembly. The end caps
Mounting diameter: 30 mm Mounting diameter: 30 mm Mounting diameter: 30 mm do not yet have a hole for the cylin-
Order no. 534622 Order no. 534623 Order no. 534621 der piston rod. This hole is punched
by the hydraulic press station. The
hydraulic press station can, however,
also be operated with end caps that
already have a hole.
Number of end caps: 50
Order no. 162240
2 Workpiece set
For cylinder assembly
The workpiece set consisting of
cylinder components for full assem-
bly (body, piston, spring, cover). The
cylinders can be assembled and dis-
mantled many times. This kit allows
for the complete assembly of 7 black
and 7 red plastic cylinders and 7 alu-
minum cylinders.
External diameter: 40 mm
Height (black): 22.5 mm
Height (red and aluminum): 25 mm
Order no. 162239
Workpiece set Cylinder bodies 1 Workpiece set Housings PA workpiece set

The workpiece set comprises 4 black The workpiece set comprises 4 black To fill liquids into the MPS PA
and 4 red plastic cylinder bodies and and 4 red plastic housings and 4 Bottling station. The w orkpieces are
4 aluminum cylinder bodies. aluminum housings. The Clock, compatible with the MPS stations.
External diameter: 40 mm Thermometer and Hygrometer For example, the pot in the
Height (black): 22.5 mm inserts can be mounted in the Pick&Place station can be sealed
Height (red and aluminum): bodies. with the lid.
25 mm External diameter: 40 mm
Order no. 167021 Internal diameter: 30 mm The set comprises:
Height: 23 mm 6 housings black
Order no. 534619 6 housings red
6 housings silver
6 housings transparent
2 Workpiece set Reject housings Diameter outside D = 40 mm
The workpiece set comprises 3 black Height H = 25 mm
and 3 red plastic housings and 3 Volume V = 15 ml
aluminum housings. 24 lids black
External diameter: 40 mm Order no. 554301
Black workpieces:
Internal diameter: 30 mm
Heights: 22/24/25 mm
Red workpieces:
Internal diameter: 30 mm
Heights: 26/27/28 mm
Aluminum workpieces:
Internal diameter:
30.2/30.4/30.6 mm
Height: 23 mm
Order no. 534620
Accessories
MPS measuring table Slide 250

This measuring table fits the MPS The slide is used for feeding or
rotary/linear module. The measuring sorting out workpieces.
table and analog sensor are height-
adjustable. The diffuse s ensor sup- Technical data
plies both an analog and a binary Length: 250 mm
output signal. This facilitates Height adjustable: 20 117 mm
different training levels. The binary High end stop
switching output can be adapted to Sample application: Sorting station
the measurement requirement via a Includes mounting accessories for
simple teach-in process. The mount- construction on a profile plate
ing bracket can be used to attach
different sensors. Order no. 8046639
The measuring table is fully

assembled and is also suitable
for p
roject exercises with other
handling d evices or a robot.
Technical data
Height: 665 mm
1 digital/analog signal (teach-in)
Height-adjustable
Workholder for square/round
workpieces: maximum 40 mm
Scope of delivery
Diffuse sensor
Profile
Connecting cable
Mounting accessories for
profile plate
Order no. 8040204
MPS > MPS Stations > EasyKit
EasyKit
Microcontroller system
EasyKit, the compact EasyKit is the smart workpiece Sequencer and data flow Technical data
32-bit microcontroller for the new MPS generation. The EasyLab offers both of these options. EasyKit microcontroller board:
microcontroller system can be The main program is a sequencer 32-bit microcontroller, 36 MHz
The EasyKit microcontroller s ystem reprogrammed to assume a num- which allows branches and p arallel cycle rate, 128 kB of program
has a diameter of 40 mm (1.6 mm) ber of functions. This can be a v ideo sequences in addition to a linear memory, 16 kB of RAM
and is pre-equipped with the high- game, a watch, a pedometer, and sequence. Each step is a ssigned a Monochrome display
performance 32-bit microcontroller, a much more, depending entirely on data flow program as a subroutine. (resolution 64 x 48 pixels)
monochrome display, a three-axis ac- the programming. Programs are put together u sing 2x LED
celeration sensor, a temperature sen- functional modules with a high Acceleration sensor
sor, LEDs, and a joystick as standard. EasyKit is also prepared for the abstraction level. This means that Temperature sensor
integration of an RFID tag. the range of modules which can ad- Joystick
The EasyKit workpiece is loaded dress the input and output channels USB: Micro B port
and programmed via a USB port. An Programming with EasyLab of the microcontroller goes beyond
extension plug is used to connect the The EasyLab programming interface functional modules alone, ranging EasyKit battery board:
battery board or other extensions. for graphical programming has been from timers, counters, arithmetic and Lithium polymer battery
developed to complement EasyKit. logical functions right up to entire Battery life: 2 to 4 hours,
The microcontroller board is protect- EasyLab is the first model-driven controllers. depending on the application
ed by a transparent housing. The software development for micro-
battery board with lithium polymer controllers. The sequencer and data Simulation mode EasyKit overall dimensions:
battery is mounted in a protective flow description methods common in Once the program has been c reated, Outside diameter: 40 mm (1.6 in)
housing with an outside diameter of engineering can be used directly in it can be tested without any hard- Height with carrier housing:
just 40 mm (1.6 in). EasyLab, thus providing a convenient ware connected in simulation 41.5 mm (1.63 in)
way to solve programming problems. mode. In this mode the user can
Extensions such as an I/O board EasyLab is available to download assign the output values of input Scope of delivery
with six digital and analog input and free of charge. modules manually, as these cannot Microcontroller board, extension
output channels can be connect- transmit values when no hardware is connector, display, acceleration
ed instead of or in addition to the connected. sensor, temperature sensor, joy-
battery. The open system concept stick, and USB port in the housing
also permits custom enhancements. Battery board with lithium polymer
battery, charging electronics, and
housing
USB connecting cable, 0.6 m
(23.6 in)
Carrier housing
Data sheet
Programming software and full
documentation available to
download
Order no. 8049530
MPS > MPS 200 Complete systems
MPS 200 Complete systems

With blended learning package and modular expansion options
Complete from A to Z MPS stations The new interface concept offers

All necessary accessories such many ways to combine individual
MPS 200 systems come with all the as trolleys, power supply units, stations directly. Various aspects
required accessories, guarantee- control console, workpiece set, etc. determine the decision as to which
ing effective training from the very Control package combination is required:
start. They range from small com- Training content
plete s ystems to entire mechatronic Supplementing existing stations
laboratory outfits. Your budget
Flexibly expandable Blended Learning package

included
Depending on the planned t raining
content, every MPS 200 system Every MPS 200 system includes
can be expanded gradually with a package of web-based training
stations, modules and compo- programs, as well as FluidSIM
nents. Pneumatics.
Corresponding multimedia training

programs and courseware supple-
ment the individual configuration.
MPS 203 Basic MPS 203 I4.0 MPS 202-Mechatronics

From the fundamentals The gateway to Industry 4.0 The smallest complete unit
of automation to with MPS Distributing, Sorting
network technology Distributing/Conveyor, Joining,
Distributing/Conveyor, Joining, Sorting
Sorting
MPS System 203 Basic

From the fundamentals of automation to network technology
Function
The Stacking magazine module
separates workpieces. The Conveyor
module brings the individual work-
pieces to the Joining station. The
analog sensor at the stopper above
the belt detects the position of the
workpiece. If the workpiece is locat-
ed with the opening facing up, an
end cap can be attached with the
Pick&Place module. If not, then it
cannot. Transport continues to the
Sorting station. An optical and an
inductive sensor in the Detecting
module differentiate the workpieces
based on material and color. Electric
deflectors then sort the workpieces
onto three different slides.
[X]
Communication Decentralized participants Controlling and operating Expandable

A station can only pass on a work- Decentralized units are increasingly By breaking down the operation and Extensions for vision systems, touch
piece to the next station if it is ready important in the age of Industry control to individual stations, an panels and data acquisition offer
to process it. In MPS, this OK signal 4.0. The modular approach in MPS individual workstation is created for even more training content. Even
is received via an I/O interface. That makes this easy to implement in a project team. The basic operating extensions with additional stations
makes it very easy to combine sta- projects. Network nodes or intelli- functions like start, stop, alignment, are no obstacle and permit extension
tions and expand them via industrial gent controls make the system even and a selector switch are available to larger production plant for training
network technology. more flexible. for programming with various con- purposes.
trols. LEDs display the status.
212 [X] Illustration includes additional equipment and accessories

MPS 203 Basic system with Simatic S7-1500 8063818 Recommended training media
MPS 203 Basic system with Allen-Bradley CompactLogix 8065524 CIROS
WBT Electropneumatics
PLC control package includes: WBT GRAFCET
SIMATIC S7-1500 WBT PLC programming in
3x EduTrainer Universal with SIMATIC S7-1512C including power supply unit accordance with IEC 61131
Allen-Bradley CompactLogix WBT Pneumatics
3x EduTrainer Universal with CompactLogix 1769 including power supply unit Design and simulation using
FluidSIM
The MPS 203 Basic system includes the following products: Textbook Fundamentals of pneu-
Stations matics and electropneumatics
Distributing/Conveyor, Joining, Sorting Textbooks MPS Conveyor module, PLC programming
Basic level
Accessories PLC programming, basic level and MPS Conveyor module
3x height-adjustable trolleys, 3x control console, 1x workpiece set PA (body with end cap), advanced level
Workbook
1x simulation box, 1x signaling column, 3 emergency stop mushroom actuators Textbooks MPS Pick&Place With CD-ROM
Control technology module, PLC programming, IN1

IN2
& OUT
1x PLC control package, 1x EasyPort basic level and advanced level IN1
IN2
Software OUT
FluidSim E 1L, FluidSim P 1L
Additional equipment, also order:

Programming software www.festo-didactic.com
Festo Didactic
8046580 en
Programming cable Page 114
Optional
HMI Siemens On request
HMI Allen-Bradley On request
A4 frame for HMI 8059208
Cable for HMI Siemens On request
Cable for HMI Allen-Bradley On request
RFID module 8063388
Vision System On request
Central connection box for power supply On request

Structure of a PLC program Operating pressure:
Programming alternative branches 600 kPa (6 bar)
Programming an operating mode Power supply: 24 V DC/4.5 A
section and signals Square/round workpiece
Set-up and optimization of dimensions: max. 40 mm
material flow Dimensions (W x D x H):
Optimization of setup times approx. 1050 x 700 x 1000 mm
Linking of stations
Simple communication
Material flow control
Enhanced I/O communication
Commissioning of complex
systems
Teamwork and coordination
Optional: HMI, RFID, Vision
MPS System 203 I4.0

The gateway to Industry 4.0 with MPS
Function
The MPS 203 I4.0 system is a small
production line from the slightly
adapted standard stations Distribut-
ing/Conveyor, Joining, and Sorting.
The entire system is networked and
equipped with several RFID write/
read heads.
The system produces orders which

are generated in the MES system.
In the first station, a workpiece is

separated and then written using an
RFID sensor.
The subsequent Joining station reads

this RFID tag, decides what is to hap-
pen with this workpiece based on the
order and writes a result back.
In the Sorting station, the work-

pieces are distributed to three slides
depending on the information saved
on them.
[X]
MES/IoT/Big Data Data acquisition and tracking Controlling and operating Expandable
These are the top topics of the dig- In this way, you are informed of the By breaking down the operation and Extending the process with addition-
itization trend. Production control, location and the status of the prod- control to individual stations, this al stations like Storing and Packag-
combining systems, modularity, data uct at all times. makes them individual workstations ing, or Programming of controllers
security and intelligent data process- for a project team. The basic operat- offers even more training content
ing are just a few important topics Existing MPS stations can be ing functions and individual applica- and allows them to be expanded to
for the future, for efficient and indi- extended using the RFID module in tions in IT technology are available. larger production plants for training
vidual manufacturing. project work. purposes.
MES provides the following services:
System configuration
Product configuration/routing
Order entry and management
Order tracking
Order data storage
Web services for various user
groups

MPS 203 I4.0 system with Simatic S7-1500 8064835 Recommended training media
WBT PLC programming in PLC programming
Advanced level
PLC control package includes: accordance with IEC 61131 MPS Conveyor module
SIMATIC S7-1500 WBT GrafCet

Workbook
3x EduTrainer Universal with SIMATIC S7-1512C including power supply unit Textbooks MPS conveyor module, With CD-ROM
PLC programming, basic level and

3
T3_4 -BG2*-BG3
4
The MPS 203 I4.0 system includes the following products: advanced level (T1_2)
1
2
-SF1 * -BG1
-MM1 +
Stations Textbooks MPS Pick&Place

(T2_3) -BG2
(5s/X3)
3 -MM1
(T3_1) -BG1
Distributing/Conveyor, Joining, Sorting module, PLC programming, basic

Accessories level and advanced level
3x height-adjustable trolleys, 3x control console, 1x workpiece set PA (body with end cap),
1x simulation box, 1x signaling column
Festo Didactic
8063317 en
Control technology
1x PLC control package, 1x EasyPort, RFID system, switch, touch PC with system MES
Software
FluidSim E 1L, FluidSim P 1L
Additional equipment, also order:

Programming software www.festo-didactic.com
Programming cable Page 114
Optional
HMI Siemens On request
A4 frame for HMI 8059208
Cable for HMI Siemens On request
Vision System On request
Central connection box for power supply On request
Training content Web services:

Structure of a PLC program Mobile devices
Programming alternative branches Push email
Programming an operating mode MES light:
section and signals Order entry
Set-up and optimization of System configuration
material flow Local control, workpiece and data
Optimization of setup times storage medium
Linking of stations Optional: Extensions with HMI,
Material flow control Vision
Enhanced I/O communication
Commissioning of complex Technical data
systems Operating pressure:
Teamwork and coordination 600 kPa (6 bar)
RFID technology Power supply: 24 V DC/4.5 A
Modularity Square/round workpiece
Network technology dimensions: max. 40 mm
Condition monitoring: Dimensions (W x D x H):
Big data approx. 1050 x 700 x 1000 mm
Preventive maintenance
Simple energy measurement, light
MPS 202 Small but complete
Simple communication Alternatively enhanced I/O Controlling, simulating and Then theres FluidSIM
A station can only pass on a work- communication programming with EasyPort Simply start FluidSIM and the inte-
piece to the next station if it is ready The stations can also be networked No matter which control package grated Soft Logo! takes over c ontrol
to process it. In the MPS, this via I/Os. We have routed the neces- you choose the scope of delivery of a station or the entire system.
OK signal is provided via optical sary input and output signals to 4 mm always includes EasyPort, the univer- Getting started with programming
sensors. This makes it very easy to safety sockets to facilitate this com- sal interface for getting started with has never been so easy.
combine stations. munication. The corresponding exer- blended learning.
cises and worksheets can be found in
the Mechatronics Assistant.
Complete MPS 202 system with Simatic S7-300 control package 541161 Mechatronics Assistant
Complete MPS 202 system with Festo CPX-CEC control package 541162 Professional Training
Successful training with MPS
PLC control packages include: With more than 2,000 pages of
SIMATIC S7-300 lesson material on the two stations,
2x EduTrainer Universal with SIMATIC S7-313C-2DP, 1x programming cable, the system can be used in lessons
1x programming software STEP 7 Professional for Training straight from the box. Also provided
Festo CPX-CEC are exercises on modules, stations
2x EduTrainer Universal with CPX-CEC, 1x programming cable, and all related topics such as circuit
1x programming software CODESYS diagram creation, PLC programming
and a full set of documentation for
The MPS 202 system includes the following products: the trainer.
Stations
Distributing, Sorting All the exercises can be modified,
Accessories extended and archived, making the
2x trolley, 2x power supply unit, 2x control console, 1x workpiece set, 1x SimuBox Mechatronics Assistant the tool for
Control technology professional training methods.
1x PLC control package, 1x EasyPort
Software Getting started with MPS 202
1x FluidSIM P, 1x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x Discover MPS 200 web-based a multi-media experience
training program, 1x LOGO! Training web-based training program The Discover MPS 200 web-based
training program takes your trainees
on a voyage of discovery in their
own home, in the laboratory or in any
other location that suits them.
Function Correct application of limit

The Stacking magazine module sepa- switches
rates workpieces. The Changer mod- Mode of operation and applications
ule transports the individual work- of optical and inductive sensors
pieces to the sorting conveyor by Logic programming
means of its vacuum gripper. Opti- Programming and application of
cal and inductive sensors differenti- a PLC
ate the workpieces based on mate- Structure of a PLC program
rial and color. Pneumatic branching Programming of alternative
gates then sort the workpieces onto branches
three different slides. Programming of an operating
mode part
Training aims Set-up and optimization of
Mechanical set-up of a station material flow
Installation of tubing for pneumatic Optimization of setting-up times
components Linking of stations
Vacuum technology Simple communication
Pneumatic linear and rotary drives Material flow control
Application of simulation tools Enhanced I/O communication
Correct wiring of electrical com- Commissioning of complex
ponents systems
ProLog Factory
ProLog Factory
Logistics Communication Mechatronics Robotics
The new training platform

for logistics, communication
technology, mechatronics, robotics
and industrial engineering
The processes and material flow in

the ProLog learning factory are a
representation of a real production
system with logistics and shipping.
It includes intermediate buffers and

magazines for the raw materials and
an automatic store for the individu-
al products. The production line pro- Production line Picking station Logistics field
duces the parts with low stock levels The production line produces the The orders are compiled in the Pick- The logistics field provides the buffer
according to the KANBAN principle. products. Individual stations provide ing station. An industrial articulat- function on pallets until delivery of
the raw materials. The system tests, ed robot arm places the orders onto the orders.
processes and assembles the unfin- pallets.
ished parts into products. The high
bay warehouse stores the finished
parts until they are reused.
ProLog Factory
HMI and communication

technology
A wide range of different network-

ing and communication principles
are used in the ProLog Factory.
The SCADA application includes:

Visualization of the status of the
entire system and the individu-
al stations Blended learning package
Communication with the stations included
via Ethernet/PROFIBUS DP
Alarm messaging Each MPS 200 system includes
Alarm logging a package of web-based training
System control programs as well as FluidSIM
Data acquisition Pneumatic and Mechatronics As-
Order entry sistant, the tool for professional
Database application training. Some have CIROS Pro-
Order management gramming and CIROS Education.
PROFIBUS DP and WLAN commu-

nication are also clearly integrated
into the learning factory.
Mobile autonomous robots Robotics Mechatronics Motivated research and learning

Mobile robots play an increasingly The complete cell contains an appli- The MPS stations in the ProLog Using the ProLog Factory provides
important role in automated produc- cation with handling and palletizing learning factory include: practical training on necessary soft
tion. Within the ProLog learning fac- tasks. The robot is equipped with a Everything for PLC training skills as well as the technical exper-
tory, realistic experiments and prac- pneumatic gripper. Different auto- A wide selection of different tise:
tical, relevant training on these new mated modules are arranged in the handling components Teamwork
trends are possible. cell to create a typical robot training Vacuum technology Cooperation
environment. Sensor technology Learning skills
The mobile robots are equipped with Drive technology Independence
a telescopic fork and operate like The cell can be equipped with a Organizational ability
forklift trucks to reach all positions choice of different 6-axis robots.
in the warehouse. The Robotino View, Robotino SIM
and CIROS programming and sim-
ulation tools increase learning suc-
cess and efficiency in the learning
factory.
ProLog Factory
Technologies and processes

Top issues in the ProLog Factory
Drive technology and Handling and vacuum technology Sensor technology and navigation RFID technology
closed-loop control At numerous points in the system, In the ProLog Factory, numerous sen- Totally unknown a few years ago, but
The ProLog Factory features a variety workpieces have to be gripped, sors ensure safety, precision and now an issue for more than just au-
of modern drive technology. High- transported and positioned, often quality in automation technology. tomation technology, the RFID chip
end drives from Festo, such as the using vacuum technology. As in any Optical, inductive and capacitive sen- is the modern rating plate for con-
servo motor MTR-DCI, the mini slide modern system with handling tech- sors, color, laser and pressure sen- sumer goods and packaging and has
with integrated encoder, a range of nology, the ProLog Factory contains sors make the system into a complex become established as part of our
pneumatic linear axes and DC motors suction grippers, vacuum genera- learning system for potential sensor daily lives.
for the belts, provide a wealth of tors and sensors, valve terminals and specialists.
training material. proportional pressure regulators on The ProLog Factory uses RFID tech-
the one hand, and pneumatic mus- The Robotino is an autonomous nology to save order data and pro-
The Robotino is perfect for provid- cles, linear slides and rotary drives industrial truck and always needs to duction statuses on the pallet, thus
ing training in closed-loop control. on the other. know where it is. With its distance providing an up-to-the-minute topic
As a driverless transport system in sensors, the color camera and the for training in automation technology.
the ProLog Factory, it is driven by a gyroscope sensor, it enables the top-
combination of three controlled in- ic of navigation to be included in the
dustrial motors with shaft encoder. training.

ProLog Factory
ProLog Factory On request System management

The ProLog Factory is supplied com-
Package range plete with visualization. The master
Consisting of: computer can be used to monitor
Production line all signals, functions and process-
MPS stations Distributing 3-way magazine*, Testing*, Pick&Place*, Fluidic Muscle Press*, es. Customer-specific orders are also
Storage*, Separation* and Sorting* entered here a great feature for in-
Picking station terdisciplinary cooperation, e.g. with
With industrial robot trainees in commercial disciplines.
Logistics area
With high bay warehouse and 2 mobile robots
SCADA computer
With visualization application
Software and media Energy monitoring with DC
Programming package STEP 7 Trainer Package, CIROS, Mechatronics Assistant, WinCC, Wattmeter
Robotino View, Robotino SIM Anyone who wants to discover
potential savings can begin by
* Includes mobile frame, MPS control panel and EduTrainer Universal S7-300. measuring the current consumption.
The data recorded by the DC Wattme-
ter goes to the master computer via
a switchable interface (0 10 V DC or
4 20 mA) or via Ethernet. The dis-
play on the device shows the current
and cumulative power consumption.
The production process After picking, the Robotino takes Training content WLAN communication
The material and information flow in on the pallets. It takes them to the The variety of stations and the tech- RFID technology
the ProLog Factory reflects the pro- goods-out area or to interim storage. nologies they contain can be used to Networking with PROFIBUS DP
cesses in modern production, in- If it has time, it takes empty pallets cover almost all of the relevant top- Working with autonomous
cluding logistics and shipping. Raw back to the Picking station. ics in control and automation tech- mobile robots
material is stored in buffers and nology. Programming a mobile robot
magazines, while end products are with GRAFCET
transported to an automated goods- Use of RFID technology Creation of functional modules
out warehouse. Vision system and camera in C++
inspection Control of drives
Production is based on the KANBAN Use of PLCs and programming Navigation
principle. Free stock locations are re- Use of different handling
stocked with unfinished parts imme- equipment and grippers
diately. Color and laser sensors en- Use of different electric drives
sure that parts with quality defects Vacuum technology
are sorted out. Pneumatic linear and rotary drives
Use of fluidic muscles
The workpieces are assembled by Use of laser and color sensors
the fluidic muscle press and Pick&- Use of pressure sensors
Place MPS stations. In the Storage Use of industrial robots
station, the finished parts wait to be Networking of automated systems
fed to the Picking robot just in se- with Ethernet TCP-IP
quence and palletized for specific Visualization of systems with
orders. WinCC
Use of simulation tools
Robotics
222
System description........................................................................................224
MPS Robot stations......................................................................................226

MPS Robot modules.....................................................................................230
Accessories....................................................................................................231
Robot Vision Cell............................................................................................232
Robotino......................................................................................................236
Robot systems LabVolt Series.....................................................................246

223
Robotics > System description
Robotics for training and research
An important role for Industry 4.0
Industry 4.0 changes the world of

production by merging modern infor-
mation and communication technol-
ogies with classic industrial process-
es, making them more flexible and
efficient.
Robotics is an important topic for

this new industrial model. Technol-
ogy developments in this field open
the door to new applications and
configurations, as well as human- Robotics learning solutions Integration into Flexibility and expandability
robot interactions. Industry needs knowledgeable, manufacturing systems Mobile robots from Festo Didactic
skilled robotics engineers, techni- Robots can be integrated into c yber- are based on an open source con-
This is why robots are an integral cians, and operators. To enable train- physical systems and the m
odular cept. Users have full access to the
part of the Industry 4.0 learning ers to successfully integrate robotics production system MPS for custom- entire source code for the imple-
solutions offered by Festo Didactic. into programs and lab facilities, ized set-ups and complete coverage mentation of robot applications with
Festo Didactic offers holistic ap- of automation. common programming languages
proaches to integrate industrial sta- and systems.
tionary, mobile and service robots in- The robot stations and modules can
to your learning environment. also be tailored to specific require- In addition, state-of-the-art functions
ments. ensure the greatest possible system
Hardware equipment is supported by expandability and compatibility.
multimedia and paper-based train-
ing tools, creating a blended learning
environment.
Robotics > System description
A key component of
industrial automation
The number of robot installations

is rapidly increasing all around the
world, driven by greater demands
for industrial productivity and effi-
ciency. The majority of manufactur-
ers has already integrated robotics
technology, to different degrees, in
their operations.
Robotics is now a key component

of automation and a competitive
advantage for companies. Today,
robotics is paving the way for new
technologies and capabilities,
creating job opportunities and
posing important challenges for
the workforce.
Safety first Virtual training Research projects Project InnoCyFer aims to help
Festo Didactic designs all educa- CIROS offers professional robotics Festo is proud of its cooperation with companies to increase customiza-
tional equipment with user safety in training in a virtual environment. the scientific community. Our solution and configuration options for
mind, ensuring safe training with in- Students can simulate a wide range tions and expertise help researchers their products, while raising their
dustrial components and products in of applications in industrial robotics. to push boundaries by developing quality standards.
compliance with all relevant regula- alongside or deploying ready-made RoboCup develops agent-based
tions is feasible. Ready-made simulation models technology. automated guided vehicles (AGV)
provide users with a safe, hands-on Project APPsist aims to develop to help leverage the benefits of
Our safety housing for industrial environment for learning the basics new mobile, context sensitive, Industry 4.0 compliant factories.
robots is in compliance with DIN EN or more advanced subjects. and intelligent-adaptive assis- As part of project Squirrel, Festo
60204-1, enabling you to operate tance systems for knowledge and Didactic helps Clearing clutter bit
with peace of mind. The mobile robot The software can also be connected management support in smart by bit with its mobile robot plat-
Robotino complies with EN ISO to real robot controllers for practical manufacturing. form.
12100-1 and 12100-2 for the safety selected training.
of machinery.
Robotics > MPS Stations
Robot station with MPS modules

The equipment level as an introduction to industrial robotics
Function
This equipment level is created
based on the basic design of the
MPS robot station and the two
robot handling and robot assembly
modules as a introduction to indus-
trial robotics. The upstream station
feeds the bodies of the p neumatic
cylinders to be assembled to the
robot via a slide. The robot deter-
mines the orientation of the bodies
and places them in the assembly
holder in the correct orientation. It
takes the piston from the pallet and
assembles it in the body. Controlled
magazines feed the piston springs
and cylinder end caps to the robot.
The fully assembled pneumatic cylin-
der is then placed on a slide.
Topic: Handling and assembly

In many industrial applications,
robots handle and assemble work-
pieces and modules. Getting to
know these areas of application is
an e ssential part of an introduction
to robotics.
Developed in accordance with the EU

Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC in
compliance with DIN EN 60204-1 and
DIN EN ISO 12100.
Robot station with MPS modules, complete 8039313 Technical data Recommended training media
Power supply: 230 V AC Training documentation MPS
Battery set for robot RV-2SDB/RV-2FB 572162 Operating pressure: Handling with industrial robots
Note: 600 kPa (6 bar)
Handling with Industrial Robots
The robots batteries feature a buffer period of one year and must therefore be replaced Maximum workpiece width: 40 mm
every year. 12 digital input MPS
5 digital outputs
Recommended accessories: With CD-ROM
Workpiece set For cylinder assembly 162239 More learning and research systems
Programming instructions for Mitsubishi robot RV-2FB, en 8039315 for robot technology:
Technical manual for Mitsubishi robot RV-2FB, en 8039316 Robot Vision Cell
Pages 232 235
Other accessories: Robotino
Graphical operator terminal 8039317 Pages 236 245
Festo Didactic

8046575 en
MPS trolley, 700 x 700 541139 Training content

Aluminum profile plate 700 x 700 159410 Integration of an industrial robot
Safety housing 8039314 in an assembly process
Control console, SysLink, 700 mm 8039325 Teaching of robots in complex
Tabletop power supply unit Page 231 assembly environments
Robot handling module Page 230 Commissioning of complex
Robot assembly module Page 230 systems
Robot interface box 8046131 Maintenance, servicing and trou-
Robot RV-2FB with Teachbox R32TB 3396765 bleshooting of complex systems
Gripper, pneumatic 573859 Programming of industrial robots
Start-up valve with filter control valve 540691 combined with the integration of
CIROS, License package with 6x Education, 1x Studio Pages 46 47 sensors and additional actuators
Programming of multitasking
applications

de 8046573
en 8046575
CIROS Networking of objects, sensors,

805 robots supplied by 15 different actuators, robots and correspond-
manufacturers for the perfect start ing virtual controllers
to time-saving kinematic simula- Work virtually in the classroom or
tion. Thanks to the full integration lab using error simulation and the
into the automation technology with Teacher mode
PLC, fieldbus and sensor simulation MPS robot station hardware
support, the learning environment expansion
can be optimized to suit each users Apply exercises to real t echnology
needs. after completing a safe introduc-
tion
Robot station with MPS modules in detail CIROS Pages 44 49
Robot station
Base for the robot applications
Function
The robot station includes the new
6-axis articulated arm robot RV-2FB
by Mitsubishi Electric. This industrial
robot combines a sturdy engineering
design and construction with a large
working range and a high movement
speed.
In the basic design, the station is

equipped with a robot controller,
Teachbox, safety housing, service
unit and pneumatic multifunction
gripper. Additional MPS modules
are available for your individual
robot applications.
Topic: Industrial robotics

In flexible automation, industrial
robots are among the most import-
ant components. They allow auto-
mated processes to be adjusted
rapidly. The MPS robot station and
its equipment levels make process-
es and tasks possible which are
required in industrial production for
commissioning and adjustment of
robot-based work cells.
Fit for research:

the real-time interface
The robots controller is able to
adopt setpoint values for the axes
via a network connection. This a llows
you to develop your own r obot
controller.
Kit Robot station 8039312 Training content Recommended training media

Mechanical structure of a CIROS programming and
Additional equipment, also order: robot station simulation software
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 541139 Mode of operation and Pages 44 49
Control console, SysLink, 700 mm 8039325 applications of optical sensors
Tabletop power supply unit Page 231 Use of safety switches
Robot handling module Page 230 Areas of application of industrial
Robot assembly module Page 230 robots
Robot interface box 8046131 Terminology in robot technology
Graphical operator terminal 8039317 Teaching robots in different
coordinate systems
Battery set for robot RV-2FB 572162 Moving robots in object coordinate
Note: system
The robots batteries feature a buffer period of one year and must therefore be replaced
every year. Technical data Training documentation MPS
Power supply: 230 V AC Handling with industrial robots
Recommended accessories: Operating pressure: Page 66
Workpiece set For cylinder assembly 162239 600 kPa (6 bar)
Handling with Industrial Robots
Programming instructions for Mitsubishi robot RV-2FB, en 8039315 Maximum workpiece width: 40 mm
Technical manual for Mitsubishi robot RV-2FB, en 8039316 1 digital input MPS
CIROS Pages 44 49 2 digital outputs

C interface 8025738 With CD-ROM
15-pin Sub-D HD cables: connector connector, 1.0 m 8033583 More learning and research systems
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031 for robot technology:
Note: Robot Vision Cell
Each Application module Page 230 requires 1x C interface (order no. 8025738), 1x 15-pin Pages 232 235
Sub-D HD cable (order no. 8033583) and 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (order Robotino
no. 34031). Pages 236 245
Festo Didactic
8046575 en

1x Aluminum profile plate 700 x 700 159410
1x Robot RV-2FB with Teachbox R32TB 3396765
1x Gripper, pneumatic 573859
1x Safety housing 8039314
Robot RV-2FB with Robot RV-2FB with

Teachbox R32TB R56TB touch panel
High-precision, 6-axis articulated High-precision, 6-axis articulated
arm robot with gear units by arm robot with gear units by
Harmonic Drive AG and brakes on Harmonic Drive AG and brakes on
all axes. Complete with control unit, all axes. Complete with control unit,
programming cable, battery set programming cable, battery set and
and a standard handheld terminal handheld terminal R56TB, which
R32TB. conveniently provides all program-
Order no. 3396765 ming functions via a 6.5 graphical
touchscreen.
Robot station with additional equipment Order no. 3481428
Robotics > MPS Modules
Robot handling module Robot assembly module
The robot handling module extends Scope of delivery The robot assembly module is used Scope of delivery
the MPS station by adding the Slide module to mount assemblies in the MPS ro- Stacking magazine module
workpiece handling application. This Retainer module with reflection bot station. The module supplies the (end caps)
module supplies workpieces to the light sensor individual components for the as- Piston pallet
station via a slide, which the robot Assembly retainer module with sembly process of the pneumatic Separating module (springs)
transports to the assembly retainer. reflection light sensor cylinder: A double-acting cylinder Output slide module
The sensor in the gripper enables the 2 pipe magazines pushes the cylinder end cap out of Mounting plate
robot to differentiate workpieces Mounting plate the stacking magazine. The pistons Mounting material for profile plate
by color (black/non-black). The sen- Mounting material for profile plate are stored on a pallet. A double-
sor in the assembly retainer also acting cylinder pushes the springs Technical data
monitors the orientation of the work- Technical data out of a slim magazine. Operating pressure max:
piece. From the assembly retainer, Power supply: 24 V DC 600 kPa (6 bar)
the r obot sorts the workpieces into Maximum workpiece width: 40 mm All components of the robot assem- Power supply: 24 V DC
various magazines or passes them 2 digital inputs bly module are fastened to a mount- 8 digital inputs
on to a downstream station. The Overall height/width/length: ing plate which can be mounted re- 3 digital outputs
combination with the robot assembly 245/220/245 mm peatedly with positional accuracy Overall height/width/length:
module also allows workpieces to be Weight: 5 kg on the stations profile plate. This 370/325/370 mm
assembled. guarantees a rapid conversion of the Weight: 8 kg
Training content station.
The two pipe magazines and the Workpiece handling with Training content
assembly retainer are mounted on a industrial robots The robot handling module with the Introduction to and application
mounting plate which can be mount- Robot programming using assembly retainer are required to of automated assembly systems
ed on the base plate of the MPS I/O communication assemble the pneumatic cylinder. Planning an assembly station
robot station with the supplied In order to control the modules with Correct usage of limit switches
mounting material. That allows the the robot control system, the robot Robot programming using
overall module to be removed from interface unit (Order no. 534364) is I/O communication
the station and remounted later in required. Commissioning of the entire
the identical position if required, process
without adjusting the relevant robot
positions for this module.

Workpiece set Cylinder bodies 167021 Workpiece set For cylinder assembly 162239
Workpiece set For cylinder assembly 162239 Simulation box, digital 170643
C interface 8025738 C interface 8025738
15-pin Sub-D HD cables: connector connector, 1.0 m 8033583 15-pin Sub-D HD cables: connector connector, 1.0 m 8033583
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031 I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031
Robotics > Accessories
Accessories
Tabletop power supply unit Robot interface box Workpiece set

Input voltage: Add-on for robot station Reject bodies
85 265 V AC (47 63 Hz) The workpiece set comprises 2 black
Output voltage: The Robot interface box allows the and 2 red plastic cylinder bodies and
24 V DC, short-circuit-proof robot controller to undertake addi- 2 Aluminum cylinder bodies.
Output current: max. 4.5 A tional PLC functions. External diameter: 40 mm
Dimensions: 75 x 155 x 235 mm Height: Each color: 1x 23 mm and
Without power cable Up to 16 robot controller I/Os can 1x 24 mm
Order no. 162416 be distributed to 4 SysLink sockets Order no. 534368
With IEC power cable, 1.3 m, with: with the Robot interface box. The
Connector as per CEE 7/VII for DE, FR, Robot interface box is connected to
NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, IT, the robot controllers I/O card via a
DK, IR, ID 50-pin Centronics connector. On the
Order no. 162417 front panel are LEDs to display the
Connector as per NEMA 5-15 for US, CA, status of the robot I/Os. On the rear
Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR, TW, TH, panel are 4 SysLink sockets for con-
PH, JP nection to peripherals.
SG, UA, HK, AE
Order no. 162419
Connector as per AS 3112 for AU, NZ,
CN, AR
Order no. 162380
Connector as per SEV 1011 for CH
Order no. 162381
Connector as per SANS 164-1 for ZA, IN,
PT, SG, HK, (GB), (AE)
Order no. 162382
Robotics > Robot Vision Cell
Robot Vision Cell

Robotics trends in focus
Robot with eye contact
Walking through the leading han-

dling technology fairs or taking a
look at market leaders catalogs
clearly shows that without a c amera,
a modern robot cell is worthless
when it comes to future production.
The camera is the basic prerequi-
site for one of the elementary forms
of work in the future: collaboration
between humans and robots.
In this context, the Robot Vision Cell Priority 1: Safety Welding simulation Palletizing and assembly
is an extremely innovative learning Robots operate quickly, powerfully Welding is a typical example of a Fast and precise assembly of
environment in contemporary robot- and dynamically. Safety cages are robot application that demands part-finished or end products and
ics training. It enables the potential therefore used to protect operating precision path control. In the Robot removal or loading of pallets are
of current robot applications and the and maintenance personnel. Vision Cell, appropriate tools and standard tasks for most robotics
trends in future applications to be suitably shaped parts enable path applications. The workpieces from
outlined in a clear and practical way. Safety must be the top priority and is welding tasks to be simulated. the modular production system and
an essential part of any training con- the appropriate pallets are therefore
tent. Thus, it is only logical that we included.
have completely enclosed the R obot
Vision Cell and fitted it with s afety
doors.
Configuration, programming
and simulation
No learning system is complete

without the necessary supporting
software.
Therefore, the cell includes con-

figuration and image processing
software that can be used to set
up and perform even complicated
measuring and testing tasks.
The CIROS cells simulated in 3D

make a major contribution to ef-
ficient and varied training. Simu-
lation also provides a high level
of safety at the start of robotics
training.
Industrial design camera Calibration and

The industrial camera communicates transmitted light unit
directly with the robot controller The calibration and transmitted light
via Ethernet and can thus easily be unit supports the camera in its qual-
integrated into the process as an ity assurance tasks. For example, it
additional unit for position detec- increases the accuracy of the tool
tion, color identification, for checking positions and helps to detect the
dimensions or, for example, for moni- position of workpieces.
toring assembly processes.
Robot Vision Cell

Robotics and vision
Function
The Robot Vision Cell provides the
optimum learning environment for
robotics and vision. The clearly
arranged pallets and storage areas
allow easy and efficient work with
the cell. Different exercises such
as palletizing, assembly or welding
(simulated) can be carried out using
the cell.
Construction
The robot cell is completely mounted
on an Aluminum profile plate. The ro-
bot controller is neatly housed in the
frame. The station is equipped with
a main switch and additional control
panel. The safety concept for the cell
includes doors with a safety switch
and an emergency stop mushroom
actuator.
Robot options
The cell can be fitted with different
robot systems, such as the Mitsubi-
shi RV-2FB or the KUKA KR5sixx.
Robot Vision Cell RV-2FB On request Learning content for project work Recommended learning media
(with base frame, safety housing, camera system and Mitsubishi robot system RV-2FB)
Mechanics:
Robot Vision Cell KR5sixx On request Mechanical construction of
(with base frame, safety housing, camera system and KUKA robot system KR5sixx) a station
Sensor technology:
Mode of operation and
applications of optical sensors
Vision:
Mode of operation and applica- CIROS Pages 44 49
tions of industrial camera systems
Object detection
Position and orientation
Communication with master
controllers
Safety engineering:
Mode of operation and
applications of safety switches
Construction of safety circuits
WBT Machine Vision Page 20
Robotics:
Applications of industrial robots
Terminology in robot technology
Teaching robots in
different co-ordinate systems
Moving robots in
object co-ordinate system
WBT Safety engineering Page 21
Robotics > Robotino
Robotino
New potential at all levels
Mobile robot platform

for research and training
With its omnidirectional drive,

sensors, interfaces and application-
specific extensions, Robotino is
equipped for universal use.
The most important programming

languages and systems are avail-
able for programming individual
applications.
Like industrial robots, mobile and Extremely powerful: More interfaces than ever before Open source concept
service robots are also becoming The new computer performance More convenient, faster, more Full access to the entire source code
more and more important. In keeping With scalable computer performance diverse: new, state-of-the-art for the implementation of robot
with this technical and economic for autonomous control, image pro- functions ensure greatest possible applications with common program-
trend, the new Robotino forms the cessing and the evaluation of data system expandability. ming languages and systems.
basis for research and training in from laser scanners.
these applications.
Robotics > Robotino
Fit for research with the

Robotino for Industry 4.0
With its new, flexible operating

height, Robotino has been fully
integrated into the world of MPS
systems and research factories as
an autonomous transport system.
Once programmed, Robotino

automatically identifies, for exam-
ple, the correct MPS station the
first step towards a fully automat-
ed production system!
Sturdy and movable Payload greater Flexible and adaptable design Plug and play
With three independently driven than unladen weight Numerous mounting choices and Robotino supports various grippers,
omniwheels, Robotino can move Thanks to its sturdy design, the optional mounting tower with manipulators and sensors through
in all directions. The stainless steel Robotino can move a payload individually positionable platforms plug and play. Robotino recognizes
structures of the frame ensure high of up to 30 kg while weighing ensure that Robotino can be used these components once they are
stability in every travel situation. 20 kg itself. for a wide variety of tasks. connected, and the control can
begin.
Robotics > Robotino
Robotino
For research and education: Premium Edition and Basic Edition
Select your version!

Robotino is available in two stan-
dard versions, Premium Edition and
Basic Edition. These two versions
differ in computing power, the size
of the internal memory and the
mechanical extension, the mount-
ing tower.
Omnidirectional drive
The three drive modules of the
Robotino are integrated in a stable,
laser-welded stainless steel frame.
With its omnidirectional drive,
Robotino moves quick as a flash for-
wards, backwards and sideways and
also turns on the spot. Three s turdy
industrial DC motors with optical
rotary encoders permit speeds of up
to 10 km/h.
Everything in view
The frame contains nine infrared
distance sensors. An analog induc-
tive sensor and two optical sensors
are additionally available, enabling
the Robotino to recognize and fol-
low predefined paths. Robotino is
supplied with a color camera with
full HD 1080p resolution.
Uninterrupted use
Power is supplied via two 12 V
non-spillable, lead-gel rechargeable
batteries which permit a running
time of up to four hours. The system
is automatically switched off in time
if the state of charge is too low. A
power supply unit and a jack are in-
cluded in the scope of delivery, which
means that Robotino can also be
used for experiments or further de-
velopment of control programs while
its charging.
[X]

Robotics > Robotino
Premium Edition 8029256

Robotino
Basic Edition 8029346
Arbeitsbuch
Included in scope of delivery:

Mit CD-ROM
Mobile robot system

Diameter: 450 mm, height incl. controller housing: 290 mm
Total weight: approx. 20 kg (without mounting tower), payload: max. 30 kg
Circular, stainless steel frame with omnidirectional drive
Rubber protection strip with built-in collision-protection sensor
9x infrared distance sensors, 1x inductive sensor, 2x optical sensors
Festo Didactic
Color camera with full HD 1080p resolution and USB interface

8029494 de
Premium Edition: mounting tower with three mounting platforms

Robotino Basic Edition Also order:
Control and interfaces The variant for use in technical basic
Embedded PC to COM Express specification and further training with less com- Robotino Workbook
Premium Edition: Intel i5, 2.4 GHz, dual core, 8 GB RAM, 64 GB SSD puting power, less memory and with- Campus license ( Page 55):
Basic Edition: Intel Atom, 1.8 GHz, dual core, 4 GB RAM, 32 GB SSD out a mounting tower. de 8029494
WLAN to specification 802.11g/802.11b as client or access point en 8029495
Motor control with 32-bit microcontroller and free motor connection es 8029496
2x Ethernet, 6x USB 2.0 (HighSpeed), 2x PCI Express slots, 1x VGA fr 8029497
1x I/O interface for integrating additional electrical components
Recommended training media
Software Robotino SIM Professional
Graphical programming environment for external PC that runs on Windows XP, Robotino SIM
Vista, Windows 7/8/10 Page 243
API for programming with C/C++, JAVA, .Net, LabVIEW, MATLAB/Simulink,
ROS SmartSoft and Microsoft Robotics Developer Studio
Control Expandability Graphical programming Open programming environment

At the heart of Robotino is an Additional components can be con- Robotino View is the interactive, The programming interface (API) of
embedded PC to the COM E xpress nected to the robot controller via graphical programming and learn- Robotino allows various program-
specification. This is how the standard interfaces such as USB and ing environment for Robotino. It ming languages and systems to be
scalability of the computing power Ethernet. For subsequent expansion, communicates directly with the used to develop a control program.
is achieved. In the two standard ver- the controller also provides analog robot system via wireless LAN. The The API supports the following
sions of Robotino, an Intel Core i5 and digital inputs/outputs and relay programming system combines languages and systems:
processor with 2.4 GHz or an Intel outputs for additional actuator tech- state-of-the-art operating concepts, C/C++, JAVA, .Net
Atom processor with 1.8 GHz is used. nology. In order to support interfaces expandability by the user and intu- LabVIEW and MATLAB/Simulink
The embedded PC can be exchanged such as EIA-485 and IEEE 1394 that itive operation. After the program Robot Operating System
at any time. The operating system are not available in the standard ver- has been developed, it can be load- (ROS SmartSoft)
and all user data are stored on a sions, there are two PCI Express slots ed into the controller of Robotino in Microsoft Robotics Developer
solid state disk (SSD) with 64 GB or for interface cards. Additional elec- order to enable completely autono- Studio
32 GB. tric axes and grippers, for example, mous operation.
can be connected to an addition- Hardware-in-the-loop scenario
A 32-bit microcontroller that directly al motor output and encoder input. First steps with simulation If you create your own motor con-
generates the PWM signals for actu- The Premium Edition already con- As an add-on, you can use an at- troller, e.g. in MATLAB, the motors of
ating up to four electric DC motors is tains the optional mounting tower tractive 3D simulation package Robotino can be controlled with this
responsible for the motor control. An for Robotino. The mounting column (Robotino SIM), which simulates software controller via the Ethernet
FPGA is used to read in the encoder of the tower offers various options the Robotinos travel behavior and interface.
values of the motors. This enables, for fastening mounting platforms for sensors in an appropriate working
for example, the odometer data and manipulators or sensors at different environment. This allows you to test Microcontroller programming
any additional sensor-specific correc- heights. your programs in the simulation first. The 32-bit microcontroller is exter-
tion data to be calculated directly in nally accessible and can be used
the microcontroller. directly for programming custom
applications.
Robotics > Robotino
Laser scanner Logistics Kit
The laser scanner for Robotino Overview of key technical details: The Logistics Kit consists of an elec- Scope of delivery
llows the creation of maps, localiza-
a Measuring range 20 5600 mm tric gripper, flat storage area with Electric gripper
tion and navigation, as well as obsta- Angle range 240 2 rows, an inductive sensor and a set Gripper stroke: 4 mm
cle recognition, thanks to the digital Resolution 1 mm of workpieces. Maximum workpiece diameter:
detection of objects on one plane. Precision 30 mm or 3% at 40 mm
In order to prevent collisions, the 1000 mm or greater distance from The electric gripper is completely Maximum workpiece weight: 300 g
2D laser scanner Hokuyo URG-04LX- an object integrated in the Robotino platform, Gripping force: 140 N
UG01 can be mounted above the Scanning frequency 10 Hz so that while it is moving, monitor- Closing/opening time: 2 s
controller, for an all-around view, or Power consumption 2.4 W ing is not necessary for potential Operating voltage: 24 V DC
in the loading bay of the Robotino. Weight 160 g collisions with the gripper. The grip- Maximum current: 140 mA
The scanner is connected to the con- USB connection per detects workpieces between the Analog inductive sensor for
trol unit and supplied with power via gripper jaws by means of an integrat- mounting in the middle of the
a USB connection. ed through-beam sensor. To pick up robot frame
a workpiece from a bearing surface, Flat storage area with 2 rows
The laser scanner is fully integrated a slide is integrated, which signalizes and 3 storage places per row for
into the Robotino software architec- the optimal position for the gripping cylinder-shaped workpieces with a
ture. The laser scanners measured process to the Robotino. The grip- maximum diameter of 40 mm.
values can be accessed by both per end positions are checked via the Workpiece set
Robotino View and self-developed motor current evaluation. Aluminum adhesive tape for
control programs. marking the access routes to the
The gripper function is available as a storage area, which the Robotino
functional module in Robotino View can align itself on for gripping the
(starting from Version 1.7). workpieces.
Robotino from 2014 8029450

Robotino until 2013 564179

Electric gripper, Robotino from 2014 8029451
Electric gripper, Robotino until 2013 564176
Inductive sensor, analog, Robotino from 2014 8029483
Inductive sensor, analog, Robotino until 2013 564177
Flat storage 564178
Robotino from 2014 8029454 Workpiece set Cylinder bodies 167021
Robotino until 2013 576310 Aluminum tape 564213

Robotics > Robotino
Electric gripper arm Forklift
The electric gripper arm for Roboti- Overview of key technical details: With the easy-to-use forklift, the Technical data
no is a triple-axis gripper arm with Load bearing capacity up to 200 g Robotino operates, for example, Load bearing capacity up to 4 kg
servo motors that is installed in the Gripper stroke 30 60 mm as a driverless transport system in Maximum stroke 160 mm
loading bay of the Robotino. The Two gripping positions a production environment. 2 proximity sensors for end-
control board supplied is connect- Opto-electrical sensors for position monitoring
ed to the power supply (24 V) of the detecting presence at the Assembly is done in the loading bay 1 diffuse sensor for pallet control
I/O interface and the arm movement gripping positions of the Robotino with the assembly 2 self-centering pallets
controller via the USB interface. The Controlled servo motors material included in the scope of (included in scope of delivery)
handling weight is limited to 200 g 24 V DC power supply the delivery. The electrical interface Connection via motor controls and
and the gripper stroke is 30 to 60 USB connection of the forklift is possible using the encoder input
mm. The unit can grip workpieces in existing additional motor c ontrol. Compatible with control board
two places. The gripper jaws are fit- Here, the voltage supply and the EA09
ted with opto-electrical sensors to increment generator are directly con-
detect when a workpiece is present. nected to the motor plate.
The gripper jaws supplied allow Program the function of the forklift in
handling of MPS workpieces. the Robotino View or via the Open-
Robotino View supports manipula- Robotino programming interface. In
tor programming with a list of posi- Robotino View you can set the axial
tions and function blocks for reading speed from -100% to 100% using
and writing axial values. In addition, the Power output module compo-
Robotino SIM Professional contains nent and read the axial p osition and
a simulation model of the electric speed of the linear a
xis using the
gripper arm for Robotino. The Speed sensor input m odule com-
manipulator can also be controlled ponent.
via the OpenRobotina API.
Basic principles and details of the
automated logistics can be deter-
mined with this extension to the
range of applications.
Robotino from 2014 8029452 Robotino from 2014 8029453

Robotino until 2013 576300
Robotics > Robotino
Robotino charging station
The Robotino (from 2014 onwards) As of 2014, several chargers and

charging station ensures automatic contacts for Robotino may be com-
charging without a permanent c able bined as required.
connection. The enclosed contact
can be attached with just a few turns
of the hand to the rear of the mobile
robot and replaces the existing char-
ger connection. Robotino detects
automatically that it has been suc-
cessfully docked onto a charging
station which is also confirmed by
visual feedback from the charging
station.
The charging station is intended for

stand-alone use and can be fastened
onto carpet using the enclosed
Velcro fastener or without this
onto tiles for instance. The charger
obtains its voltage from the power
supply unit of the Robotino, a 2-pin
on 6-pin adapter is also enclosed.
Robotino charging station (from 2014 onwards) 8049096

1x Robotino charging contact (from 2014 onwards) 8049044
242 Order online at: www.festo-didactic.com

Robotics > Robotino
Robotino SIM Professional Robotino SIM
Robotino SIM Professional is an ide- The Robotino library includes Robotino SIM is a Windows soft- The latest version of Robotino SIM
al virtual learning environment for dditional components such as
a ware program for the 3D simula- is now available to download free of
working with Robotino. Identifying grippers, slides, laser scanners and tion of Robotino in an exciting, charge.
differences based on actual behav- workpieces. You are notified of new predefined virtual experimentation
ior is the key to grasping, analyzing components in the library via the environment.
and understanding new physical and Internet.
technical phenomena. The software The Robotino simulation model
enables you to create any virtual 3D The editor and the complete m odel cannot be extended, and includes
working environments for Robotino library in LabCreator provide you the geometric model with the three
and then to simulate the program with an outstanding working omnidirectional drive wheels, a
created. The software is available in environment for quickly and easily camera, nine distance sensors and
four languages (de/en/es/fr) and the creating attractive virtual scenarios the digital sensor in the chassis
language selection can be changed for Robotino. protection strip.
online.
Robotino can be programmed You can program Robotino free
The Robotino simulation model using Robotino View or in one of of charge using Robotino View
comprises the geometric model with the high-level languages C, C++, C# or u sing one of the high-level
three omnidirectional drives or Java. To do this, you require the languages such as C++ or Java.
two inductive analog sensors corresponding API interface.
two digital optical sensors
nine distances sensors To use the software, you require
a camera a Windows 2000, XP, VISTA or
sensor in the chassis protection Windows 7 operating system. For 3D
strip visualisation, a graphics card with
at least 128 MB RAM and OpenGL
support is required.
Scope of delivery
CD with software in de/en/es/fr
Manual in de/en/es/fr
2 dongle with individual licenses
Network dongle with 25 licenses
Order no. 567230
Robotics > Robotino
Implementing your own applications with Robotino
With Robotino, you can implement

your own applications in the fields of
mobile robotics and service robotics.
The mounting tower allows you to at-
tach standard components or exten-
sions developed by you to Robotino
at any height and to connect them
to the control system via the provid-
ed interfaces. This means you can
convert Robotino quickly and eas-
ily from a forklift truck to a service
robot, for example.
A flexible and adaptable design

Remove covers
Fasten mounting column (1)
Fix mounting platform at any level
Connect, align and mount laser
scanner and camera
Attach platform with electric
gripper and connect gripper (2)
Connect and fasten signal c olumn
(3)
RoboCup (4)
Carry out relevant research and mea-
sure yourself against the worlds
elite researchers in the RoboCup
Industrial Logistics League, research-
ers from around the world test what
production logistics 4.0 can offer.
In a smart factory, you carry out re-
search into concepts and solutions
for the challenges of the automated
guided vehicle system of the future
and perform tasks with a large
number of variants. The multi-stage
production process can be planned
using up to three Robotinos per team
with a free choice of sensors, and
handling and software approach to
fulfil the MES tasks. E
very year, fas-
cinating new challenges are created
1 2 3 to ensure a d emanding competitive
atmosphere for everyone from begin-
ners in robotics-related areas, right
up to doctoral candidates and pro-
fessors.
robocup-logistics.org
Robotics > Robotino
Robotino project ideas
The fast lane for your ideas ProLog Factory

The modular structure, attachment The ProLog Factory provides an out-
devices and open software interfaces standing new training platform for
make Robotino the ideal platform logistics. The material flow is im-
for project work. plemented using Robotino mobile
robot systems, which also have an
With Robotino, we provide the plat- integrated lifting arm to pick up and
form now nothing stands in the deposit pallets at different stations
way of developing exciting exten- for a specific job Pages 218 221.
sions. This is how fascinating proj-
ects are created. A few of them are
described here.
The advantage for you:

Reliable design stable frame:
no investment in mechanical
maintenance
Operating system based on
Linux or Windows for software
reliability
Powerful drive unit and high-
quality omnidrive concentrating CP Factory
on an intelligent solution for the Robotino is used on an industrial
project task basis in the CP Factory. Based on the
Smartsoft middleware, MES 4 uses
Technical defects, non-reproducible one or more Robotinos as an AGV
effects and undesired project delays via a fleet manager.
are therefore a thing of the past.
wiki.openrobotino.org
Would you also like to implement
projects with Robotino?
E-mail: did@festo.com.
Do you have in-depth questions or

want to discuss this topic further? If
so, take a look at the forum and wiki
at www.robotino.com
Robotics > Robot systems LabVolt Series
Robot systems
LabVolt Series
Ideal platform for

tackling industrial robotics
The robot system is a complete

and affordable training program for
the programming and operation of
industrial robots. Through the curric-
ulum and hands-on experience with
the robot system, students learn to
create automated work cells.
Precision-built robot
The articulated arm of the Robot
represents an important step in
automation and handling. A s tepper
motor, located in the base of the
unit, provides horizontal rotation,
while five additional stepper m
otors,
located in the shoulder, provide
precision movements of the articula-
tions and end effector.
The robot has five axes of rotation

plus a gripper and is able to use all
joints simultaneously to perform a
programmed move sequence. Each
articulation can be controlled and
moved independently. Movements of
the joints are accomplished by belts
through a series of gears, while the
gripper mechanism is activated by
cables and belt-driven pulleys.
The base of the unit includes one

connector for an external stepper
motor which can be used for further
experimentation.
Control and simulation software

The software program RoboCIM 5150
uses 3D representations to simulate
and control the mechanical and elec-
trical characteristics of the equip-
ment, allowing students to learn the
fundamentals of robotics.
Teach pendant
The robot system is available with
or without a teach pendant. The
teach pendant is a hand-held termi-
nal that can be used to control the
robot instead of using a computer. It
has a four-line, twenty-character LCD
display for feedback to the operator.
The programs created with the teach
pendant can be uploaded from (or
downloaded to) a computer through
a USB connection.
Robotics > Robot systems LabVolt Series
120 V, 60 Hz en es fr RoboCIM 5150 Software

Robot system (5150-1) 582490 582492 582491 Simulate and control robot system
Robot system with teach pendant (5150-2) 582497 582499 582498
220 V, 50 Hz RoboCIM is a software program that
Robot system (5150-1) 582493 582495 582494 simulates and controls the opera-
Robot system with teach pendant (5150-2) 582500 582502 582501 tion of the Robot and Servo Robot
240 V, 50 Hz Systems from the LabVolt Series,
Robot system (5150-1) as well as their optional external
582496
devices, such as Gravity Feeders,
582503
Robot system with teach pendant (5150-2)
Note: This product is currently not fully compliant with EU directives. Belt Conveyors, or Linear Slides.
RoboCIM 5150 Software
The most important components, at a glance: One of the key features of the 1-user license, en 587738
Robot 582217 RoboCIM Software is that it 1-user license, es 587740
Teach pendant (only for the system with pendant) 582216 simulates the actual equipment 1-user license, fr 587739
Large work surface 579848 with three-dimensional represen-
RoboCIM 5150 software user guide 580451 tations. Sophisticated mathemati- Several license options are available.
Robot system user guide 580461 cal models accurately simulate the Please contact us.
Introduction to robotics Student manual, en 580454 mechanical and electrical character-
Introduction to robotics Instructor guide, en 580457 istics of the equipment.
Additional required equipment to perform all exercises: The RoboCIM Software allows users
Rotary carousel 587703 to interactively control and view the
Belt conveyor 587704 motion of the system. Programs can
Gravity feeder for square parts 587710 be created with the RoboCIM Soft-
Gravity feeder for cylindrical parts 587711 ware to control the equipment using
Pneumatic feeder kit for square parts 587712 either the text programming mode or
Pneumatic feeder kit for cylindrical parts 587714 the icon programming mode.
Related software programs: Key features

RoboCIM 5150 Software, en 587738 Intuitive interface
Robotics System Software Development Kit 587771 3D virtual environment
Easy integration and configuration
Sturdy work surface Topic coverage of external devices
The robot system comes with a Introduction and familiarization Control the robots movements
solid-metal, perforated work sur- Programming using articular coordinates
face that can be put atop a regular Program editing and control (as well as Cartesian coordinates
work table or installed on one of the Industrial activity simulations for the servo robot)
optional benches. Work under Simulation or
Main features Control mode
The robot and its optional external Training program that allows easy Create and save several
devices are equipped with location learning of robotics basics workspaces and programs
pins (or push-lock fasteners). These Curriculum supported by a Creation of simple or complex
pins insert into the perforations precision-built robot programs
of the metallic work surfaces. This Durable steel and aluminum Includes commands such as do,
easy-to-use mechanism ensures the construction requiring minimal if, else, while, repeat, gosub, and
accurate positioning of the equip- maintenance many more.
ment when repeating programs. Color-coded I/O connection ports
for ease of set-up
Optional components for the
creation of personalized work cells
Included: student manual,
instructor guide, user guides, and
all leads and cables required to
operate the system
Robotics > Servo robot systems LabVolt Series
Servo robot systems

LabVolt Series
An introduction to
industrial servo robots
The servo robot system is a complete

training program for the program-
ming and operation of industrial
robots, through which students
learn to create automated work
cells ideal for flexible manufacturing
systems and computer-integrated
manufacturing.
Practical articulated arm

The servo robot is driven by servo
motors, equipped with optical
encoders to provide feedback to
the controller, and has five a xes
of rotation plus a gripper. The
servo robot has five axes of rota-
tion plus a gripper. All joints can
be used simultaneously to perform
a sequence of moves. The servo
robot can be o perated in the artic-
ular mode, which allows each artic-
ulation to be controlled and moved
independently, or it can be operated
in the Cartesian mode, in which the
gripper moves linearly, parallel to a
specified axis.
Robot controller module

The robot controller module is pro-
vided with TTL inputs for the moni-
toring of input devices, TTL outputs
to communicate with other robot
units or control external accessories,
relay outputs for the control of exter-
nal accessories, and output ports for
the control of external devices.
The module is also equipped with

CNC ports, which enable communi-
cation with CNC machines. It a lso
houses a USB port for program
storage. The hand-held terminal
connects to the controller via a s erial
communication port. It is used for
programming points, saving pro-
grams, and general operation of the
servo robot system.
Robotics > Servo robot systems LabVolt Series
120 V, 60 Hz en es RoboCIM 5250 Software

Servo robot system (5250-1) Servo robot system
582504
Servo robot system with work surface (5250-2) 582508 582509
220 V, 50 Hz RoboCIM is a software program that
Servo robot system (5250-1) simulates and controls the opera-
582505
tion of the Robot and Servo Robot
582510
Servo robot system with work surface (5250-2)
240 V, 50 Hz Systems from the LabVolt Series,
Servo robot system (5250-1) as well as their optional external
582506
devices, such as Gravity Feeders,
582507
Servo robot system with work surface (5250-2)
Note: This product is currently not fully compliant with EU directives. Belt Conveyors, or Linear Slides.
RoboCIM 5250 Software
The most important components, at a glance: One of the key features of the 1-user license, en 587810
Servo robot 582221 RoboCIM Software is that it sim- 1-user license, es 587812
Robot controller 582218 ulates the actual equipment with 1-user license, fr 587811
Storage/Work surface (only for the system with the surface) 582357 three-dimensional representations.
RoboCIM 5250 software user guide 580368 Sophisticated mathematical models Several license options are available.
Servo robot system user guide 580351 accurately simulate the mechanical Please contact us.
Introduction to robotics Student manual, en 580348 and electrical characteristics of the
Introduction to robotics Instructor guide, en 580349 equipment.
Optional equipment Pages 250 251 The RoboCIM Software allows users
Rotary carousel 587772 to interactively control and view the
Linear slide, short 587773 motion of the system. Programs can
Linear slide, long 587774 be created with the RoboCIM Soft-
Belt conveyor 587775 ware to control the equipment using
Gravity feeder for square parts 587710 either the text programming mode or
Gravity feeder for cylindrical parts 587711 the icon programming mode.
Pneumatic feeder kit for square parts 587712
Pneumatic feeder kit for cylindrical parts 587714 Key features
Intuitive interface
Related software programs: 3D virtual environment
RoboCIM 5250 Software, en 587810 Easy integration and configuration
Robot 5250 Software Development Kit 587841 of external devices
Control the robots movements
Optional work surface Topic coverage using articular coordinates
The servo robot system is available Familiarization with the (as well as Cartesian coordinates
with or without a work surface. The servo robot system for the servo robot)
two optional grid sheets are provid- Point-to-point and task programs Work under Simulation or
ed for the positioning of the servo Program editing Control mode
robot when perforated work surfac- Control overview Create and save several work
es are not available. The servo robot Industrial application simulations spaces and programs
and optional devices are equipped (with gravity feeders, conveyors, Creation of simple or complex
with location pins that insert into the pneumatic feeders, rotary carou- programs
perforations of the metallic work sur- sels, and linear slides) Includes commands such as do,
faces. This mechanism ensures the if, else, while, repeat, gosub, and
accurate positioning of the equip- Main features many more.
ment when repeating programs. Simulate and control the operation
of a servo robot
Control and simulation software Curriculum is supported by an
The RoboCIM 5250 software can articulated robot
be used in place of the hand-held Ability to control the movements
terminal. The program controls or using Articular and/or Cartesian
simulates the motion of the servo coordinates
robot. The convenient 3D virtual Possible connection with o ther
environment enables users to create equipment, such as the LabVolt
simple or complex tasks. Series CNC Mill and Lathe
( Pages 134 139), to further
expand the training c apabilities
Provided with student manual,
instructor guide, user guides, as
well as all the leads and cables
required to operate the system
Robotics > Optional accessories and equipment LabVolt Series
Optional accessories and equipment for

Robot 5150 and Servo robot 5250 systems
1 5 1 Rotary carousel 5 Linear slide

The carousel demonstrates how parts The linear slide provides linear travel
can be transferred to and from a ro- to the servo robot and is available in
bot in a repetitive, rotational pattern. two lengths: 1145 mm and 645 mm.
Its platter is driven by a DC stepper It is driven by a DC servo motor di-
(for robot systems 5150) or servo (for rectly coupled to a precision ball
servo robot systems 5250) motor. screw. It has a closed loop feedback
The carousel has a closed loop feed- system and a limit switch feedback
back system and a limit switch feed- for hard-home capabilities. It is con-
2 6 back for hard-home capabilities. Its trolled by the robot controller.
operation is controlled by the robot long 587774*
controller. short 587773*
For robot systems 587703*
For servo robot systems 587772* 6 Signal tower kit with control relay
Three lights displaying visual signals
2 Gravity feeder that indicate the robot controller
This feeder is designed to feed state. Up to five light modules can
square or cylindrical parts. It has a be stacked one upon another. Each
sensor switch and feedback cables module can be programmed without
for connection to the robot controller. the need for special wiring or tools.
Feeder for square parts 587710* The DC power supply and connec-
Feeder for cylindrical parts 587711* tion leads are included, as well as a
3 7 control relay used to control exter-
3 Pneumatic feeder kit nal d
evices (only with the kit for the
The kit is designed to feed square or robot systems 5150).
cylindrical parts and includes a pneu-
matic feeder and controller. It con- For the robot systems 5150
sists of storage and feeder s ections 120 V, 60 Hz
and a pneumatic cylinder. Both Order no. 588558*
sections have microswitches to send For the servo robot systems 5250
feedback to the controller. When the 120 V, 60 Hz
controller detects that the feeder sec- Order no. 588556*
tion is empty, it supplies compressed For the servo robot systems 5250
air to the pneumatic cylinder to push 220 V, 50 Hz
a part from the storage section into Order no. 588557*
the feeder section.
Feeder for square parts 587712* 7 Belt conveyor
4 8 Feeder for cylindrical parts 587714* The conveyor has a self-contained
power supply and interface electron-
4 Magnetic gripper ics. The control panel has inputs for
This gripper can be fixed to the wrist interfacing with the robot control-
of the robot in place of the two- ler. The inputs enable the convey-
finger gripper. The electromagnet or to be remotely controlled. It can
is powered via the external device also be used as a stand-alone unit.
output connector mounted on the A movable limit switch detects the
shoulder of the robot. Only compati- presence of parts on the belt.
ble with the 5150 robot. For robots systems 587704*
Order no. 587702* For servo robots systems 587775*
Square part 8 Microswitch

One block of blue File-A-Wax or The Microswitch is an SPDT switch
clear Plexiglas for various manipula- with a wireform actuator. It can be
tions with the robot and servo robot. used alone or can be installed on a
Plexiglas 789676 belt conveyor.
Wax 789752 Order no. 587700*
* Note: These products are currently not fully compliant with EU directives.
Robotics > Optional accessories and equipment LabVolt Series
1 Storage/work surface Spacer 1

Perforated metal surface on which Small metal piece with four push-
the equipment can be installed. It lock fasteners that can be used to
can be put atop a regular work table join two perforated work surfaces
or on one of the optional benches. Order no. 582141*
Size: 590 x 590 mm
Order no. 582357* Location tray
This tray helps position square parts
2 Large work surface manipulated with the servo robot. 2
Perforated metal surface on which When a part is dropped on the loca-
the equipment can be installed. It tion tray it automatically aligns in the
can be put atop a regular work table square-stamped center.
or on one of the optional benches. Order no. 777889*
Size: 883 x 584 mm Note: This product is currently not fully
Order no. 579848* compliant with EU directives.
3 Work benches Robotics System Software 3

Solid metal benches that can accom- Development Kit
modate one, two, and three large The Robotics System Software
work surfaces, respectively. These Development Kit (SDK) is intended
work surfaces are not included with for developers who are interested in
the Work Benches. Each bench is developing their own applications
mounted on four heavy-duty, swivel- for the robot system. It includes a
ing, lockable casters. CD-ROM with all the files required
Bench for 1 work surface 579820* to use the dynamic-link library (DLL)
Bench for 2 work surfaces 579821* as an a bstraction layer between the
Bench for 3 work surfaces 579822* end-user application and the low-
level communication protocol from 4
4 Air compressor and to the USB controller. A User
This quiet device is well suited for Guide giving the details for each
classroom and school laboratories. function in the library is provided.
The circulator pump is available Order no. 587771*
in different variants depending on Note: This product is currently not fully
AC power network voltages and compliant with EU directives.
frequencies.
Pressure: 800 kPa (120 psi) Pmax Robot 5250 Software
Development Kit
120 V, 60 Hz The Robot 5250 Software Develop-
Performance: 42.5 l/min ment Kit is used for developing
Reservoir capacity: 15.1 l custom applications. It includes a
Order no. 588108* CD-ROM with all the files required to
220 V, 50 Hz build programs to control the s ervo
Performance: 70.8 l/min robot system using different pro-
Reservoir capacity: 30 l gramming languages. It also includes
Order no. 588109* program samples that show how
220 V, 60 Hz to interface the servo robot system
Performance: 42.5 l/min with Visual C++, LabVIEW, MATLAB
Reservoir capacity: 15.1 l and Simulink. A User Guide giving
Order no. 588107* the details for each function in the
library is provided.
Order no. 587841*
* Note: These products are currently not fully compliant with EU directives.
Learning systems for Industry 4.0
252
CP Lab............................................................................................................254
CP Factory......................................................................................................264
253
Learning systems for Industry 4.0 > CP Lab
CP Lab
Industry 4.0 from the outset
CP Lab The compact The benefits to you

Industry 4.0 learning system Modular design
Flexible learning content
The Cyber-Physical Lab is the Easily expandable
professional and compact Industry State-of-the-art technology
4.0 learning system from Festo Designed for IoT devices
Didactic. It includes all the tech- Seamless transition to the
nologies and components needed CP Factory
for communicating an in-depth Expandable using mobile robotics
knowledge of Industry 4.0. Compact and space-saving size:
can be used on laboratory tables
The modular and flexible design has or trolleys
a range of learning scenarios, from
individual pallet transfer systems
with integrated controller right up to
a connected production system with
cloud services.
254 Order online at: www.festo-didactic.com

System overview
Main components Options The following application modules Training content

Integrated controller Control variants: can be selected Design and structure of the CP Lab:
Mono-belt transfer system Festo CECC with 14 DI/8 DO Magazine Sensors/actuators
Pallet stopper Siemens S7 ET200SP CPU1512-F Turning Process modules
3/2-way valve with 16 DI/16 DO Camera inspection Conveyor belt
Inductive sensor Decentralized peripherals Siemens Tunnel furnace Network
Capacitive sensors at the start ET200SP with IM155 module Drilling Process and plant
and the end of the belt Pressing management level
RFID read/write system HMI variants: Measuring MES
Binary ID system Siemens Touch Panel TP700, 7 Workpiece output Recording information using
Optical transmitter and receiver Festo touch panel CDPX, 7 Labeling intelligent sensors
AC or DC motor Pick-by-light Control using PLC
Motor controller, bi-directional Motor variants: Bottling Communication based on bus
with 2 speed levels DC motor technologies
Incremental shaft encoder Three-phase motor 230 V Other application modules on Binary pallet identification
IO-Link master Three-phase motor 400 V for request. Identification via RFID
IO-Link device star/delta circuit Plug & produce: quick integration
Analog I/O using IO-Link of new application modules using
Control panel cyber-physical systems
Manufacturing execution system
CP Lab Pallet Transfer Systems (MES): creating, managing, con-
DC-ET200SP D12501 trolling and visualizing customer
AC-ET200SP D12508 orders
ET200SP D12509
DC-CECC D12504 Contact:
AC-CECC D12510 Festo Didactic Solution Center
AC400-CECC D12511 did_sc@festo.com
DC-IM155 D12502
AC-IM155 D12512
AC400-IM155 D12513
CP Lab
An adaptable system
The flexibility of the factory layout is In series

one of the most important features Simply connecting the individual
of Industry 4.0. The CP Lab modules modules in series provides combina-
can be flexibly combined and tions of different sizes. This creates a
expanded in a variety of ways. wide range of expansion options.
In a rectangle
The individual modules can also
easily be combined in a rectangle.
This enables complete recirculating
conveyor systems to be created with
just four, six, eight or ten modules.
Combined with a mobile robot

The CP Bridge auxiliary module
acts as an interface for transferring
workpiece carriers to the R obotino
mobile robot system or the CP
Factory. The mobile robots also
enable production machines, manual
workstations, storage systems and
3D printers to be integrated into the
overall concept.

Application modules
For CP Lab and CP Factory
Magazine application module Technical data

Structure: module frame made
The magazine application module of aluminum profiles
can be mounted on both CP F actory Digital connection: Syslink,
basic modules and CP Lab pallet IEEE 488 24-pin, 8 I/8 O
transfer systems. The front shell or Supply: 24 V DC
rear shell workpieces are stored in Compressed air: 6 bar
a magazine shaft. If there is a pallet Feed separator actuator:
below the stacking magazine, the pneumatic
workpiece is separated and placed Z-axis actuator: pneumatic
onto the pallet.
Magazine application module C13007

Magazine application module CPS On demand
Drilling application module Technical data

The drilling application module can of aluminum profiles
be mounted on both CP Factory basic Digital connection: Syslink,
modules and CP Lab pallet t ransfer IEEE 488 24-pin, 8 I/8 O
systems. Two drilling spindles are Supply: 24 V DC
advanced in the Z direction and Compressed air: 6 bar
moved in the X direction. This allows Drilling unit: twin drilling head
two (simulated) pairs of holes to be X-axis actuator: linear axis,
drilled into a workpiece. pneumatic
Z-axis actuator: linear axis,
pneumatic
Drilling application module C13001
Drilling application module CPS Technical data

The drilling application module CPS of aluminum profiles
can be mounted on both CP F actory Controller: CECC, 8 I/8 O
basic modules and CP Lab pallet Interfaces: web server, CAN open,
transfer systems. Two drilling spin- Ethernet/OPC UA, USB/IO-Link
dles are advanced in the Z direction Supply: 24 V DC
and moved in the X direction. Thus Compressed air: 6 bar
two pairs of holes can be drilled into Drilling unit: twin drilling head
a workpiece. The integrated intelli- X-axis actuator: linear axis,
gent controller with a web interface pneumatic
for the cyber-physical system (CPS) Z-axis actuator: linear axis,
monitors the operating statuses of pneumatic
the individual actuators and is capa-
ble of automatically generating order
suggestions for spare and wear parts
via the web interface.
Drilling application module CPS C13013
Application modules
For CP Lab and CP Factory
Turning application module Technical data

The turning application module can of aluminum profiles
be mounted on both CP Factory Digital connection: Syslink,
basic modules and CP Lab pallet IEEE 488 24-pin, 8 I/8 O
transfer systems. Workpieces are Supply: 24 V DC
turned using a pneumatic handling Compressed air: 6 bar
system. The module is designed for Actuator: pneumatic single-axis
handling cubic workpieces. handling system with additional
rotary drive and gripper
Turning application module D13002

Turning application module CPS On request
Muscle press application module Technical data

The muscle press application mod- of aluminum profiles
ule can be mounted on both CP Fac- Digital connection: Syslink,
tory basic modules and CP Lab pallet IEEE 488 24-pin, 8 I/8 O
transfer systems. The pressing pro- Analog connection:
cess is implemented via proportional analog terminal, 4 I/2 O
pressure regulation. The force gen- Supply: 24 V DC
erated is measured precisely via a Compressed air: 6 bar
dynamometer. The pressing force is Force measurement:
absorbed and dissipated via an addi- 0 10 V analog
tional guide and does not affect the Pressure regulation: 0.06 6 bar
conveyor. Pressing force: 630 N/muscle
Muscle press application module D13015

Muscle press application module CPS On request
Tunnel furnace application module Technical data

Structure: stainless steel with
The tunnel furnace application mod- thermal insulation
ule can be mounted on both CP Fac- Digital connection: Syslink,
tory basic modules and CP Lab pallet IEEE 488 24-pin, 8 I/8 O
transfer systems. It is used to control Analog connection:
the temperature of workpieces up to analog terminal, 1 I
a temperature of 80 degrees Celsius. Supply: 24 V DC
The temperature control loop can be Heating element supply: 230 V AC
influenced manually using ventila- Heating capacity: configurable,
tion flaps. This allows disturbances 0.5 kW, 1 kW
to be simulated. Temperature sensor: PT100
Control: pulse-width modulation
Temperature signal:
0 10 V analog
Safety shutdown: at 90
Tunnel furnace application module D13012

Camera inspection Technical data

application module Structure: module frame made
of aluminum profiles
The camera inspection application Doors: dark transparent
module can be mounted on both CP Supply: 24 V DC
Factory basic modules and CP Lab Digital interface: Syslink,
pallet transfer systems. The camera IEEE 488 24-pin
is used as an intelligent and univer- Light: built in
sal sensor in the process for quality Control: Syslink, Ethernet,
assurance via visual inspection. CANopen
Camera inspection application module D13003
Measuring application module Technical data

The measuring application mod- of aluminum profiles
ule can be mounted on both CP Supply: 24 V DC
Factory basic modules and CP Lab Analog connection:
pallet transfer systems. Two laser analog terminal, 2 I
distance sensors can be focused on Measurement signal: 0 10 V
2 measurement points for specific Control: Syslink
parts. The two sensors are therefore
mounted on an adjustable measure-
ment stand.
Measuring application module D13019

Measuring application module CPS On request
Workpiece output Technical data

application module Structure: module frame made
of aluminum profiles
The workpiece output application Supply: 24 V DC
module can be mounted on both Compressed air: 6 bar
CP Factory basic modules and CP Digital connection:
Lab pallet transfer systems. The ap- IEEE 488 24-pin, 8 I/8 O
plication module is equipped with X-axis: stepper motor
a two-axis handling system and is Z-axis: pneumatic
used to output workpieces on two Parallel gripper: pneumatic
roller conveyors. The workpiece out- Control: Syslink
put application module can be used
as a manual work station for goods
withdrawal.
Workpiece output application module D13018

Workpiece output application module CPS On request
MES and Energy monitoring
MES4 Training content Energy measurement system Technical data

Define and edit order workflows Structure:
MES4 is a specially prepared and process plans The energy measurement system EduTrainer Universal A4 rack
manufacturing execution system Read orders and update status with evaluation software is used for Electrical power analyzer:
(MES) with a new design for Indus- Sort the order lines flexible and mobile energy measure- PAC3200 with 1-phase measure-
try 4.0 learning platforms. In MES4, Write allocation of the goods ment. The system is equipped with ment of current, voltage, active,
orders can be started or finished at carriers to the order an energy measurement device for reactive and apparent power
every station. Create a material master, includ- electrical energy and sensors for re- Volume flow sensor for com-
ing graphic representation of the cording the pressure consumption. pressed air: thermal measuring
The database is open and can be workpiece principle
written to and read from via SQL Create machines, including costs The measurement devices are con- Pressure sensor:
commands by external programs and power consumption nected to a CECC controller. It con- Measurement range 0 10 bar,
(e.g. order entry from ERP system). Create warehouse data and centrates the energy data and sends piezo-resistive measurement
Work instructions for manual work- material buffer it to the energy database via OPC UA principle
stations can be created or adapted Create and manage customer data for filing and evaluation. Controller: Festo CECC-LK
at any time. The individual control- Define system layouts with icons Interfaces: USB, OPC UA, Modbus,
lers communicate with the MES4 via Automatic routing per routing card Training content Ethernet TCP/IP
TCP/IP. and machine capabilities Recording, representing and
OEE, PLC and malfunction report analyzing power and energy
Scope of delivery generation, including graphic measurements
MES software representation Providing measurements via
Dongle Modbus/TCP and OPC UA
PC with TFT monitor Determining the energy consump-
tion per workpiece and process
step
MES4 CP Lab, single license incl. PC D15005 Energy measurement system D34021
MES4 CP Factory, single license incl. PC D15002
MES4 upgrade from CP Lab to CP Factory, single license without PC* D15006 Also order:
MES4 additional license, single license without PC** D15007 Energy monitoring package, incl. PC and software D35002
* D15006 is only available if D15005 is present
** D15007 is only offered in combination with D15005 or D15002

CP Lab
Sample configurations
Variant 1, comprising:
6x CP Lab pallet transfer system
6x carriers, 700 x 350 mm
2x magazine application modules
1x drilling application module CPS
1x muscle press application
module
1x turning application module
1x workpiece output application
module
1x MES software, including PC
1x programming package
1x accessory package
Including commissioning and

technical instruction on-site.
CP Lab Variant 1 On request
8x carriers, 700 x 350 mm
1x measurement application
module
1x drilling application module
module
1x tunnel furnace application
module
1x turning application module
module

CP Lab
2x linear basic module
1x deflector basic module
module
1x camera inspection application
module
Workpiece output application
module
1x magazine application module
module
module
1x robot assembly cell
1x automatic pallet warehouse

module
module
module
module
module
1x mobile robot for pallet transport


7x CP Lab pallet transfer systems
6x system trainers with A4 frames
1x CP Bridge
1x CP Factory robot assembly cell
1x CP Factory deflector basic
module
module
module
module
module
module

6x system trainers with A4 frames
2x CP Bridge
1x CP Factory automated pallet
warehouse
1x CP Factory robot assembly cell
1x CP Factory deflector basic
module
module
module
module
module

Learning systems for Industry 4.0 > CP Factory
CP Factory
The Cyber-Physical Factory
Production
ERP/MES
Assembly Line
Quality Assurance
Training area Assembly Line Training area Production Training area Quality Assurance Training area ERP/MES
Batch sizes of 1 and the assembly CNC machines and flexible manufac- From a caliper gage to a fully- In a modern factory, intelligent
of product variants place demand- turing systems play a major part in automatic 3D measuring machine machines and workpieces commu-
ing requirements on production in the creation of customized products all standard measuring devices can nicate with each other and with the
line with Industry 4.0. To meet these down to batch size 1. be integrated into the CP Factory as IT systems ERP (enterprise resource
requirements, the CP Factory offers: a quality laboratory. The SPC mod- planning) and MES (manufacturing
Modularity The CP Factory integrates CNC tech- ule in the MES4 is used both to enter execution system) both inside and
Mobility nologies for use in industrial train- setpoints and carry out evaluations. outside the factory, up to cloud level.
Short setup times ing projects and scenarios. It there-
RFID technology fore adds: MES4 is Festos MES for a smart fac-
Plug & produce Robot integration tory, based on an Access database.
Standard interfaces CAD/CAM products For SAP users, the training f actory
Service-oriented program Simulation can be custom-connected to SAP ME.
architecture We can produce further MES and
ERP links on request.

Logistics CP Factory The universal

Industry 4.0 training factory
CP Factory reflects the new devel-
opments in networked production
for Industry 4.0 and offers a modu-
lar smart factory system for teach-
ing and research purposes. The
learning system includes not on-
ly the assembly line, but also dif-
ferent areas of production, such
as lean production, logistics and
quality assurance.
A modular system par excellence!

Our decades of experience in the
construction of modular learning
systems are reflected in many of
the details of a CP Factory. All sta-
tions and application modules are
Lean Production equipped with the very latest in-
dustrial technology. The concept
and equipment demonstrate our
innovative approach.
Discover our comprehensive

training program for the future
Training area Lean Production Training area Logistics Systematic variety Training content stored in the
Industry 4.0 is also gaining ground An intelligent flow of materials and The exceptional flexibility of a CP application module
in the field of lean production. Based networked logistics are important Factory system is based on the b asic The core of the learning system is
on your requirements, we can offer drivers for Industry 4.0. The CP design of its cells, which is always based around flexibly combinable
facilities for producing anything from Factory offers a versatile training and identical: dimensions, track rollers, modular stations, which are used to
assembly cells to a supermarket with research platform for several differ- control cabinet, conveyor, control realize different application modules.
a milkrun: ent logistical problems: console, system cable. These determine the training content
Automated material supply for RFID provided by the stations. Thanks to
workstations MES As a stand-alone or system network the use of standard interfaces, appli-
RFID technology Automatic warehouse The basic features of the CP Factory cation modules can be interchanged
Avoiding errors through intelligent Production stores and magazines determine the appearance of the in just a few minutes. This allows fast
assembly monitoring Pallet transfer systems system: conversion for different training situ-
Link to MES4 Autonomous transport robots Wide transfer belt for pallet ations and content.
Visualization transportation
Application modules above the
conveyor
Variable system layout, providing
freedom for designing individual,
partner and group workstations
The standardized stations can be

positioned differently. A laboratory
made up of individual workstations
can very quickly be turned into one
or more production lines focusing on
different areas of automation.
CP Factory
The concept in detail
Cells on wheels Optimum connections Modular control concept Patented material flow
All CP Factory cells are equipped with The cells are supplied by a special The controllers in the CP Factory cells The passive workpiece holder rout-
rollers. This enables them to be free- system cable. There is no need for have a modular design. All control ing is a patented development by
ly positioned in the laboratory with- rewiring, fitting new tubing or addi- components are housed in the con- our engineers. The unique option of
out tools or lifting trucks. tional installations when changing trol cabinet: using the Transfer Factory cells indi-
the layout. This saves valuable train- Controllers with PROFINET vidually or in a network with no ad-
RFID process control ing time, and the laboratory remains networking ditional work is based on this devel-
The product takes on process con- free of additional supply ducts and PROFIsafe components opment:
trol in the CP Factory. To achieve this, trip hazards. Drive components such as frequen- Workpiece holders can circulate
the workpieces and controllers are cy converters, contactor controllers within a cell.
equipped with RFID technology. and servo motor controllers Commissioning the subsystems is
no problem.
The production line can be operat- Subprocesses can be isolated
ed with or without a master control without modifying the software.
system.

CP Factory
Basic modules
CP Factory linear basic module Technical data

Structure: steel sheet substructure,
The linear basic module has two in- aluminum profiles
dependent controllers and therefore Doors: transparent, lockable
offers two opposite, independent Dimensions:
learning stations. Two conveyors run 1200 x 800 x 900 mm
simultaneously in different directions Electrical supply:
and transport workpiece carriers to 400 V AC, 3-phase
the next operating position. Conveyor drives:
2x 24 V DC motors
Pneumatic supply: 6 bar
Touch panel: 2x TP700 Comfort
Controller: 2x S7-1512 SP
Application module: up to 2
Linear basic module D12001

Also order:
Application modules Pages 271 272
CP Factory deflector basic module Technical data

The deflector basic module opens aluminum profiles
the doors to new layouts and can Doors: transparent, lockable
be used in the branch as a docking Dimensions: 1200 x 800 x 900 mm
module for the mobile robot. Straight Electrical supply:
production lines, angled layouts 400 V AC, 3-phase
(90) or branches can be implement- Conveyor drives:
ed quickly. 2x 24 V DC motors
Application module: 1
Deflector basic module D12004

Also order:
Optional:
Docking kit for the mobile robot D14018
CP Factory bypass basic module Technical data

The bypass basic module has an ad- aluminum profiles
ditional bypass conveyor, and there- Doors: transparent, lockable
fore offers an additional lane for pro- Dimensions: 1200 x 800 x 900 mm
duction. That optimizes production Electrical supply:
processes and avoids jams. 400 V AC, 3-phase
Conveyor drives: 3x 24 V DC m otors
Application modules: up to 2
Bypass basic module D14008

Also order:
CP Factory
Production, assembly, storage
CP Factory robot assembly cell Technical data

Structure: 2x substructure of steel
The robot assembly cell is equipped sheet and aluminum profiles,
with everything necessary for robot- detachable
ics training. Completely enclosed Doors: transparent, lockable
and with safety doors, they facilitate Dimensions per substructure:
totally safe working. Hot topics such 1200 x 800 x 1800 mm
as camera-supported assembly, use Electrical supply:
of gripper change systems, camera 400 V AC, 3-phase
tracking, producing batch sizes of 1 Conveyor drives:
and much more can be taught in a 3x 24 V DC motors
practical way using the robot assem- Pneumatic supply: 6 bar
bly cell. Touch panel: 1x TP700 Comfort
The cell has two conveyors which run Switch: 8x
in opposite directions. A third con- Material feed:
veyor forms a bypass for the work- double conveyor system
piece carrier, fed to the robot as an Gripper: 3 different grippers
assembly order. Even with longer as- Gripper change: automatic
sembly processes, this prevents jams Vision system: color sensor
in the material flow. The workpieces Camera resolution: 752 x 480 pixels
(PCBs) are supplied manually or with Camera interface:
a mobile robot. Ethernet/CAN-bus
Refresh rate: 150 images/sec.
Robot assembly cell with Mitsubishi RV-4FL D12006

Other robots On request
Optional
Docking kit for the mobile robot D14018
CP Factory robot loading cell, in-line Technical data

Structure: 3x substructure of steel
The robot loading cell is used in con- sheet and aluminum profiles,
junction with a CNC milling machine detachable
and serves to load workpieces into Doors: transparent, lockable
the CNC milling machine via a 6-axis Dimensions per substructure:
industrial robot. Training content like 1200 x 1600 x 1800 mm
robot programming, flexible manu- Electrical supply:
facturing, process planning and one- 400 V AC, 3-phase
off production are taught with the Conveyor drives:
robot loading cell. 3x 24 V DC motors
The cell has two conveyors which run Touch panel: 1x TP700 Comfort
in opposite directions. A third con- Controller: 1x S7-1512 SP
veyor forms a bypass for the work- Switch: 8x
piece carrier, fed to the robot as a
CNC order. Even with longer CNC
processes, this prevents jams in the
material flow.
Robot loading cell with Mitsubishi RV-4FL D12011

Other robots On request
CNC milling machine CONCEPT MILL 55 C34056
Other machines On request

CP Factory automatic pallet Technical data

warehouse Structure: steel sheet substructure,
aluminum profiles
The automatic warehouse is mount- Doors: transparent, lockable
ed on a linear basic module and has Dimensions:
a Cartesian robot system for stack- 1200 x 1600 x 1800 mm
ing and removing pallets. Up to 32 Electrical supply:
pallets can be stacked and removed. 400 V AC, 3-phase
Stock administration is implemented Conveyor drives:
in MES4. Training content like safe- 2x 24 V DC motors
ty engineering, servo drive, stock Pneumatic supply: 6 bar
administration and positioning tech- Touch panel: 1x TP700 Comfort
nology are taught clearly. Controller: 1x S7-1512 SP
Storage slots: 2x 16
Switch: 8x
Axis controller:
2x servo axis controllers
CP Factory automatic pallet warehouse D12002
Accessories
1 3
2 4
Workpiece carrier Pallet Workpiece set

The workpiece carrier (WC) is used The pallet is used for controlled and The entire workpiece set, comprising the rear shell, PCB, electronic component
for controlled and accurate transport accurate transport and storage of and front shell, is used to represent many relevant process steps such as
of workpieces or pallets with work- workpieces. milling, drilling, marking, tempering, checking, turning, mounting, fitting,
pieces. For identification, the WC has pressing and others.
an RFID tag and a 4-bit code. Technical data
Structure: aluminum 1 Workpiece front shell 3 Workpiece PCB
Technical data Dimensions: 100 x 160 x 5 mm The front shell is part of the work- The PCB is part of the workpiece set.
Structure: polymer, glass-fiber- Workpiece nest: changeable, piece set.
reinforced plastic screw-mounted Technical data
Dimensions: 100 x 160 x 15 mm Order no. D12704 Technical data Structure: PCB
BCD code: codeable, 4 screws Material: polymer Dimensions: 100 x 55 mm
Track width: 80 mm Dimensions: 110 x 60 x 10 mm Order no. D12707
Transport weight: max. 3 kg black D12705
Order no. D12703 gray D12709 4 Workpiece Fuse
blue D12711 A fuse set, comprising 10 fuses, is
red D12713 part of the workpiece set.
2 Workpiece rear shell Technical data

The rear shell is part of the work- Structure: micro fuse
piece set. Order no. D12708
Technical data
Material: polymer
Dimensions: 110 x 60 x 10 mm
black D12706
gray D12710
blue D12712
red D12714

CP Factory
module

CP Factory Variant 1 On request
module
module

module
module
module
module
module

CP Factory
module
module
module
module
module

module
1x robot loading cell, in-line with
CNC Mill 55


CP Factory
Individual solutions
Requirements analysis Engineering service Customized training Upgrade

Standard solutions might seem like The experienced technicians and You know your strengths and your Festo Didactic offers planning reli-
a good value at first glance, but at engineers at Festo Didactic are spe- weaknesses. Festo gives you the ability and continuity. Systems can
Festo we focus on the long-term ben- cialists in planning and equipping opportunity to define your training be gradually expanded and updated
efit for the customer. For this reason, learning systems and have at their profile. The result? A training course over a number of years. Give us a call
a qualified requirements analysis is disposal powerful, state-of-the-art tailored to your exact personal were happy to assist you with your
performed before each CP Factory tools. PLC and robot programming requirements! stage-by-stage project planning.
quotation. In this analysis, experi- systems, simulation systems, EPLAN Networking
enced project advisors discuss the and CAD programs are efficient tools Robotics CP Factory Industry 4.0
expectations for the new training for translating customer require- Cyber-physical systems research and learning platform
equipment with the customer and ments into reality. Festo will help you IT systems The learning platform is used world-
share insights from everyday use in to implement your ideas quickly, MES production control systems wide for research and technical train-
order to avoid poor investments. reliably and cost-effectively. Energy efficiency ing in the areas of production and
Image processing automation technology as well as for
Consulting System integration PLC programming mechatronics.
On the basis of the requirements Existing system parts can often be Fieldbus
analysis, the customer receives integrated as subsystems, provided RFID technology
expert advice about the suitable suitable interfaces are available. This System simulation
training equipment. Our primary protects earlier investments. Troubleshooting
objective here is to meet the custom- Logistics, etc.
ers objectives, irrespective of the
product range. Because Festo coop-
erates with a number of renowned
partners, we will design the optimal
solution for you. Festo is a Siemens
Automation solution partner.
Services
274
Services.........................................................................................................276
275
Services > Overview
Services
Make more of your potential
Service solutions tailored to your Worldwide availability? Installation, commissioning and Free software, demos and reading
equipment and needs. A qualified No problem. training will be carried out by qual- samples For example, EasyVeep is
team provides services that will en- We are able to deliver our training ified technicians in order to guaran- a new graphic 2D process simulation
able you to maximize the capacity of services around the world in local tee safe, efficient setup and make software containing a number of
your learning systems. languages to the high standard that sure your team can use your new attractive examples for PLC training
both you and we require. products straight away. that is available for download free of
Knowing that your equipment is charge. You can sample many of our
effectively maintained will allow you software products and all our books
to focus on what is most important: free of charge on the Internet using
teaching. test and demo versions.
276 More information: www.festo-tac.com

Services > Overview
Service solutions
To suit your needs
Delivery free of charge
Commissioning
Training
Demos and reading samples
Seminars
Service contracts
Extended warranty
Certification Festo is a global engineering Customized service contracts give Personal advice
Instructor certification trainings help and manufacturing company that you peace of mind as our team takes We will be glad to provide a consul-
you to get the best possible use out maintains its own global training and care of your equipment. Available tation regarding concept and plan-
of your new learning system. Our consulting teams for customers all services include on-site hardware ning on site.
qualified instructors introduce the around the world. maintenance and calibration, warran-
equipment and provide the training ty extension and repairs, continuous For more information, please contact
material, as well as explaining how Operating in the same economic instructor training, and much more. your Festo contact person or write
to perform the exercises and inte- sector and environment as our to: seminare@festo.com
grating them quickly into your exist- customers, we have a level of
ing training programs. These training understanding and insight into your
sessions can be conducted on your challenges that allows us to meet
premises, at a Festo core location, or your needs by providing targeted
via video conference. training and consulting solutions.
More information: www.festo-tac.com 277

Adobe and the Adobe logo are registered trademarks of Mac OS and Mac OS X are registered trademarks of
Adobe Systems Incorporated in some countries. Apple Inc., USA, in some countries.
AirCS is a registered trademark of MecLab is a registered trademark of

ADIRO Automatisierungstechnik GmbH in some countries. Festo AG & Co. KG in some countries.
Amprobe is a registered trademark of the Micromaster is a registered trademark of

Fluke Corporation in some countries. Siemens AG in some countries.
CANopen is a registered trademark of MPS is a registered trademark of

CAN in Automation e.V in some countries. Festo AG & Co. KG in some countries.
CC-LINK is a registered trademark of the novus are registered trademarks of

Mitsubishi Electric Corporation in some countries. Erwin Mller GmbH in some countries.
CIROS is a registered trademark of the PROFIBUS and PROFINET are registered trademarks of
Dortmunder Initiative zur rechnerintegrierten Fertigung (RIF) e.V. Profibus Nutzerorganisation eV in some countries.
(Dortmund Initiative for Computer-Integrated Manufacturing)
in some countries. Quick Star is a registered trademark of
Festo AG & Co. KG in some countries.
CODESYS is a registered trademark of
3S-Smart Software Solutions GmbH in some countries. Robotino is a registered trademark of
DeviceNet is a registered trademark of the
Open DeviceNet Vendor Association in some countries. SIMATIC is a registered trademark of
Siemens AG in some countries.
EasyPort is a registered trademark of
Festo AG & Co. KG in some countries. Systainer is a registered trademark of
TTS Tooltechnic Systems AG & Co. KG in some countries
EDS is a registered trademark of
Festo AG & Co. KG in some countries. Windows, Windows NT, Windows 95/98,
Windows 2000 and Windows XP are registered trademarks of
EduTrainer is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp., USA, in some countries.
All other trademarks not listed here are the property of their respective
EPLAN is a registered trademark of owners in some countries.
EPLAN Software & Service GmbH & Co. KG in some countries.
EtherCAT is a registered trademark and patented technology, licensed by

Beckhoff Automation GmbH, Germany, in some countries.
FluidLab is a registered trademark of

FluidSIM is a registered trademark of

Art Systems Software GmbH and Festo AG & Co. KG in some countries.
iCIM is a registered trademark of

INTOUCH is a registered trademark of

Invensys Systems, Inc., Foxboro Mass., US in some countries.
Linux is a registered trademark of

Linus Torvalds in some countries.
LOGO! is a registered trademark of

Siemens AG in some countries.
Notes
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Notes
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Publisher
Festo Didactic SE
P.O. Box 10 07 10
73707 Esslingen
Rechbergstrae 3
73770 Denkendorf
Germany
Edition: August 2017
Terms and conditions of sale
As a result of continuous develop-

ment and research work techni-
cal specifications and illustrations
are subject to change. They are not
binding. The specified data serves
purely as a product description and
is no guarantee in a legal sense.
All of the texts, diagrams, illustra-

tions and drawings featured in this
publication are the property of
Festo Didactic SE and are thus
protected under copyright.
Any reproduction, revision, trans-

lation, microfilming in any form, or
storage and processing in electronic ISO 9001:2008
KR
A Cer t i cat i Qualittsmanagement
systems can only be undertaken
o
DE
n
Wir sind zertiziert

with the written permission of Festo ze
Regelmige freiwillige
r t i z i ert berwachung nach ISO 9001:2008
Didactic SE.
281
Festo Didactic SE
Rechbergstrae 3
73770 Denkendorf
Germany
Tel. +49 (711) 3467-0
Fax +49 (711) 347-54-88500
did@festo.com
Festo Didactic Inc.
607 Industrial Way West

07724 Eatontown,
New Jersey
United States
Tel. +1 (732) 938-2000
Fax +1 (732) 774-8573
services.didactic@festo.com
Festo Didactic Lte/Ltd

56826 en 2017-08 Festo Didactic SE
675, Rue du Carbone

Qubec, Qubec, G2N 2K7
Canada
Tel. +1 (418) 849-1000
Fax +1 (418) 849-1666
services.didactic@festo.com
www.labvolt.com

2017 08 en PG Fa Small

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2017 08 en PG Fa Small

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Factory Automation

Learning systems and services for basic and further training

Control technology PLC, operating and networking.......................................82

MPS The modular production system........................................................140

MPS Transfer system....................................................................................148

MPS 200 Complete systems.........................................................................210

ProLog Factory ...............................................................................................218

Learning systems for Industry 4.0..................................................................252

Mechatronics and factory automation learning solutions ...

Dynamic, multidisciplinary fields High quality, flexible solutions

... from technology fundamentals to complete

Festo Didactic offers a wide range

All around the world, Festo Didactic

Holistic and turnkey training solutions

Design, planning, and equipping The benefits for you

We offer a comprehensive scope

Effective learning environments

Essential technologies Partly automated systems Industry 4.0

Flexible room concepts

Equipping of learning rooms The benefits for you

Efficient and versatile use of rooms

Multi-functional teaching rooms

Our room concept offers individual

Further information regarding flexible room concepts see:

Storage Workstation system Power supply

Multimedia training programs/WBTs................................................................10

Multimedia training programs

Overview of our programs: Management and teamwork

10 Worldwide at your fingertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com

E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD

Electrical engineering 1 Electrical engineering 2

Electrical protective measures

This interactive multimedia training Definition and overview of

Our authoring tool:

Our authoring tool:

Sensor technology 1 Sensor technology 2

Electric drives 1 Electric drives 2

Our authoring tool:

Using the everyday example of a From the table of contents:

Our authoring tool:

Open- and closed-loop control GRAFCET

Our authoring tool:

PLC programming LOGO! Training

E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD

Our authoring tool:

Fieldbus technology Machine Vision

E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD

This training program provides an in- From the table of contents:

Our authoring tool:

Basic principles of metalworking

Whether in machine manufacturing, Milling Drilling Materials science

From the table of contents:

E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD

Our authoring tool:

Technology and Environment

The fascination of technology Renewable energies Environmental protection

E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD

Our authoring tool:

Organization and work techniques

Project management Time management Internet search

E.g., single license with CD-ROM/DVD

Lean Management/Lean Production

Our authoring tool: